HP Hewlett Packard OFFICEJET 4500 User Manual
OFFICEJET 4500  
OFFICEJET ADVANTAGE 4500  
User Guide  
K710  
HP Officejet 4500 (G510)/  
HP Officejet 4575 (K710)/HP  
Officejet Advantage 4500  
(K710) All-in-One series  
User Guide  
vision through the use of your operating  
system's accessibility options and  
features. It also supports most assistive  
technology such as screen readers,  
Braille readers, and voice-to-text  
applications. For users who are color  
blind, colored buttons and tabs used in  
the software and on the device control  
panel have simple text or icon labels  
that convey the appropriate action.  
Copyright information  
© 2011 Copyright Hewlett-Packard  
Development Company, L.P.  
Hewlett-Packard Company  
notices  
The information contained in this  
document is subject to change without  
notice.  
Mobility  
All rights reserved. Reproduction,  
adaptation, or translation of this  
material is prohibited without prior  
written permission of Hewlett-Packard,  
except as allowed under copyright laws.  
For users with mobility impairments, the  
device software functions can be  
executed through keyboard  
commands. The software also supports  
Windows accessibility options such as  
StickyKeys, ToggleKeys, FilterKeys,  
and MouseKeys. The device doors,  
buttons, paper trays, and paper guides  
can be operated by users with limited  
strength and reach.  
The only warranties for HP products  
and services are set forth in the express  
warranty statements accompanying  
such products and services. Nothing  
herein should be construed as  
constituting an additional warranty. HP  
shall not be liable for technical or  
editorial errors or omissions contained  
herein.  
Support  
For more details about the accessibility  
of this product and HP's commitment to  
product accessibility, visit HP's Web  
site at www.hp.com/accessibility.  
Acknowledgements  
Windows, Windows XP, and Windows  
Vista are U.S. registered trademarks of  
Microsoft Corporation.  
For accessibility information for the Mac  
OS X, visit the Apple Web site at  
www.apple.com/accessibility.  
ENERGY STAR and the ENERGY  
STAR mark are registered U.S. marks.  
Safety information  
Always follow basic safety precautions  
when using this product to reduce risk  
of injury from fire or electric shock.  
1. Read and understand all instructions  
in the documentation that comes with  
the device.  
2. Observe all warnings and  
instructions marked on the product.  
3. Unplug this product from wall outlets  
before cleaning.  
4. Do not install or use this product near  
water, or when you are wet.  
5. Install the product securely on a  
stable surface.  
6. Install the product in a protected  
location where no one can step on or  
trip over the line cord, and the line cord  
cannot be damaged.  
7. If the product does not operate  
normally, see Solve a problem.  
8. There are no user-serviceable parts  
inside. Refer servicing to qualified  
service personnel.  
Accessibility  
The device provides a number of  
features that make it accessible for  
people with disabilities.  
Visual  
The device software is accessible for  
users with visual impairments or low  
     
Contents  
1
Get started  
Accessibility................................................................................................................................9  
Eco-Tips....................................................................................................................................10  
Understand the device parts.....................................................................................................10  
Front view...........................................................................................................................10  
Printing supplies area.........................................................................................................11  
Back view............................................................................................................................11  
Use the product control panel...................................................................................................12  
Overview of buttons and lights...........................................................................................12  
Change product settings.....................................................................................................13  
Select the mode............................................................................................................13  
Change product settings...............................................................................................14  
Types of messages.............................................................................................................14  
Status messages..........................................................................................................14  
Warning messages.......................................................................................................14  
Error messages............................................................................................................14  
Critical error messages.................................................................................................15  
Finding the device model number............................................................................................15  
Select print media.....................................................................................................................15  
Recommended papers for printing and copying.................................................................15  
Recommended papers for photo printing...........................................................................17  
Tips for selecting and using media.....................................................................................17  
Load an original on the scanner glass......................................................................................18  
Load an original in the automatic document feeder (ADF).......................................................19  
Load media...............................................................................................................................19  
Maintain the device...................................................................................................................21  
Clean the scanner glass.....................................................................................................21  
Clean the exterior ..............................................................................................................22  
Clean the automatic document feeder (ADF) (Some models only)....................................22  
Turn off the device....................................................................................................................24  
2
Print  
Print documents........................................................................................................................25  
Print documents (Windows)................................................................................................25  
Print documents (Mac OS X)..............................................................................................26  
Print brochures.........................................................................................................................26  
Print brochures (Windows).................................................................................................26  
Print brochures (Mac OS X)................................................................................................26  
Print on envelopes....................................................................................................................27  
Print on envelopes (Windows)............................................................................................27  
Print on envelopes (Mac OS X)..........................................................................................27  
Print a Web page......................................................................................................................28  
Print a Web page (Windows)..............................................................................................28  
Print a Web page (Mac OS X)............................................................................................28  
1
Print photos..............................................................................................................................29  
Print photos on photo paper (Windows).............................................................................29  
Print photos on photo paper (Mac OS X)...........................................................................29  
Print on special and custom-sized paper..................................................................................30  
Print on special or custom-sized paper (Windows)............................................................30  
Print on special or custom-sized paper (Mac OS X)...........................................................31  
Print borderless documents......................................................................................................31  
Print borderless documents (Windows)..............................................................................32  
Print borderless documents (Mac OS X)............................................................................32  
3
Scan  
Scan an original........................................................................................................................34  
Scan an original from the product control panel.................................................................34  
Edit a scanned document using optical character recognition (OCR) software.......................35  
4
5
Copy  
Copy documents.......................................................................................................................36  
Change copy settings...............................................................................................................36  
Fax  
Send a fax................................................................................................................................38  
Send a basic fax.................................................................................................................38  
Send a fax manually from a phone.....................................................................................39  
Send a fax using monitor dialing........................................................................................40  
Send a fax from memory....................................................................................................41  
Schedule a fax to send later...............................................................................................41  
Send a fax to multiple recipients.........................................................................................42  
Send a fax in Error Correction Mode..................................................................................42  
Receive a fax............................................................................................................................43  
Receive a fax manually......................................................................................................43  
Set up backup fax...............................................................................................................44  
Reprint received faxes from memory..................................................................................45  
Poll to receive a fax............................................................................................................45  
Forward faxes to another number......................................................................................46  
Set the paper size for received faxes.................................................................................46  
Set automatic reduction for incoming faxes........................................................................47  
Block junk fax numbers......................................................................................................47  
Add numbers to the junk fax list...................................................................................48  
Remove numbers from the junk fax list........................................................................48  
Print a Junk Fax Report................................................................................................48  
Receive faxes to your computer (Fax to PC and Fax to Mac)............................................49  
Fax to PC and Fax to Mac requirements......................................................................49  
Activate Fax to PC and Fax to Mac..............................................................................49  
Modify Fax to PC or Fax to Mac settings......................................................................50  
Turn off Fax to PC or Fax to Mac.................................................................................50  
2
Contents  
Change fax settings..................................................................................................................50  
Configure the fax header....................................................................................................51  
Set the answer mode (Auto answer)..................................................................................51  
Set the number of rings before answering..........................................................................51  
Change the answer ring pattern for distinctive ring............................................................52  
Set the fax error correction mode.......................................................................................52  
Set the dial type..................................................................................................................53  
Set the redial options..........................................................................................................53  
Set the fax speed................................................................................................................53  
Set the fax sound volume...................................................................................................54  
Fax over Internet Protocol (FoIP).............................................................................................54  
Use reports...............................................................................................................................55  
Print fax confirmation reports..............................................................................................55  
Print fax error reports..........................................................................................................56  
Print and view the fax log...................................................................................................56  
Clear the fax log.................................................................................................................57  
Print the details of the last fax transaction..........................................................................57  
Print a Caller ID History Report..........................................................................................58  
6
Work with ink cartridges  
Information about ink cartridges...............................................................................................59  
Check the estimated ink levels.................................................................................................60  
Handle the ink cartridges..........................................................................................................61  
Replace the ink cartridges........................................................................................................61  
Store printing supplies..............................................................................................................65  
Advanced ink cartridge maintainance.......................................................................................65  
Align the ink cartridges.......................................................................................................65  
Clean the ink cartridges......................................................................................................67  
7
Solve a problem  
HP support................................................................................................................................69  
Obtain electronic support....................................................................................................70  
HP support by phone..........................................................................................................70  
Before you call..............................................................................................................70  
Phone support period...................................................................................................71  
Telephone support numbers.........................................................................................71  
After the phone support period.....................................................................................73  
General troubleshooting tips and resources.............................................................................73  
Solve printing problems............................................................................................................74  
The device shuts down unexpectedly.................................................................................74  
Error message appears on control-panel display...............................................................74  
Alignment fails....................................................................................................................74  
The device is not responding (nothing prints).....................................................................74  
Device takes a long time to print........................................................................................75  
Blank or partial page printed...............................................................................................75  
Something on the page is missing or incorrect...................................................................76  
Placement of the text or graphics is wrong.........................................................................76  
The device prints half a page, then ejects the paper..........................................................77  
3
Poor print quality and unexpected printouts.............................................................................77  
Solution 1: Use genuine HP cartridges...............................................................................77  
Solution 2: Check the paper...............................................................................................77  
Solution 3: Wait a short period of time (if possible)............................................................78  
Solution 4: Check the print settings....................................................................................78  
Step 1: Check the print quality settings........................................................................79  
Step 2: Check the Print in Grayscale setting................................................................79  
Solution 5: Check estimated ink levels and replace low or empty ink cartridges...............80  
Solution 6: Print and evaluate a diagnostic report and troubleshoot defects......................80  
Print Quality Diagnostic Report....................................................................................81  
Self-Test Report............................................................................................................85  
Solution 7: Clean the ink cartridges....................................................................................87  
Solution 8: Align the ink cartridges.....................................................................................88  
Solution 9: Replace the problem ink cartridge....................................................................88  
Solution 10: Service the product.........................................................................................88  
Clean the area around the ink nozzles.....................................................................................89  
Solve paper-feed problems......................................................................................................91  
Solve copy problems................................................................................................................92  
No copy came out...............................................................................................................93  
Copies are blank.................................................................................................................93  
Documents are missing or faded........................................................................................93  
Size is reduced...................................................................................................................94  
Copy quality is poor ...........................................................................................................94  
Copy defects are apparent.................................................................................................94  
The device prints half a page, then ejects the paper..........................................................95  
Paper mismatch..................................................................................................................95  
Solve scan problems................................................................................................................95  
Scanner did nothing............................................................................................................95  
Scan takes too long............................................................................................................96  
Part of the document did not scan or text is missing..........................................................96  
Text cannot be edited.........................................................................................................97  
Error messages appear......................................................................................................97  
Scanned image quality is poor ..........................................................................................97  
Scan defects are apparent.................................................................................................98  
Solve fax problems...................................................................................................................99  
The fax test failed...............................................................................................................99  
Solve wired (Ethernet) network problems (some models only)..............................................111  
General network troubleshooting......................................................................................111  
Network port created does not match device IP address (Windows)...............................112  
4
Contents  
Solve wireless problems (some models only)........................................................................112  
Basic wireless troubleshooting.........................................................................................112  
Advanced wireless troubleshooting..................................................................................113  
Step 1: Make sure your computer is connected to your network................................113  
Step 2: Make sure that the HP device is connected to your network.........................114  
Step 3: Check to see if the firewall software is blocking communication....................115  
Step 4: Make sure the HP device is online and ready................................................116  
Step 5: Make sure the wireless version of the HP device is set as the default printer  
driver (Windows only).................................................................................................116  
Step 6: Make sure the HP Network Devices Support service is running (Windows  
only)............................................................................................................................117  
Add hardware addresses to a wireless access point (WAP)......................................117  
Configure your firewall to work with HP devices.....................................................................118  
Solve device management problems.....................................................................................119  
Embedded Web server cannot be opened.......................................................................120  
The EWS is only available in English...............................................................................120  
Troubleshoot installation issues.............................................................................................121  
Hardware installation suggestions....................................................................................121  
Software installation suggestions.....................................................................................122  
Understand the Printer Status Report and Self-Test Report..................................................122  
Understand the network configuration page (some models only)..........................................124  
Clear jams...............................................................................................................................125  
Clear paper jams..............................................................................................................126  
Avoid paper jams..............................................................................................................127  
A
Technical information  
Warranty information..............................................................................................................128  
Hewlett-Packard limited warranty statement....................................................................129  
Ink cartridge warranty information....................................................................................130  
Device specifications..............................................................................................................131  
Physical specifications......................................................................................................131  
Product features and capacities.......................................................................................131  
Processor and memory specifications..............................................................................131  
System requirements........................................................................................................132  
Network protocol specifications (Some models only).......................................................132  
Embedded Web server specifications (some models only)..............................................133  
Media specifications.........................................................................................................133  
Understand supported sizes.......................................................................................133  
Understand supported media types and weights.......................................................135  
Set minimum margins.................................................................................................136  
Guidelines for two-sided (duplex) printing............................................................137  
Print resolution..................................................................................................................137  
Print specifications............................................................................................................137  
Copy specifications...........................................................................................................137  
Fax specifications.............................................................................................................138  
Scan specifications...........................................................................................................139  
Operating environment.....................................................................................................139  
Electrical requirements.....................................................................................................139  
Acoustic emission specification........................................................................................139  
5
Regulatory information...........................................................................................................140  
FCC statement..................................................................................................................141  
Notice to users in Korea...................................................................................................141  
VCCI (Class B) compliance statement for users in Japan................................................141  
Notice to users in Japan about the power cord................................................................142  
Noise emission statement for Germany...........................................................................142  
LED indicator statement...................................................................................................142  
Notice to users of the U.S. telephone network: FCC requirements..................................143  
Notice to users of the Canadian telephone network.........................................................143  
Notice to users in the European Economic Area..............................................................145  
Notice to users of the German telephone network...........................................................145  
Australia wired fax statement...........................................................................................145  
Regulatory information for wireless products...................................................................145  
Exposure to radio frequency radiation........................................................................146  
Notice to users in Brazil..............................................................................................146  
Notice to users in Canada..........................................................................................146  
Notice to users in Taiwan...........................................................................................146  
European Union regulatory notice..............................................................................147  
Regulatory model number................................................................................................147  
Declaration of conformity..................................................................................................148  
Environmental product stewardship program.........................................................................151  
Paper use.........................................................................................................................151  
Plastics.............................................................................................................................151  
Material safety data sheets...............................................................................................151  
Recycling program............................................................................................................151  
HP inkjet supplies recycling program...............................................................................151  
Disposal of waste equipment by users in private households in the European  
Union................................................................................................................................152  
Power consumption..........................................................................................................152  
Chemical Substances.......................................................................................................153  
RoHS notices (China only)...............................................................................................153  
Third-party licenses................................................................................................................154  
HP Officejet 4500 Desktop...............................................................................................155  
HP Officejet 4500 / HP Officejet 4575 / HP Officejet Advantage 4500.............................158  
HP Officejet 4500 Wireless...............................................................................................165  
B
HP supplies and accessories  
Order printing supplies online.................................................................................................172  
Supplies..................................................................................................................................172  
Supported ink cartridges...................................................................................................172  
HP media..........................................................................................................................173  
6
Contents  
C Additional fax setup  
Set up faxing (parallel phone systems)..................................................................................174  
Choose the correct fax setup for your home or office.......................................................175  
Case A: Separate fax line (no voice calls received).........................................................177  
Case B: Set up the device with DSL.................................................................................178  
Case C: Set up the device with a PBX phone system or an ISDN line............................179  
Case D: Fax with a distinctive ring service on the same line............................................179  
Case E: Shared voice/fax line..........................................................................................180  
Case F: Shared voice/fax line with voice mail..................................................................181  
Case G: Fax line shared with computer modem (no voice calls received).......................182  
Set up the device with a computer dial-up modem.....................................................183  
Set up the device with a computer DSL/ADSL modem..............................................184  
Case H: Shared voice/fax line with computer modem......................................................185  
Shared voice/fax with computer dial-up modem.........................................................185  
Shared voice/fax with computer DSL/ADSL modem..................................................187  
Case I: Shared voice/fax line with answering machine....................................................188  
Case J: Shared voice/fax line with computer modem and answering machine................189  
Shared voice/fax line with computer dial-up modem and answering machine...........190  
Shared voice/fax line with computer DSL/ADSL modem and answering  
machine......................................................................................................................192  
Case K: Shared voice/fax line with computer dial-up modem and voice mail..................193  
Serial-type fax setup...............................................................................................................195  
Test fax setup.........................................................................................................................196  
D
Network setup (some models only)  
Change basic network settings...............................................................................................197  
View and print network settings........................................................................................197  
Turn the wireless radio on and off (some models only)....................................................197  
Change advanced network settings.......................................................................................197  
Set link speed...................................................................................................................198  
To View IP settings...........................................................................................................198  
To Change IP settings......................................................................................................198  
Set up the device for wireless communication (some models only).......................................199  
Understand 802.11 wireless network settings..................................................................199  
To set up wireless communication using the device control panel with wireless setup  
wizard...............................................................................................................................200  
To set up wireless communication using the installer (Windows)....................................201  
To set up wireless communication using the installer (Mac OS X)...................................201  
Connect the device using an ad hoc wireless network connection..................................201  
To turn off wireless communication..................................................................................202  
To print a wireless test page.............................................................................................202  
Reset wireless settings.....................................................................................................202  
Change the connection method........................................................................................202  
Guidelines for ensuring wireless network security............................................................203  
To add hardware addresses to a WAP.......................................................................203  
Other guidelines.........................................................................................................203  
Guidelines for reducing interference on a wireless network.............................................203  
Uninstall and reinstall the software.........................................................................................203  
E
Device management tools  
Toolbox (Windows).................................................................................................................206  
7
Use the HP Solution Center (Windows).................................................................................206  
HP Utility (Mac OS X).............................................................................................................206  
Embedded Web server (some models only)..........................................................................207  
F
Errors (Windows)  
Fax Memory Full.....................................................................................................................209  
Device Disconnected..............................................................................................................209  
Ink Alert...................................................................................................................................209  
Cartridge Problem..................................................................................................................210  
Solution 1: Install the ink cartridges correctly...................................................................210  
Solution 2: Turn the product off and on............................................................................212  
Solution 3: Clean the electrical contacts...........................................................................212  
Solution 4: Replace the ink cartridge................................................................................212  
Paper Mismatch......................................................................................................................212  
The cartridge cradle cannot move..........................................................................................212  
Paper Jam..............................................................................................................................212  
Paper Jam..............................................................................................................................212  
The printer is out of paper......................................................................................................213  
Printer Offline..........................................................................................................................213  
Printer Paused........................................................................................................................213  
Document failed to print..........................................................................................................213  
General printer error...............................................................................................................213  
Align cartridge.........................................................................................................................214  
Index............................................................................................................................................215  
8
1 Get started  
This guide provides details about how to use the device and to resolve problems.  
Accessibility  
Eco-Tips  
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Understand the device parts  
Use the product control panel  
Finding the device model number  
Select print media  
Load an original on the scanner glass  
Load an original in the automatic document feeder (ADF)  
Load media  
Maintain the device  
Turn off the device  
NOTE: If you are using the device with a computer running Windows XP Starter  
Edition, Windows Vista Starter Edition, or Windows 7 Starter Edition, some features  
might not be available. For more information, see Operating system compatibility.  
Accessibility  
The device provides a number of features that make it accessible for people with  
disabilities.  
Visual  
The device software is accessible for users with visual impairments or low vision through  
the use of your operating system's accessibility options and features. It also supports  
most assistive technology such as screen readers, Braille readers, and voice-to-text  
applications. For users who are color blind, colored buttons and tabs used in the software  
and on the device control panel have simple text or icon labels that convey the appropriate  
action.  
Mobility  
For users with mobility impairments, the device software functions can be executed  
through keyboard commands. The software also supports Windows accessibility options  
such as StickyKeys, ToggleKeys, FilterKeys, and MouseKeys. The device doors, buttons,  
paper trays, and paper guides can be operated by users with limited strength and reach.  
Support  
For more details about the accessibility of this product and HP's commitment to product  
accessibility, visit HP's Web site at www.hp.com/accessibility.  
For accessibility information for Mac OS X, visit the Apple Web site at www.apple.com/  
accessibility.  
Get started  
9
       
Chapter 1  
Eco-Tips  
HP is committed to helping customers reduce their environmental footprint. HP has  
provided the Eco-Tips below to help you focus on ways to assess and reduce the impact  
of your printing choices. In addition to specific features in this product, please visit the HP  
Eco Solutions Web site for more information on HP's environmental initiatives.  
www.hp.com/hpinfo/globalcitizenship/environment/  
•
•
Duplex printing: Use Paper-saving Printing to print two-sided documents with  
multiple pages on same sheet to reduce paper usage. For more information, see  
Two-sided printing (duplexing).  
Smart Web printing (Windows): The HP Smart Web Printing interface includes a  
Clip Book and Edit Clips window where you can store, organize, or print clips you  
have gathered from the Web. For more information, see Print a Web page.  
•
•
Energy Savings Information: To determine the ENERGY STAR® qualification  
status for this product, see Power consumption.  
Recycled Materials: For more information regarding recycling of HP products,  
please visit:  
www.hp.com/hpinfo/globalcitizenship/environment/recycle/  
Understand the device parts  
This section contains the following topics:  
•
•
•
Front view  
Printing supplies area  
Back view  
Front view  
HP Officejet 4500 / HP Officejet 4575 /  
HP Officejet 4500 Wireless / HP Officejet  
Advantage 4500  
HP Officejet 4500 Desktop  
10  
Get started  
       
1
2
3
4
5
6
Control panel  
Main tray  
Cartridge access door  
Scanner glass  
Automatic document feeder  
Scanner lid  
Printing supplies area  
HP Officejet 4500 / HP Officejet 4575 /  
HP Officejet 4500 Wireless / HP Officejet  
Advantage 4500  
HP Officejet 4500 Desktop  
1
2
Cartridge access door  
Ink cartridges  
Back view  
HP Officejet 4500 / HP Officejet 4575 /  
HP Officejet 4500 Wireless / HP Officejet  
Advantage 4500  
HP Officejet 4500 Desktop  
Understand the device parts  
11  
       
Chapter 1  
1
2
3
4
5
Universal serial bus (USB) port  
Ethernet port (HP Officejet 4500 / HP Officejet 4575 / HP Officejet Advantage 4500 only)  
Power input  
1-LINE (fax)  
2-EXT (phone)  
Use the product control panel  
This section contains the following topics:  
•
•
•
Overview of buttons and lights  
Change product settings  
Types of messages  
Overview of buttons and lights  
The following diagram and related table provide a quick reference to the device control  
panel features.  
Label  
1
Name and Description  
Wireless button (HP Officejet 4500 Wireless): Turns the 802.11 wireless feature on or off. The  
button is lit when the wireless feature is on.  
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Keypad: Enters values.  
Attention light: Indicates an error condition.  
Back button: Reverts back to its previous setting or upper level menu.  
Left arrow button: Navigates forward through settings in the menus.  
OK button: Selects the current menu or setting.  
Right arrow button: Navigates in reverse through settings in the menus.  
Setup: Presents the Setup menu for generating reports and other maintenance settings, and  
for accessing the Help menu. The topic that you select from the Help menu opens a help window  
on your computer screen.  
12  
Get started  
                 
(continued)  
Label  
Name and Description  
9
Start: Initiates a copy, fax, or scan job. Pressing Start processes the job according to the function  
selected.  
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
Cancel: Stops a job, exits a menu, or exits settings.  
Scan function indicator  
Copy Color function indicator  
Copy B&W function indicator  
Fax Color function indicator  
Fax B&W function indicator  
Power: Turns the device on or off. The Power button is lit when the device is on. The light blinks  
while performing a job.  
When the device is turned off, a minimal amount of power is still supplied. To completely  
disconnect the power supply, turn the device off, and then unplug the power cord.  
Change product settings  
You use the control panel to change the product’s mode and settings, print reports, or  
get help for the product.  
TIP: If the product is connected to a computer, you can also change the product  
settings using software tools available on your computer, such as the Toolbox  
(Windows), the HP Utility (Mac OS X), or the embedded Web server (EWS). For more  
information about these tools, see Device management tools.  
This section contains the following topics:  
•
•
Select the mode  
Change product settings  
Select the mode  
The mode indicator arrow on the control panel shows the mode currently selected for the  
product.  
NOTE: After selecting a mode and changing settings, press  
(Start button) to  
start the job.  
Use the product control panel  
13  
                   
Chapter 1  
To select a different mode  
Press left arrow or right arrow to select the desired mode, and then press OK.  
To change settings for a mode  
1. After selecting a mode, press the arrow buttons to scroll through the available settings  
available, and then press OK to select the setting you want to change.  
2. Press the arrow buttons to change the settings, and then press OK.  
NOTE: Use the left arrow button or  
button when you want to delete an incorrect  
entry on the display.  
Change product settings  
To change the product settings or print reports, use the options available in the Setup  
menu:  
1. Press the (Setup) button  
2. Press the arrow buttons to scroll through the menus.  
3. Press OK to select menus or options.  
NOTE: Use the left arrow button or  
button when you want to delete an incorrect  
entry on the display.  
Types of messages  
While using the product, messages will appear on the control panel display. These  
messages provide information about the product's activity. While some types of  
messages just provide information about the product's status, other types of messages  
might require that you take the appropriate action (often specified in the message itself)  
before the product can continue functioning.  
Status messages  
Status messages reflect the current state of the device. They inform you of normal  
operation and require no action to clear them. They change as the state of the device  
changes. Whenever the device is ready, not busy, and has no pending warning  
messages, the status message READY appears if the device is turned on.  
Warning messages  
Warning messages inform you of events that require your attention, but they do not  
prevent the device from operating. An example of a warning message is a low ink warning.  
These messages appear until you resolve the condition.  
Error messages  
Error messages communicate that some action must be performed, such as adding  
media or clearing a media jam. These messages are usually accompanied by a blinking  
red Attention light. Take the appropriate action to continue printing.  
14  
Get started  
                 
If the error message shows an error code, press the Power button to turn off the device,  
and then turn it on again. In most situations, this action solves the problem. If the message  
persists, your device might need service. For more information, see Solve a problem.  
Critical error messages  
Critical error messages inform you of a device failure. Some of these messages can be  
cleared by pressing the Power button to turn off the device, and then turning it on again.  
If a critical error persists, service is required. For more information, see Solve a  
problem.  
Finding the device model number  
In addition to the model name that appears on the front of the device, this device has a  
specific model number. You can use this number to help determine which supplies or  
accessories are available for your product, as well as when obtaining support.  
The model number is printed on a label located inside the device, near the ink cartridges  
area.  
Select print media  
The device is designed to work well with most types of office media. It is best to test a  
variety of print media types before buying large quantities. Use HP media for optimum  
print quality. Visit the HP Web site at www.hp.com for more information about HP media.  
HP recommends plain papers with the ColorLok logo for printing  
and copying of everyday documents. All papers with the ColorLok  
logo are independently tested to meet high standards of reliability  
and print quality, and produce documents with crisp, vivid color,  
bolder blacks & dry faster than ordinary plain papers. Look for  
papers with the ColorLok logo in a variety of weights and sizes  
from major paper manufacturers.  
This section contains the following topics:  
•
•
•
Recommended papers for printing and copying  
Recommended papers for photo printing  
Tips for selecting and using media  
Recommended papers for printing and copying  
If you want the best print quality, HP recommends using HP papers that are specifically  
designed for the type of project you are printing.  
Select print media  
15  
         
Chapter 1  
Depending on your country/region, some of these papers might not be available.  
HP Brochure Paper  
These papers are glossy-coated or matte-coated on both sides for two-  
sided use. They are the perfect choice for near-photographic  
reproductions and business graphics for report covers, special  
presentations, brochures, mailers, and calendars.  
HP Superior Inkjet  
Paper  
HP Bright White Inkjet  
Paper  
HP Bright White Inkjet Paper delivers high-contrast colors and sharp  
text. It is opaque enough for two-sided color usage with no show-  
through, which makes it ideal for newsletters, reports, and flyers. It  
features ColorLok Technology for less smearing, bolder blacks and  
vivid colors.  
HP Printing Paper  
HP Office Paper  
HP Printing Paper is a high-quality multifunction paper. It produces  
documents that look and feel more substantial than documents printed  
on standard multipurpose or copy paper. It features ColorLok  
Technology for less smearing, bolder blacks and vivid colors. It is acid-  
free for longer lasting documents.  
HP Office Paper is a high-quality multifunction paper. It is suitable for  
copies, drafts, memos and other everyday documents. It features  
ColorLok Technology for less smearing, bolder blacks and vivid colors.  
It is acid-free for longer lasting documents  
HP Office Recycled  
Paper  
HP Office Recycled Paper is a high-quality multifunction paper made  
with 30% recycled fiber. It features ColorLok Technology for less  
smearing, bolder blacks and vivid colors. It is acid-free for longer lasting  
documents.  
HP Premium  
Presentation Paper  
These papers are heavy two-sided matte papers perfect for  
presentation, proposals, reports and newsletters. They are  
heavyweight for an impressive look and feel.  
HP Professional Paper  
HP Premium Inkjet  
Transparency Film  
HP Premium Inkjet Transparency Film makes your color presentations  
vivid and even more impressive. This film is easy to use and handle and  
dries quickly without smudging.  
HP Advanced Photo  
Paper  
This thick photo paper features an instant-dry finish for easy handling  
without smudging. It resists water, smears, fingerprints, and humidity.  
Your prints have a look and feel comparable to a store processed photo.  
It is available in several sizes, including A4, 8.5 x 11 inch, 10 x 15 cm  
(4 x 6 inch), 13x18 cm (5 x7 inch) and two finishes – glossy or soft gloss  
(satin matte). It is acid-free for longer lasting documents.  
HP Everyday Photo  
Paper  
Print colorful, everyday snapshots at a low cost, using paper designed  
for casual photo printing. This affordable, photo paper dries quickly for  
easy handling. Get sharp, crisp images when you use this paper with  
any inkjet printer. Available in semi-gloss finish in 8.5 x11 inch, A4, 4 x  
6 inch and 10 x 15 cm. It is acid-free for longer lasting documents.  
HP Iron-On Transfers  
HP Iron-on Transfers (for color fabrics or for light or white fabrics) are  
the ideal solution for creating custom T-shirts from your digital photos.  
To order HP papers and other supplies, go to www.hp.com/buy/supplies. If prompted,  
choose your country/region, follow the prompts to select your product, and then click one  
of the shopping links on the page.  
NOTE: At this time, some portions of the HP Web site are available in English only.  
HP Photo Value Packs:  
16  
Get started  
HP Photo Value Packs conveniently package Original HP ink cartridges and HP  
Advanced Photo Paper to save you time and take the guesswork out of printing affordable  
professional photos with your HP printer. Original HP inks and HP Advanced Photo Paper  
have been designed to work together so your photos are long lasting and vivid, print after  
print. Great for printing out an entire vacation’s worth of photos or multiple prints to share.  
Recommended papers for photo printing  
If you want the best print quality, HP recommends using HP papers that are specifically  
designed for the type of project you are printing.  
Depending on your country/region, some of these papers might not be available.  
HP Advanced Photo Paper  
This thick photo paper features an instant-dry finish for easy handling without smudging.  
It resists water, smears, fingerprints, and humidity. Your prints have a look and feel  
comparable to a store processed photo. It is available in several sizes, including A4, 8.5  
x 11 inch, 10 x 15 cm (4 x 6 inch), 13 x 18 cm (5 x 7 inch) and two finishes – glossy or  
soft gloss (satin matte). It is acid-free for longer lasting documents.  
HP Everyday Photo Paper  
Print colorful, everyday snapshots at a low cost, using paper designed for casual photo  
printing. This affordable, photo paper dries quickly for easy handling. Get sharp, crisp  
images when you use this paper with any inkjet printer. Available in semi-gloss finish in  
8.5 x 11 inch, A4, 4 x 6 inch and 10 x 15 cm. It is acid-free for longer lasting documents.  
HP Photo Value Packs:  
HP Photo Value Packs conveniently package Original HP ink cartridges and HP  
Advanced Photo Paper to save you time and take the guesswork out of printing affordable  
professional photos with your HP printer. Original HP inks and HP Advanced Photo Paper  
have been designed to work together so your photos are long lasting and vivid, print after  
print. Great for printing out an entire vacation’s worth of photos or multiple prints to share.  
To order HP papers and other supplies, go to www.hp.com/buy/supplies. If prompted,  
choose your country/region, follow the prompts to select your product, and then click one  
of the shopping links on the page.  
NOTE: At this time, some portions of the HP Web site are available in English only.  
Tips for selecting and using media  
For the best results, observe the following guidelines.  
•
•
•
Always use media that conforms to the device specifications. For more information,  
see Media specifications.  
Load only one type of media at a time into a tray or automatic document feeder (ADF)  
(some models only).  
When loading the trays and ADF (some models only), make sure the media is properly  
loaded. For more information, see Load media or Load an original in the automatic  
document feeder (ADF).  
Select print media  
17  
     
Chapter 1  
•
•
Do not overload the tray or ADF (some models only). For more information, see Media  
specifications.  
To prevent jams, poor print quality, and other printing problems, avoid loading the  
following media in the trays or ADF (some models only):  
◦
◦
◦
◦
◦
◦
Multipart forms  
Media that is damaged, curled, or wrinkled  
Media with cutouts or perforations  
Media that is heavily textured, embossed, or does not accept ink well  
Media that is too lightweight or stretches easily  
Media that contains staples or clips  
NOTE: To scan, copy, or fax documents that contain pages that do not conform  
to these guidelines, use the scanner glass. For more information, see Load an  
original on the scanner glass.  
Load an original on the scanner glass  
You can copy, scan, or fax up to letter- or A4-size originals by loading them on the glass.  
NOTE: Many of the special features will not work correctly if the glass and lid backing  
are not clean. For more information, see Maintain the device.  
To load an original on the scanner glass  
1. Lift the scanner lid.  
2. Load your original print side down.  
TIP: For more help on loading an original, refer to the engraved guides along the  
edge of the glass.  
18  
Get started  
     
3. Close the lid.  
Load an original in the automatic document feeder (ADF)  
NOTE: The ADF is available for some models only.  
You can copy, scan, or fax a one-sided, single- or multiple-page, A4- or letter-size  
document by placing it in the document feeder tray.  
CAUTION: Do not load photos in the ADF; this might cause damage to your photos.  
NOTE: Two-sided legal-size documents cannot be scanned, copied, or faxed using  
the ADF.  
NOTE: Some features, such as the Fit to Page copy feature, do not work when you  
load your originals in the ADF. You must load your originals on the glass.  
The document feeder tray holds a maximum of 50 sheets of plain paper.  
To load an original in the document feeder tray  
1. Load your original, with the print side up, into the document feeder tray. Place the  
pages so that the top edge of the document goes in first. Slide the media into the  
automatic document feeder until you hear a beep or see a message on the display  
indicating that the loaded pages were detected.  
TIP: For more help on loading originals in the automatic document feeder, refer  
to the diagram engraved in the document feeder tray.  
2. Slide the width guides inward until they stop at the left and right edges of the media.  
NOTE: Remove all originals from the document feeder tray before lifting the lid on  
the device.  
Load media  
This section provides instructions for loading media into the device.  
Load media  
19  
         
Chapter 1  
To load media  
1. Pull out the tray extender.  
2. Insert the media print-side down along the right of the main tray. Make sure the stack  
of media aligns with the right and back edges of the tray, and does not exceed the  
line marking in the tray.  
NOTE: Do not load paper while the device is printing.  
•
Envelopes: Load envelopes with the flaps facing up to the right or the back of  
the tray. Depending on the type of envelope you are loading, the flap hinge should  
be on the left or towards the back of the tray.  
•
•
•
Photo paper: If the photo paper has a tab along one edge, make sure the tab is  
pointing towards the back of the product.  
Transparencies: Insert transparencies with the rough side down and the  
adhesive strip pointing towards the back of the product.  
Custom-sized media: Use only custom-sized media that is supported by the  
device. For more information, see Media specifications.  
3. Slide the media guides in the tray to adjust them for the media size that you have  
loaded.  
20  
Get started  
 
Maintain the device  
This section provides instructions for keeping the device in top working condition. Perform  
these maintenance procedures as necessary.  
•
•
•
Clean the scanner glass  
Clean the exterior  
Clean the automatic document feeder (ADF) (Some models only)  
Clean the scanner glass  
NOTE: Dust or dirt on the scanner glass, scanner lid backing, or scanner frame can  
slow down performance, degrade the quality of scans, and affect the accuracy of  
special features such as fitting copies to a certain page size.  
To clean the scanner glass  
1. Turn off the device.  
2. Lift the scanner lid.  
3. Clean the glass by using a soft, lint-free cloth that has been sprayed with a mild glass  
cleaner. Dry the glass with a dry, soft, lint-free cloth.  
CAUTION: Use only glass cleaner to clean the scanner glass. Avoid cleaners  
that contain abrasives, acetone, benzene, and carbon tetrachloride, all of which  
can damage the scanner glass. Avoid isopropyl alcohol because it can leave  
streaks on the glass.  
CAUTION: Do not spray the glass cleaner directly on the glass. If too much glass  
cleaner is applied, the cleaner could leak under the glass and damage the  
scanner.  
4. Close the scanner lid, and turn on the device.  
Maintain the device  
21  
     
Chapter 1  
Clean the exterior  
WARNING! Before cleaning the device, turn off the power and unplug the power  
cord from the electrical socket.  
Use a soft, damp, lint-free cloth to wipe dust, smudges, and stains off of the case. The  
exterior of the device does not require cleaning. Keep fluids away from the interior of the  
device, as well as from the device control panel.  
Clean the automatic document feeder (ADF) (Some models only)  
NOTE: The ADF is available for some models only.  
If the automatic document feeder picks up multiple pages or if it does not pick up plain  
paper, you can clean the rollers and separator pad. Lift the automatic document feeder  
cover to access the pick assembly inside the automatic document feeder, clean the rollers  
or separator pad, and then close the cover.  
If you have lines or dust appearing on scanned documents or faxes, clean the plastic strip  
in the ADF.  
To clean the rollers or separator pad  
1. Remove all originals from the document feeder tray.  
2. Lift the automatic document feeder cover (1).  
This provides easy access to the rollers (2) and separator pad (3), as shown below.  
1
2
3
Automatic document feeder cover  
Rollers  
Separator pad  
3. Lightly dampen a clean lint-free cloth with distilled water, then squeeze any excess  
liquid from the cloth.  
22  
Get started  
       
4. Use the damp cloth to wipe any residue off the rollers or separator pad.  
NOTE: If the residue does not come off using distilled water, try using isopropyl  
(rubbing) alcohol.  
5. Close the cover of the automatic document feeder.  
To clean the plastic strip inside the automatic document feeder  
1. Turn off the device and unplug the power cord.  
NOTE: Depending how long the device is unplugged, the date and time might  
be erased. You might need to reset the date and time later, when you plug the  
power cord back in.  
2. Lift the cover of the automatic document feeder until it stops, and then gently pry the  
cover to release the catch.  
3. Continue lifting the automatic document feeder cover to the vertical position.  
Maintain the device  
23  
 
Chapter 1  
4. Lift the automatic document feeder mechanism.  
5. Clean the plastic strip with a soft cloth or sponge slightly moistened with a nonabrasive  
glass cleaner.  
CAUTION: Do not use abrasives, acetone, benzene, or carbon tetrachloride on  
the plastic strip, since they can damage it. Do not place or spray liquid directly on  
the plastic strip. The liquid might seep under the glass and damage the device.  
6. Gently lower the automatic document feeder mechanism to avoid dislodging the  
plastic strip, and then close the cover of the automatic document feeder.  
7. Plug in the power cord, and then turn on the device.  
NOTE: If you still see dust or lines on scans after cleaning the plastic strip, you  
may need to order a new plastic strip. For more information, see Solve a  
problem.  
Turn off the device  
Turn off the product by pressing the  
(power) button located on the product. Wait until  
the power light turns off before unplugging the power cord or turning off a power strip. If  
you improperly turn off the product, the print carriage might not return to the correct  
position causing problems with the ink cartridges and print quality issues.  
24  
Get started  
 
2 Print  
Most print settings are automatically handled by the software application. You need to  
change the settings manually only when you want to change print quality, print on specific  
types of paper, or use special features. For more information about selecting the best  
print media for your documents, see Select print media.  
This section contains the following topics:  
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Print documents  
Print brochures  
Print on envelopes  
Print a Web page  
Print photos  
Print on special and custom-sized paper  
Print borderless documents  
Print documents  
NOTE: With certain types of paper, you can print on both sides of a sheet of paper  
(called “two-sided printing” or “duplex printing”). For more information, see Two-sided  
printing (duplexing).  
Follow the instructions for your operating system.  
•
•
Print documents (Windows)  
Print documents (Mac OS X)  
Print documents (Windows)  
1. Load paper in the tray. For more information, see Load media.  
2. On the File menu in your software application, click Print.  
3. Select the product you want to print to.  
4. If you need to change settings, click the button that opens the Properties dialog box.  
Depending on your software application, this button might be called Properties,  
Options, Printer Setup, Printer, or Preferences.  
5. Click a type of print task in the Printing Shortcuts list. The preset default settings for  
the shortcuts are displayed.  
6. If you change any settings on the Printing Shortcuts tab, you can save your custom  
settings as a new printing shortcut:  
a. Select the shortcut, and then click Save As.  
b. To delete a shortcut, select the shortcut, and then click Delete.  
TIP: You can change more options for the print job by using the features  
available on the other tabs in the dialog box.  
7. Click OK.  
8. Click Print or OK to begin printing.  
Print  
25  
       
Chapter 2  
Print documents (Mac OS X)  
1. Load paper in the tray. For more information, see Load media.  
2. From the File menu in your software application, choose Print.  
3. Make sure the product you want to use is selected.  
4. Change the print settings for the option provided in the pop-up menus, as appropriate  
for your project.  
NOTE: Click the blue disclosure triangle next to the Printer selection to access  
these options.  
5. Click Print to begin printing.  
Print brochures  
Follow the instructions for your operating system.  
NOTE: To set print settings for all print jobs, make the changes in the printer driver.  
For more information about the features of the Windows printer driver, see the online  
help for the driver. For more information about printing from a specific application, see  
the documentation that came with the application.  
•
•
Print brochures (Windows)  
Print brochures (Mac OS X)  
Print brochures (Windows)  
1. Load paper in the tray. For more information, see Load media.  
2. On the File menu in your software application, click Print.  
3. Select the product you want to print to.  
4. If you need to change settings, click the button that opens the Properties dialog box.  
Depending on your software application, this button might be called Properties,  
Options, Printer Setup, Printer, or Preferences.  
5. Select Brochure Printing – Borderless in the Printing Shortcuts list. The default  
settings are displayed.  
6. Change any other print settings.  
TIP: You can change more options for the print job by using the features  
available on the other tabs in the dialog box.  
7. Click Print to begin printing.  
Print brochures (Mac OS X)  
1. Load paper in the tray. For more information, see Load media.  
2. From the File menu in your software application, choose Print.  
3. Make sure the product you want to use is selected.  
26  
Print  
             
4. Choose Paper Type/Quality from the pop-up menu, and then choose the following  
settings:  
•
•
Paper Type: the appropriate brochure paper type  
Quality: Normal or Best  
NOTE: Click the blue disclosure triangle next to the Printer selection to access  
these options.  
5. Select any other print settings that you want, and then click Print to begin printing.  
Print on envelopes  
When choosing envelopes, avoid envelopes that have a very slick finish, self-stick  
adhesives, clasps, or windows. Also, avoid envelopes with thick, irregular, or curled  
edges, or areas that are wrinkled, torn, or otherwise damaged.  
Make sure the envelopes you load in the product are tightly constructed and that the folds  
are sharply creased.  
NOTE: For more information about printing on envelopes, see the documentation  
available with the software program you are using.  
Follow the instructions for your operating system.  
•
•
Print on envelopes (Windows)  
Print on envelopes (Mac OS X)  
Print on envelopes (Windows)  
1. Load paper in the tray. For more information, see Load media.  
2. On the File menu in your software application, click Print.  
3. Select the product you want to print to.  
4. If you need to change settings, click the button that opens the Properties dialog box.  
Depending on your software application, this button might be called Properties,  
Options, Printer Setup, Printer, or Preferences.  
5. On the Features tab, change the orientation to Landscape.  
6. In the Basic Options area, from the Size drop-down list, select More. Then, select  
the appropriate envelope type.  
TIP: You can change more options for the print job by using the features  
available on the other tabs in the dialog box.  
7. Click OK, and then click Print or OK to begin printing.  
Print on envelopes (Mac OS X)  
1. Load paper in the tray. For more information, see Load media.  
2. From the File menu in your software application, choose Print.  
3. Make sure the product you want to use is selected.  
4. Choose the appropriate envelope size in the Paper Size pop-up menu.  
Print on envelopes  
27  
         
Chapter 2  
5. Select the landscape or horizontal Orientation option.  
NOTE: Click the blue disclosure triangle next to the Printer selection to access  
these options.  
6. Select any other print settings that you want, and then click Print to begin printing.  
Print a Web page  
TIP: To print Web pages correctly, you might need to set your print orientation to  
Landscape.  
If you are using a computer running Windows and Internet Explorer 6.0 or higher for Web  
browsing, you can use HP Smart Web Printing to ensure simple, predictable web printing  
with control over what you want and how you want it printed. You can access HP Smart  
Web Printing from the toolbar in Internet Explorer. For more information about HP Smart  
Web Printing, see the help file provided with it.  
NOTE: With certain types of paper, you can print on both sides of a sheet of paper  
(called “two-sided printing” or “duplex printing”). For more information, see Two-sided  
printing (duplexing).  
Follow the instructions for your operating system.  
•
•
Print a Web page (Windows)  
Print a Web page (Mac OS X)  
Print a Web page (Windows)  
1. Load paper in the tray. For more information, see Load media.  
2. On the File menu in your software application, click Print.  
3. Select the product you want to print to.  
4. If your Web browser supports it, select the items on the Web page that you want to  
include in the printout.  
For example, in Internet Explorer, click the Options tab to select options such as As  
laid out on screen, Only the selected frame, and Print all linked documents.  
5. Click Print or OK to begin printing.  
Print a Web page (Mac OS X)  
1. Load paper in the tray. For more information, see Load media.  
2. From the File menu in your software application, choose Print.  
3. Make sure the product you want to use is selected.  
4. Some Web browsers include special options for printing Web pages. If available,  
choose the option for your Web browser from the pop-up menu in the Print dialog.  
For more information, see the documentation provided with your Web browser.  
NOTE: Click the blue disclosure triangle next to the Printer selection to access  
these options.  
5. Select any other print settings that you want, and then click Print to begin printing.  
28  
Print  
       
Print photos  
Do not leave unused photo paper in the input tray. The paper might start to curl, which  
could reduce the quality of your printout. Photo paper should be flat before printing.  
Follow the instructions for your operating system.  
•
•
Print photos on photo paper (Windows)  
Print photos on photo paper (Mac OS X)  
Print photos on photo paper (Windows)  
1. Load paper in the tray. For more information, see Load media.  
2. On the File menu in your software application, click Print.  
3. Select the product you want to print to.  
4. If you need to change settings, click the button that opens the Properties dialog box.  
Depending on your software application, this button might be called Properties,  
Options, Printer Setup, Printer, or Preferences.  
5. Click Photo Printing – Borderless or Photo Printing with white borders in the  
Printing Shortcuts list. The default settings are displayed.  
NOTE: To achieve the highest dpi resolution, you can use the Maximum dpi  
setting with supported types of photo paper. If Maximum dpi is not listed in the  
Print quality drop-down list, you can enable it from the Advanced tab.  
6. If you change any settings on the Printing Shortcuts tab, you can save your custom  
settings as a new printing shortcut:  
•
•
Select the shortcut, and then click Save As.  
To delete a shortcut, select the shortcut, and then click Delete.  
TIP: You can change more options for the print job by using the features  
available on the other tabs in the dialog box.  
7. If you want to print the photo in black and white, click the Advanced tab and, in the  
Color Options area, select the Print in grayscale check box.  
8. Click OK, and then click Print or OK to begin printing.  
Print photos on photo paper (Mac OS X)  
1. Load paper in the tray. For more information, see Load media.  
2. From the File menu in your software application, choose Print.  
3. Make sure the product you want to use is selected.  
4. Choose Paper Type/Quality from the pop-up menu, and then choose the following  
settings:  
•
•
Paper Type: The appropriate photo paper type  
Quality: Best or Maximum dpi  
NOTE: Click the blue disclosure triangle next to the Printer selection to access  
these options.  
Print photos  
29  
         
Chapter 2  
5. If necessary, click the disclosure triangle next to Color Options.  
Select any other print settings that you want, and then click Print to begin printing.  
6. Select the appropriate Photo Fix options:  
•
•
Off: applies no HP Real Life Technologies to the image.  
Basic: automatically focuses the image; moderately adjusts image sharpness.  
7. If you want to print the photo in black and white, choose the Grayscale from the  
Color pop-up menu, and then choose one of the following options:  
•
High Quality: uses all the available colors to print your photo in grayscale. This  
creates smooth and natural shades of gray.  
•
Black Print Cartridge Only: uses black ink to print your photo in grayscale. The  
gray shading is created by varying patterns of black dots, which might result in a  
grainy image.  
Print on special and custom-sized paper  
If your application supports custom-sized paper, set the size in the application before  
printing the document. If not, set the size in the print driver. You might need to reformat  
existing documents to print them correctly on custom-sized paper.  
Use only custom-sized paper that is supported by the device. For more information, see  
Media specifications.  
NOTE: With certain types of paper, you can print on both sides of a sheet of paper  
(called “two-sided printing” or “duplex printing”). For more information, see Two-sided  
printing (duplexing).  
Follow the instructions for your operating system.  
•
•
Print on special or custom-sized paper (Windows)  
Print on special or custom-sized paper (Mac OS X)  
Print on special or custom-sized paper (Windows)  
1. Load paper in the tray. For more information, see Load media.  
2. On the File menu in your software application, click Print.  
3. Select the product you want to print to.  
4. If you need to change settings, click the button that opens the Properties dialog box.  
Depending on your software application, this button might be called Properties,  
Options, Printer Setup, Printer, or Preferences.  
5. If necessary, set up the custom size in the printer driver:  
a. On the Features tab, click Custom in the Size drop-down list.  
b. Type a name for the new custom size.  
c. In the Width and Height boxes, type the dimensions, and then click Save.  
d. Click OK.  
NOTE: To achieve the highest dpi resolution, you can use the Maximum dpi  
setting with supported types of photo paper. If Maximum dpi is not listed in the  
Print quality drop-down list, you can enable it from the Advanced tab.  
6. Make sure the custom size is selected in the Size drop-down list.  
30  
Print  
       
7. Select the paper type:  
a. Click More in the Paper type drop-down list.  
b. Click the desired paper type, and then click OK.  
8. Click OK, and then click Print or OK to begin printing.  
Print on special or custom-sized paper (Mac OS X)  
NOTE: Before you can print on custom-sized paper, you must set up the custom  
size in the printing software. For instructions, see Set up custom sizes (Mac OS X).  
1. Load the appropriate paper in the tray. For more information, see Load media.  
2. From the File menu in your software application, choose Print.  
3. Make sure the product you want to use is selected.  
4. Choose Paper Handling from the pop-up menu.  
NOTE: Click the blue disclosure triangle next to the Printer selection to access  
these options.  
5. Under Destination Paper Size, click Scale to fit paper size, and then select the  
custom size.  
Select any other print settings that you want, and then click Print to begin printing.  
6. Change any other settings, and then click Print to begin printing.  
Set up custom sizes (Mac OS X)  
1. From the File menu in your software application, choose Print.  
2. Choose the desired printer in the Format for pop-up menu.  
3. Choose Manage Custom Sizes in the Paper Size pop-up menu.  
4. Click the + on the left side of the screen, double-click Untitled, and type a name for  
the new, custom size.  
5. In the Width and Height boxes, type the dimensions, and then set the margins, if  
desired.  
6. Choose Paper Handling from the pop-up menu.  
7. Click OK.  
Print borderless documents  
Borderless printing lets you print to the edges of certain photo media types and a range  
of standard media sizes.  
NOTE: You cannot print a borderless document if the paper type is set to Plain  
paper.  
NOTE: Before printing a borderless document, open the file in a software application  
and assign the image size. Make sure the size corresponds to the media size on which  
you are printing the image.  
NOTE: Not all applications support borderless printing.  
Print borderless documents  
31  
       
Chapter 2  
Follow the instructions for your operating system.  
•
•
Print borderless documents (Windows)  
Print borderless documents (Mac OS X)  
Print borderless documents (Windows)  
1. Load paper in the tray. For more information, see Load media.  
2. On the File menu in your software application, click Print.  
3. Select the product you want to print to.  
4. If you need to change settings, click the button that opens the Properties dialog box.  
Depending on your software application, this button might be called Properties,  
Options, Printer Setup, Printer, or Preferences.  
5. Click the Features tab.  
6. In the Size list, click More, and then select the borderless size loaded in the tray. If  
a borderless image can be printed on the specified size, the Borderless check box  
is selected.  
7. In the Paper type drop-down list, click More, and then select the appropriate paper  
type.  
8. Select the Borderless check box if it is not already checked.  
If the borderless paper size and paper type are not compatible, the product software  
displays an alert and allows you to select a different type or size.  
9. Click OK, and then click Print or OK to begin printing.  
Print borderless documents (Mac OS X)  
1. Load paper in the tray. For more information, see Load media.  
2. From the File menu in your software application, choose Print.  
3. Make sure the product you want to use is selected.  
4. Choose Paper Type/Quality from the pop-up menu, and then choose the following  
settings:  
•
•
Paper Type: The appropriate paper type  
Quality: Best or Maximum dpi  
NOTE: Click the blue disclosure triangle next to the Printer selection to access  
these options.  
5. If necessary, select the appropriate Photo Fix options:  
•
•
Off: applies no HP Real Life Technologies to the image.  
Basic: automatically focuses the image; moderately adjusts image sharpness.  
6. Select any other print settings that you want, and then click Print to begin printing.  
Two-sided printing (duplexing)  
With certain types of paper, you can print on both sides of a sheet of paper (called “two-  
sided printing” or “duplex printing”).  
•
•
Perform two-sided printing (Windows)  
Perform two-sided printing (Mac OS X)  
32  
Print  
         
Perform two-sided printing (Windows)  
1. Load paper in the tray. For more information, see Load media and Guidelines for two-  
sided (duplex) printing.  
2. On the File menu in your software application, click Print.  
3. Select the Two-sided (Duplex) Printing option in the Printing Shortcuts list.  
4. Click OK, and then click Print or OK to begin printing.  
5. Follow any onscreen instructions.  
Perform two-sided printing (Mac OS X)  
1. Load paper in the tray. For more information, see Load media and Guidelines for two-  
sided (duplex) printing.  
2. From the File menu in your software application, choose Print.  
3. Make sure the product you want to use is selected.  
4. Choose Paper Handling from the pop-up menu, and then choose Odd numbered  
pages or Odd only.  
5. Change any other settings, and then click Print.  
6. After the odd-numbered pages have printed, rotate the printed pages 180 degrees  
and reload them in the tray.  
NOTE: Make sure the freshly printed text is face up.  
7. From the File menu, choose Print.  
8. Choose Paper Handling from the pop-up menu, and then choose Even numbered  
pages or Even only.  
9. Click Print to begin printing.  
Two-sided printing (duplexing)  
33  
       
3 Scan  
Using the product’s control panel, you can scan originals and send them to a variety of  
destinations, such as a folder or a program on a computer. You can also scan originals  
using the HP software provided with the product and TWAIN-compliant or WIA-compliant  
programs on a computer.  
You can use the HP software to convert the text in scanned documents into a format that  
you can search, copy, paste, and edit.  
NOTE: Scan functions are only available after you install the software.  
This section contains the following topics:  
•
•
Scan an original  
Edit a scanned document using optical character recognition (OCR) software  
Scan an original  
You can start a scan from a computer or from the device control panel.  
To use the scan features, your device and computer must be connected and turned on.  
The HP software must also be installed and running on your computer prior to scanning.  
To verify that the HP software is running on a computer running Windows, look for the  
device icon in the system tray at the lower-right side of the screen, near the clock.  
NOTE: Closing the HP Digital Imaging Monitor icon in your Windows system tray  
can cause your device to lose some of its scan functionality and result in the No  
Connection error message. If this happens, you can restore full functionality by  
restarting your computer or by starting the HP Digital Imaging Monitor.  
NOTE: If you are using a computer running Windows, you can also use the  
HP Solution Center to scan an image. Using this software, you can edit a scanned  
image and create special projects using a scanned image. For more information, see  
the onscreen help that came with your software.  
This section contains the following topics:  
•
Scan an original from the product control panel  
Scan an original from the product control panel  
You can send a scan to a computer connected directly to the device. You can also send  
a scan to a program installed on a computer.  
NOTE: If you are scanning a borderless original, load the original on the scanner  
glass, not the ADF.  
To scan from the product control panel  
1. Load the original. For more information, see Load an original on the scanner glass.  
2. Press left arrow or right arrow to select the Scan function, and then press OK.  
34  
Scan  
           
3. Press right arrow to select what to do with the scan, and then press OK.  
4. Press Start.  
Edit a scanned document using optical character  
recognition (OCR) software  
You can use OCR software to import scanned text into your preferred word-processing  
program for editing. This allows you to edit letters, newspaper clippings, and many other  
documents.  
You can specify the word-processing program that you want to use for editing. If the word-  
processing icon is not present or active, either you do not have word-processing software  
installed on your computer, or the scanner software did not recognize the program during  
the installation. See the onscreen Help for the HP Solution Center for information about  
how to create a link to the word-processing program.  
The OCR software does not support scanning colored text. Colored text is always  
converted to black-and-white text before being sent to OCR. Thus, all text in the final  
document is in black and white, regardless of the original color.  
Because of the complexity of some word-processing programs and their interaction with  
the device, it is sometimes preferable to scan to a text editor, such as Wordpad (Windows)  
or TextEdit (Mac OS X), and then cut and paste the text into the preferred word-  
processing program.  
Edit a scanned document using optical character recognition (OCR) software  
35  
   
4 Copy  
You can produce high-quality color and grayscale copies on a variety of paper types and  
sizes.  
NOTE: If you are copying a document when a fax arrives, the fax is stored in the  
device memory until the copying finishes. This can reduce the number of fax pages  
stored in memory.  
This section contains the following topics:  
•
•
Copy documents  
Change copy settings  
Copy documents  
You can make quality copies from the device control panel.  
NOTE: If you are copying a borderless original, load the original on the scanner  
glass, not the ADF.  
To copy documents  
1. Make sure you have paper loaded in the main tray.  
2. Place your original face down on the scanner glass. If you are copying a borderless  
original, load the original on the scanner glass, not the ADF. For more information,  
see Load an original on the scanner glass.  
3. Use the left arrow or right arrow to select one of the following functions:  
•
•
Copy B&W: To select a black-and-white copy job.  
Copy Color : To select a color copy job.  
NOTE: If you have a color original, selecting the Copy B&W function produces  
a black-and-white copy of the color original, while selecting the Copy Color  
function produces a full-color copy of the color original.  
4. Press OK.  
5. Change any additional settings. For more information, see Change copy settings  
6. Press Start.  
Change copy settings  
You can customize copy jobs using the various settings available from the product's  
control panel, including the following:  
•
•
•
•
Number of copies  
Copy paper size  
Copy paper type  
Copy speed or quality  
36  
Copy  
         
•
•
Lighter/Darker settings  
Resizing originals to fit on different paper sizes  
You can use these settings for single copy jobs, or you can save settings to be used as  
defaults for future jobs.  
To change copy settings for a single job  
1. Press left arrow or right arrow to navigate between different copy options.  
2. Make any changes to the copy function settings, and then press OK to accept the  
changes.  
To save the current settings as defaults for future jobs  
1. Press left arrow or right arrow to navigate between different copy options.  
2. Make any changes to the copy function settings, and then press OK to accept the  
changes.  
3. Press right arrow until Set As Default appears, and then press OK.  
4. Press right arrow to select Yes, and then press OK.  
Change copy settings  
37  
   
5 Fax  
You can use the device to send and receive faxes, including color faxes. You can  
schedule faxes to be sent at a later time and set up speed-dials to send faxes quickly and  
easily to frequently used numbers. From the device control panel, you can also set a  
number of fax options, such as resolution and the contrast between lightness and  
darkness on the faxes you send.  
NOTE: Before you begin faxing, make sure you have set up the device properly for  
faxing. You might have already done this as part of the initial setup, by using either  
the control panel or the software that came with the device. You can verify the fax is  
set up correctly by running the fax setup test from the control panel. To run the fax  
test, press (Setup), select Tools, select Run fax test, and then press OK.  
This section contains the following topics:  
•
•
•
•
•
Send a fax  
Receive a fax  
Change fax settings  
Fax over Internet Protocol (FoIP)  
Use reports  
Send a fax  
You can send a fax in a variety of ways. Using the device control panel, you can send a  
black-and-white or color fax. You can also send a fax manually from an attached phone.  
This allows you to speak with the recipient before sending the fax.  
This section contains the following topics:  
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Send a basic fax  
Send a fax manually from a phone  
Send a fax using monitor dialing  
Send a fax from memory  
Schedule a fax to send later  
Send a fax to multiple recipients  
Send a fax in Error Correction Mode  
Send a basic fax  
You can easily send a single- or multiple-page black-and-white or color fax by using the  
device control panel.  
NOTE: If you need printed confirmation that your faxes were successfully sent,  
enable fax confirmation before sending any faxes.  
38  
Fax  
           
TIP: You can also send a fax manually from a phone or by using monitor dialing.  
These features allow you to control the pace of your dialing. They are also useful  
when you want to use a calling card to charge the call and you have to respond to  
tone prompts while dialing.  
To send a basic fax from the device control panel  
1. Load your originals. If you are faxing a borderless original, load the original on the  
scanner glass, not the ADF. For additional information, see Load an original on the  
scanner glass.  
2. Press the left arrow or right arrow to select Fax B&W or Fax Color , and then  
press OK.  
3. Enter the fax number by using the keypad.  
TIP: To add a pause in the fax number you are entering, press the * button  
repeatedly, until a dash (-) appears on the display.  
4. Press Start.  
If the device detects an original loaded in the automatic document feeder, it  
sends the document to the number you entered.  
TIP: If the recipient reports issues with the quality of the fax you sent, you can  
try changing the resolution or contrast of your fax.  
Send a fax manually from a phone  
Sending a fax manually allows you to make a phone call and talk with the recipient before  
you send the fax. This is useful if you want to inform the recipient that you are going to  
send them a fax before sending it. When you send a fax manually, you can hear the dial  
tones, telephone prompts, or other sounds through the handset on your telephone. This  
makes it easy for you to use a calling card to send your fax.  
Depending on how the recipient has their fax machine set up, the recipient might answer  
the phone, or the fax machine might take the call. If a person answers the phone, you  
can speak with the recipient before sending the fax. If a fax machine answers the call,  
you can send the fax directly to the fax machine when you hear the fax tones from the  
receiving fax machine.  
To send a fax manually from an extension phone  
1. Load your originals. If you are copying a borderless original, load the original on the  
scanner glass, not the ADF. For additional information, see Load an original on the  
scanner glass.  
2. Press the left arrow or right arrow to select Fax B&W or Fax Color , and then  
press OK.  
3. Dial the number by using the keypad on the phone that is connected to the device.  
NOTE: Do not use the keypad on the control panel of the device when manually  
sending a fax. You must use the keypad on your phone to dial the recipient's  
number.  
TIP: To switch between Fax B&W or Fax Color , press the Back button.  
Send a fax  
39  
     
Chapter 5  
4. If the recipient answers the telephone, you can engage in a conversation before  
sending your fax.  
NOTE: If a fax machine answers the call, you will hear fax tones from the  
receiving fax machine. Proceed to the next step to transmit the fax.  
5. When you are ready to send the fax, press Start.  
NOTE: If prompted, select Send Fax.  
If you were speaking with the recipient before sending the fax, inform the recipient  
that they should press Start on their fax machine after they hear fax tones.  
The telephone line is silent while the fax is transmitting. At this point, you can hang  
up the telephone. If you want to continue speaking with the recipient, remain on the  
line until the fax transmission is complete.  
Send a fax using monitor dialing  
Monitor dialing allows you to dial a number from the device control panel as you would  
dial a regular telephone. When you send a fax using monitor dialing, you can hear the  
dial tones, telephone prompts, or other sounds through the speakers on the device. This  
enables you to respond to prompts while dialing, as well as control the pace of your  
dialing.  
TIP: If you do not enter your calling card PIN fast enough, the device might start  
sending fax tones too soon and cause your PIN not to be recognized by the calling  
card service. If this is the case, you can create a speed dial entry to store the PIN for  
your calling card.  
NOTE: Make sure the volume is turned on, or you will not hear a dial tone.  
To send a fax using monitor dialing from the device control panel  
1. Load your originals. For additional information, see Load an original on the scanner  
glass or Load an original in the automatic document feeder (ADF).  
NOTE: The ADF is available for some models only.  
2. Press the left arrow or right arrow to select Fax B&W or Fax Color , and then  
press Start.  
If the device detects an original loaded in the automatic document feeder, you will  
hear a dial tone.  
3. When you hear the dial tone, enter the number by using the keypad on the device  
control panel.  
4. Follow any prompts that might occur.  
TIP: If you are using a calling card to send a fax and you have your calling card  
PIN stored as a speed dial, when prompted to enter your PIN, press Speed  
Dial to select the speed dial entry where you have your PIN stored.  
Your fax is sent when the receiving fax machine answers.  
40  
Fax  
   
Send a fax from memory  
You can scan a black-and-white fax into memory and then send the fax from memory.  
This feature is useful if the fax number you are trying to reach is busy or temporarily  
unavailable. The device scans the originals into memory and sends them once it is able  
to connect to the receiving fax machine. After the device scans the pages into memory,  
you can immediately remove the originals from the document feeder tray.  
NOTE: You can only send a black-and-white fax from memory.  
To send a fax from memory  
1. Load your originals. For additional information, see Load an original on the scanner  
glass or Load an original in the automatic document feeder (ADF).  
NOTE: The ADF is available for some models only.  
2. Press the left arrow or right arrow to select Fax B&W or Fax Color , and then  
press OK.  
3. Enter the fax number by using the keypad, press Speed Dial to select a speed dial,  
or press Redial/Pause to redial the last number dialed.  
4. Press right arrow until Fax Method appears, and then press OK.  
5. Press right arrow until Scan & Fax appears, and then press OK.  
6. Press Start.  
The device scans the originals into memory and sends the fax when the receiving fax  
machine is available.  
Schedule a fax to send later  
You can schedule a black-and-white fax to be sent within the next 24 hours. This enables  
you to send a black-and-white fax late in the evening, when phone lines are not as busy  
or phone rates are lower, for example. The device automatically sends your fax at the  
specified time.  
You can only schedule one fax to be sent at a time. You can continue to send faxes  
normally, however, while a fax is scheduled.  
NOTE: You can only send faxes in black and white due to memory limitations.  
To schedule a fax from the device control panel  
1. Load your originals. For additional information, see Load an original on the scanner  
glass or Load an original in the automatic document feeder (ADF).  
NOTE: The ADF is available for some models only.  
2. Press the left arrow or right arrow to select Fax B&W or Fax Color , and then  
press OK.  
3. Press right arrow until Fax Method appears, and then press OK.  
4. Press right arrow until Send Fax Later appears, and then press OK.  
5. Enter the send time by using the numeric keypad, and then press OK. If prompted,  
press 1 for AM, or 2 for PM.  
Send a fax  
41  
       
Chapter 5  
6. Enter the fax number by using the keypad, press Speed Dial to select a speed dial,  
or press Redial/Pause to redial the last number dialed.  
7. Press Start.  
The device scans all pages and the scheduled time appears on the display. The fax  
is sent at the scheduled time.  
To cancel a scheduled fax  
1. Press the left arrow or right arrow to select Fax B&W or Fax Color , and then  
press OK.  
2. Press right arrow until Fax Method appears, and then press OK.  
3. Press right arrow until Send Fax Later appears, and then press OK.  
If there is a fax already scheduled, the Cancel prompt appears on the display.  
4. Press 1 to select Yes.  
NOTE: You can also cancel the scheduled fax by pressing Cancel on the device  
control panel when the scheduled time is visible on the display.  
Send a fax to multiple recipients  
You can send a fax to multiple recipients at once by grouping individual speed dial entries  
into group speed dial entries.  
To send a fax to multiple recipients using group speed dial  
1. Load your originals. For additional information, see Load an original on the scanner  
glass or Load an original in the automatic document feeder (ADF).  
NOTE: The ADF is available for some models only.  
2. Press the left arrow or right arrow to select Fax B&W, and then press OK.  
3. Press the left arrow or right arrow until the appropriate group speed dial entry  
appears.  
TIP: You can also select a speed dial entry by entering its speed dial code using  
the keypad on the device control panel.  
4. Press Start.  
If the device detects an original loaded in the automatic document feeder, it sends  
the document to each number in the group speed dial entry.  
NOTE: You can only use group speed dial entries to send faxes in black and  
white, because of memory limitations. The device scans the fax into memory then  
dials the first number. When a connection is made, it sends the fax and dials the  
next number. If a number is busy or not answering, the device follows the settings  
for Busy Redial and No Answer Redial. If a connection cannot be made, the  
next number is dialed and an error report is generated.  
Send a fax in Error Correction Mode  
Error Correction Mode (ECM) prevents loss of data due to poor phone lines by detecting  
errors that occur during transmission and automatically requesting retransmission of the  
erroneous portion. Phone charges are unaffected, or might even be reduced, on good  
42  
Fax  
         
phone lines. On poor phone lines, ECM increases sending time and phone charges, but  
sends the data much more reliably. The default setting is On. Turn ECM off only if it  
increases phone charges substantially, and you can accept poorer quality in exchange  
for reduced charges.  
Before turning the ECM setting off, consider the following. If you turn ECM off  
•
•
•
The quality and transmission speed of faxes you send and receive are affected.  
The Fax Speed is automatically set to Medium.  
You will no longer be able to send or receive faxes in color.  
To change the ECM setting from the control panel  
1. Press Setup.  
2. Press right arrow until Fax Settings appears, and then press OK.  
3. Press right arrow until Error Correction Mode appears, and then press OK.  
4. Press right arrow to select On or Off, and then press OK.  
Receive a fax  
You can receive faxes automatically or manually. If you turn off the Auto Answer option,  
you must receive faxes manually. If you turn on the Auto Answer option (the default  
setting), the device automatically answers incoming calls and receives faxes after the  
number of rings that are specified by the Rings to Answer setting. (The default Rings  
to Answer setting is five rings.)  
If you receive a legal-size fax and the device is not currently set to use legal-size paper,  
the device reduces the fax so that it fits on the paper that is loaded. If you have disabled  
the Automatic Reduction feature, the device prints the fax on two pages.  
NOTE: If you are copying a document when a fax arrives, the fax is stored in the  
device memory until the copying finishes. This can reduce the number of fax pages  
stored in memory.  
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Receive a fax manually  
Set up backup fax  
Reprint received faxes from memory  
Poll to receive a fax  
Forward faxes to another number  
Set the paper size for received faxes  
Set automatic reduction for incoming faxes  
Block junk fax numbers  
Receive faxes to your computer (Fax to PC and Fax to Mac)  
Receive a fax manually  
When you are on the phone, the person you are speaking with can send you a fax while  
you are still connected. This is referred to as manual faxing. Use the instructions in this  
section to receive a manual fax.  
NOTE: You can pick up the handset to talk or listen for fax tones.  
Receive a fax  
43  
       
Chapter 5  
You can receive faxes manually from a phone that is:  
•
•
Directly connected to the device (on the 2-EXT port)  
On the same phone line, but not directly connected to the device  
To receive a fax manually  
1. Make sure the device is turned on and you have paper loaded in the main tray.  
2. Remove any originals from the document feeder tray.  
3. Set the Rings to Answer setting to a high number to allow you to answer the incoming  
call before the device answers. Or, turn off the Auto Answer setting so that the device  
does not automatically answer incoming calls.  
4. If you are currently on the phone with the sender, instruct the sender to press Start  
on their fax machine.  
5. When you hear fax tones from a sending fax machine, do the following:  
a. Press left arrow or right arrow to select Black-and-white fax or Color fax.  
b. Press Start.  
c. After the device begins to receive the fax, you can hang up the phone or remain  
on the line. The phone line is silent during fax transmission.  
Set up backup fax  
Depending on your preference and security requirements, you can set up the device to  
store all the faxes it receives, only the faxes it receives while the device is in an error  
condition, or none of the faxes it receives.  
The following Backup fax modes are available:  
On  
The default setting. When Backup fax is On, the device stores all received  
faxes in memory. This enables you to reprint up to eight of the most recently  
printed faxes if they are still saved in memory.  
NOTE: When device memory is low, it overwrites the oldest, printed faxes  
as it receives new faxes. If the memory becomes full of unprinted faxes, the  
device stops answering incoming fax calls.  
NOTE: If you receive a fax that is too large, such as a very detailed color  
photo, it might not be stored in memory due to memory limitations.  
On Error Only  
Causes the device to store faxes in memory only if an error condition exists  
that prevents the device from printing the faxes (for example, if the device  
runs out of paper). The device continues to store incoming faxes as long  
as there is memory available. (If the memory becomes full, the device stops  
answering incoming fax calls.) When the error condition is resolved, the  
faxes stored in memory print automatically, and then they are deleted from  
memory.  
Off  
Faxes are never stored in memory. For example, you might want to turn off  
Backup fax for security purposes. If an error condition occurs that prevents  
the device from printing (for example, the device runs out of paper), the  
device stops answering incoming fax calls.  
44  
Fax  
   
NOTE: If Backup fax is enabled and you turn off the device, all faxes stored in  
memory are deleted, including any unprinted faxes that you might have received while  
the device was in an error condition. You must contact the senders to ask them to  
resend any unprinted faxes. For a list of the faxes you have received, print the Fax  
Log. The Fax Log is not deleted when the device is turned off.  
To set backup fax from the device control panel  
1. Press Setup.  
2. Press right arrow until Tools appears, and then press OK.  
3. Press right arrow until Backup fax appears, and then press OK.  
4. Press right arrow to select On, On Error Only, or Off.  
5. Press OK.  
Reprint received faxes from memory  
If you set the Backup fax mode to On, the received faxes are stored in memory, whether  
the device has an error condition or not.  
NOTE: After the memory becomes full, the oldest, printed faxes are overwritten as  
new faxes are received. If all the stored faxes are unprinted, the device does not  
receive any fax calls until you print or delete the faxes from memory. You might also  
want to delete the faxes in memory for security or privacy purposes.  
Depending on the sizes of the faxes in memory, you can reprint up to eight of the most  
recently printed faxes, if they are still in memory. For example, you might need to reprint  
your faxes if you lost the copy of your last printout.  
To reprint faxes in memory from the device control panel  
1. Make sure you have paper loaded in the main tray.  
2. Press Setup.  
3. Press right arrow until Print Report appears, and then press OK.  
4. Press right arrow until Reprint Faxes appears, and then press OK.  
The faxes are printed in the reverse order from which they were received with the  
most recently received fax printed first, and so on.  
5. Press Start.  
6. If you want to stop reprinting the faxes in memory, press Cancel.  
To delete all the faxes in memory from the device control panel  
▲ Turn off the device by pressing the Power button.  
All faxes stored in memory are deleted from memory when you turn off the power.  
Poll to receive a fax  
Polling allows the HP All-in-One to ask another fax machine to send a fax that it has in  
its queue. When you use the Poll to Receive feature, the HP All-in-One calls the  
designated fax machine and requests the fax from it. The designated fax machine must  
be set for polling and have a fax ready to send.  
Receive a fax  
45  
         
Chapter 5  
NOTE: The HP All-in-One does not support polling pass codes. Polling pass codes  
are a security feature that require the receiving fax machine to provide a pass code  
to the device it is polling in order to receive the fax. Make sure the device you are  
polling does not have a pass code set up (or has not changed the default pass code)  
or the HP All-in-One will not be able to receive the fax.  
To set up poll to receive a fax from the device control panel  
1. Press left arrow or right arrow to select Black-and-white fax or Color fax, and  
then press OK.  
2. Press right arrow until Fax Method appears, and then press OK.  
3. Press right arrow until Poll to Receive appears, and then press OK.  
4. Enter the fax number of the other fax machine.  
5. Press Start.  
NOTE: If you selected Color Fax but the sender sent the fax in black and white,  
the device prints the fax in black and white.  
Forward faxes to another number  
You can set up the device to forward your faxes to another fax number. A received color  
fax is forwarded in black and white.  
HP recommends that you verify the number you are forwarding to is a working fax line.  
Send a test fax to make sure the fax machine is able to receive your forwarded faxes.  
To forward faxes from the device control panel  
1. Press Setup.  
2. Press right arrow until Fax Settings appears, and then press OK.  
3. Press right arrow until Fax Forwarding appears, and then press OK.  
4. Press right arrow until On appears, and then press OK.  
NOTE: If the device is not able to forward the fax to the designated fax machine  
(for example, if it is not turned on), the device prints the fax. If you set up the device  
to print error reports for received faxes, it will also print an error report.  
5. At the prompt, enter the number of the fax machine that will receive the forwarded  
faxes, and then press OK.  
Fax Forwarding appears on the device control panel display.  
If the device loses power when Fax Forwarding is set up, it saves the Fax  
Forwarding setting and phone number. When the power is restored to the device,  
the Fax Forwarding setting is still On.  
NOTE: You can cancel fax forwarding by pressing Cancel on the device control  
panel when the Fax Forwarding message is visible on the display, or you can  
select Off from the Fax Fwd, Black menu.  
Set the paper size for received faxes  
You can select the paper size for received faxes. The paper size you select should match  
what is loaded in your main tray. Faxes can be printed on letter, A4, or legal paper only.  
46  
Fax  
       
NOTE: If an incorrect paper size is loaded in the main tray when you receive a fax,  
the fax does not print and an error message appears on the display. Load letter, A4,  
or legal paper, and then press OK to print the fax.  
To set the paper size for received faxes from the device control panel  
1. Press Setup.  
2. Press right arrow until Fax Settings appears, and then press OK.  
3. Press right arrow until Paper Options appears, and then press OK.  
4. Press right arrow until Fax Paper Size appears, and then press OK.  
5. Press right arrow to select an option, and then press OK.  
Set automatic reduction for incoming faxes  
The Automatic Reduction setting determines what the HP All-in-One does if it receives  
a fax that is too large for the default paper size. This setting is turned on by default, so  
the image of the incoming fax is reduced to fit on one page, if possible. If this feature is  
turned off, information that does not fit on the first page is printed on a second page.  
Automatic Reduction is useful when you receive a legal-size fax and letter-size paper  
is loaded in the main tray.  
To set automatic reduction from the device control panel  
1. Press Setup.  
2. Press right arrow until Fax Settings appears, and then press OK.  
3. Press right arrow until Paper Options appears, and then press OK.  
4. Press right arrow until Auto Fax Resize appears, and then press OK.  
5. Press right arrow to select Off or On.  
6. Press OK.  
Block junk fax numbers  
If you subscribe to a caller ID service through your phone provider, you can block specific  
fax numbers so the device does not print faxes received from those numbers. When an  
incoming fax call is received, the device compares the number to the list of junk fax  
numbers to determine if the call should be blocked. If the number matches a number in  
the blocked fax numbers list, the fax is not printed. (The maximum number of fax numbers  
you can block varies by model.)  
NOTE: This feature is not supported in all countries/regions. If it is not supported in  
your country/region, Junk Fax Blocker does not appear in the Fax Settings menu.  
NOTE: If no phone numbers are added in the Caller ID list, it is assumed that the  
user has not signed up for the Caller ID service with the phone company.  
•
•
•
Add numbers to the junk fax list  
Remove numbers from the junk fax list  
Print a Junk Fax Report  
Receive a fax  
47  
       
Chapter 5  
Add numbers to the junk fax list  
You can block specific numbers by adding them to the junk fax list.  
To manually enter a number to block  
1. Press Setup.  
2. Press right arrow to select Fax Settings, and then press OK.  
3. Press right arrow to select Junk Fax Blocker, and then press OK.  
4. Press right arrow to select Add, and then press OK.  
5. To select a fax number to block from the caller ID list, select Select no.  
- or -  
To manually enter a fax number to block, select Enter no.  
6. After entering a fax number to block, press OK.  
Make sure you enter the fax number as it appears on the control-panel display, and  
not the fax number that appears on the fax header of the received fax, as these  
numbers can be different.  
7. When the Enter Another? prompt appears, do one of the following:  
•
If you want to add another number to the list of junk fax numbers, press  
Yes, and then repeat step 5 for each number you want to block.  
•
If you are done, press No.  
Remove numbers from the junk fax list  
If you no longer want to block a fax number, you can remove a number from your junk  
fax list.  
To remove numbers from the list of junk fax numbers  
1. Press Setup.  
2. Press Fax Settings, and then press OK.  
3. Press Junk Fax Blocker, and then press OK.  
4. Press Delete, and then press OK.  
5. Press the right arrow button to scroll through the numbers you have blocked. When  
the number you want to remove appears, press OK to select it.  
6. When the Delete Another? prompt appears, do one of the following:  
•
If you want to remove another number from the list of junk fax numbers,  
press Yes, and then repeat step 5 for each number you no longer want to block.  
•
If you are done, press No.  
Print a Junk Fax Report  
Use the following procedure to print a list of blocked junk fax numbers.  
To print a Junk Fax Report  
1. Press the (Setup) button.  
2. Select Print Report, select Junk Fax Report, and then press OK.  
48  
Fax  
     
Receive faxes to your computer (Fax to PC and Fax to Mac)  
Use Fax to PC and Fax to Mac to automatically receive faxes and save faxes directly to  
your computer. With Fax to PC and Fax to Mac, you can store digital copies of your faxes  
easily and also eliminate the hassle of dealing with bulky paper files.  
Received faxes are saved as TIFF (Tagged Image File Format). Once the fax is received,  
you get an on-screen notification with a link to the folder where the fax is saved.  
The files are named in the following method: XXXX_YYYYYYYY_ZZZZZZ.tif, where X is  
the sender's information, Y is the date, and Z is the time that the fax was received.  
NOTE: Fax to PC and Fax to Mac are available for receiving black-and-white faxes  
only. Color faxes are printed instead of being saved to the computer.  
This section contains the following topics:  
•
•
•
•
Fax to PC and Fax to Mac requirements  
Activate Fax to PC and Fax to Mac  
Modify Fax to PC or Fax to Mac settings  
Turn off Fax to PC or Fax to Mac  
Fax to PC and Fax to Mac requirements  
•
The administrator computer, the computer that activated the Fax to PC or Fax to Mac  
feature, must be on at all times. Only one computer can act as the Fax to PC or Fax  
to Mac administrator computer.  
•
The destination folder's computer or server, must be on at all times. The destination  
computer must also be awake, faxes will not be saved if the computer is asleep or in  
hibernate mode.  
•
•
HP Digital Imaging monitor in Windows Taskbar must be on at all times.  
Paper must be loaded in the input tray.  
Activate Fax to PC and Fax to Mac  
Use the Fax to PC Setup Wizard to activate Fax to PC. The Fax to PC Setup Wizard can  
be started from the Solution Center or the Fax to PC Setup Wizard on the control panel.  
To set up Fax to Mac on Mac OS X, use the HP Setup Assistant (which can be launched  
from the HP Utility).  
To set up the Fax to PC from the Solution Center (Windows)  
1. Open the Solution Center. For more information, see Use the HP Solution Center  
(Windows).  
2. Select Settings, and then select Fax to PC Setup Wizard.  
3. Follow the onscreen instructions to set up Fax to PC.  
To set up Fax to Mac (Mac OS X)  
1. Launch the HP Utility. For instructions, see Open the HP Utility.  
2. Click the Application icon on the toolbar.  
3. Double-click HP Setup Assistant, and then follow the onscreen instructions.  
Receive a fax  
49  
       
Chapter 5  
Modify Fax to PC or Fax to Mac settings  
You can update the Fax to PC settings from your computer at any time from the Fax  
Settings page in the Solution Center. You can update the Fax to Mac settings from the  
HP Setup Assistant. You can turn off Fax to PC or Fax to Mac and disable printing faxes  
from the device control panel.  
To modify settings from the device control panel  
1. Press the (Setup) button.  
2. Select Basic Fax Setup, select Fax to PC, and then press OK.  
3. Select the setting that you want to change. You can change the following settings:  
•
View PC hostname: View the name of the computer that is set up to administer  
Fax to PC or Fax to Mac.  
•
Turn Off: Turn off Fax to PC or Fax to Mac.  
NOTE: Use the Solution Center to turn on Fax to PC or Fax to Mac.  
•
Disable Fax Print: Choose this option to print faxes as they are received. If you  
turn off printing, color faxes will still print.  
To modify Fax to PC settings the HP Software  
Follow the instructions for your operating system:  
Windows  
1. Open the Solution Center. For more information, see Use the HP Solution Center  
(Windows).  
2. Select Settings, and then select Fax Settings.  
3. Select the Fax to PC Settings tab, change the settings, and then click OK.  
Mac OS X  
1. Launch the HP Utility. For instructions, see Open the HP Utility.  
2. Click the Application icon on the toolbar.  
3. Double-click HP Setup Assistant, and then follow the onscreen instructions.  
Turn off Fax to PC or Fax to Mac  
1. Press the (Setup) button.  
2. Select Basic Fax Setup, select Fax to PC, and then press OK.  
3. Select Turn Off.  
Change fax settings  
After completing the steps in the getting started guide that came with the device, use the  
following steps to change the initial settings or to configure other options for faxing.  
•
•
•
•
Configure the fax header  
Set the answer mode (Auto answer)  
Set the number of rings before answering  
Change the answer ring pattern for distinctive ring  
50  
Fax  
       
•
•
•
•
•
Set the fax error correction mode  
Set the dial type  
Set the redial options  
Set the fax speed  
Set the fax sound volume  
Configure the fax header  
The fax header prints your name and fax number on the top of every fax you send. HP  
recommends that you set up the fax header by using the software that you installed with  
the device. You can also set up the fax header from the device control panel, as described  
here.  
NOTE: In some countries/regions, the fax header information is a legal requirement.  
To set or change the fax header  
1. Press Setup.  
2. Press right arrow to select Fax Settings, and then press OK.  
3. Press right arrow to select Fax Header, and then press OK.  
4. Enter your personal or company name using the numeric keypad, and then press  
OK.  
5. Enter your fax number by using the numeric keypad, and then press OK.  
Set the answer mode (Auto answer)  
The answer mode determines whether the device answers incoming calls.  
•
Turn on the Auto Answer setting if you want the device to answer faxes  
automatically. The device answers all incoming calls and faxes.  
•
Turn off the Auto Answer setting if you want to receive faxes manually. You must  
be available to respond in person to the incoming fax call or the device does not  
receive faxes.  
To set the answer mode to manual or automatic via the device control panel  
1. Press Setup.  
2. Press right arrow to select Fax Settings, and then press OK.  
3. Press right arrow to select Answer Options, and then press OK.  
4. Press right arrow to select Auto Answer, and then press OK.  
5. Press right arrow to select On or Off as appropriate for your setup, and then press  
OK.  
When Auto Answer is On, the device answers calls automatically. When Auto  
Answer is Off, it does not answer calls.  
Set the number of rings before answering  
If you turn on the Auto Answer setting, you can specify how many rings occur before  
incoming calls are automatically answered.  
The Rings to Answer setting is important if you have an answering machine on the same  
phone line as the device, because you want the answering machine to answer the phone  
Change fax settings  
51  
           
Chapter 5  
before the device does. The number of rings to answer for the device should be greater  
than the number of rings to answer for the answering machine.  
For example, set your answering machine to a low number of rings and the device to  
answer in the maximum number of rings. (The maximum number of rings varies by  
country/region.) In this setup, the answering machine answers the call and the device  
monitors the line. If the device detects fax tones, it receives the fax. If the call is a voice  
call, the answering machine records the incoming message.  
To set the number of rings before answering via the device control panel  
1. Press Setup.  
2. Press right arrow to select Fax Settings, and then press OK.  
3. Press right arrow to select Answer Options, and then press OK.  
4. Press right arrow to select Rings to Answer, and then press OK.  
5. Enter the appropriate number of rings by using the keypad, or press left arrow or  
right arrow to change the number of rings.  
6. Press OK to accept the setting.  
Change the answer ring pattern for distinctive ring  
Many phone companies offer a distinctive ring feature that allows you to have several  
phone numbers on one phone line. When you subscribe to this service, each number is  
assigned a different ring pattern. You can set up the device to answer incoming calls that  
have a specific ring pattern.  
If you connect the device to a line with distinctive ring, have your telephone company  
assign one ring pattern to voice calls and another ring pattern to fax calls. HP  
recommends that you request double or triple rings for a fax number. When the device  
detects the specified ring pattern, it answers the call and receives the fax.  
If you do not have a distinctive ring service, use the default ring pattern, which is All  
Rings.  
NOTE: The HP fax cannot receive faxes when the main phone number is off the  
hook.  
To change the answer ring pattern for distinctive ring via the device control panel  
1. Verify that the device is set to answer fax calls automatically.  
2. Press Setup.  
3. Press right arrow to select Basic Settings, and then press OK.  
4. Press right arrow to select Ring Pattern, and then press OK.  
When the phone rings with the ring pattern assigned to your fax line, the device  
answers the call and receives the fax.  
Set the fax error correction mode  
Typically, the device monitors the signals on the phone line while it is sending or receiving  
a fax. If it detects an error signal during the transmission and the error-correction setting  
is on, the device can request that a portion of the fax be resent.  
Turn off error correction only if you are having trouble sending or receiving a fax, and you  
want to accept the errors in the transmission. Turning off the setting might be useful when  
52  
Fax  
       
you are trying to send a fax to another country/region or receive a fax from another  
country/region, or if you are using a satellite phone connection.  
To set the fax error-correction mode  
1. Press Setup.  
2. Press right arrow to select Fax Settings, and then press OK.  
3. Press right arrow to select Error Correction, and then press OK.  
4. Press right arrow to select On or Off, and then press OK.  
Set the dial type  
Use this procedure to set tone-dialing or pulse-dialing mode. The factory-set default is  
Tone. Do not change the setting unless you know that your phone line cannot use tone  
dialing.  
NOTE: The pulse-dialing option is not available in all countries/regions.  
To set the dial type  
1. Press Setup.  
2. Press right arrow to select Basic Settings, and then press OK.  
3. Press right arrow to select Tone or Pulse, and then press OK.  
4. Press right arrow to select the appropriate option, and then press OK.  
Set the redial options  
If the device was unable to send a fax because the receiving fax machine did not answer  
or was busy, the device attempts to redial based on the settings for the busy-redial and  
no-answer-redial options. Use the following procedure to turn the options on or off.  
•
Busy redial: If this option is turned on, the device redials automatically if it receives  
a busy signal. The factory-set default for this option is ON.  
•
No answer redial: If this option is turned on, the device redials automatically if the  
receiving fax machine does not answer. The factory-set default for this option is  
OFF.  
To set the redial options  
1. Press Setup.  
2. Press right arrow to select Fax Settings, and then press OK.  
3. Press right arrow to select Redial Options, and then press OK.  
4. Press right arrow to select the appropriate Busy Redial or No Answer Redial  
options, and then press OK.  
Set the fax speed  
You can set the fax speed used to communicate between your device and other fax  
machines when sending and receiving faxes.  
Change fax settings  
53  
           
Chapter 5  
If you use one of the following, setting the fax speed to a slower speed might be required:  
•
•
•
•
An Internet phone service  
A PBX system  
Fax over Internet Protocol (FoIP)  
An integrated services digital network (ISDN) service  
If you experience problems sending and receiving faxes, try using a lower Fax Speed.  
The following table provides the available fax speed settings.  
Fax speed setting  
Fast  
Fax speed  
v.34 (33600 baud)  
v.17 (14400 baud)  
v.29 (9600 baud)  
Medium  
Slow  
To set the fax speed from the device control panel  
1. Press Setup.  
2. Press right arrow to select Fax Settings, and then press OK.  
3. Press right arrow to select Fax Speed, and then press OK.  
4. Select an option using the arrow keys, and then press OK.  
Set the fax sound volume  
Use this procedure to increase or decrease the volume of the fax sounds.  
To set the fax sound volume via the device control panel  
▲ Press Setup, select Fax Sound Volume, and then use the arrow keys to increase or  
decrease the volume. Press OK to select the volume.  
Fax over Internet Protocol (FoIP)  
You may subscribe to a low cost phone service that allows you to send and receive faxes  
with your device by using the Internet. This method is called Fax over Internet Protocol  
(FoIP). You probably use a FoIP service (provided by your telephone company) if you:  
•
•
Dial a special access code along with the fax number, or  
Have an IP converter box that connects to the Internet and provides analog phone  
ports for the fax connection.  
NOTE: You can only send and receive faxes by connecting a phone cord to the port  
labeled "1-LINE" on the device. This means that your connection to the Internet must  
be done either through a converter box (which supplies regular analog phone jacks  
for fax connections) or your telephone company.  
Some Internet faxing services do not work properly when the device is sending and  
receiving faxes at high speed (33600 bps) or when sending color faxes. If you experience  
problems sending and receiving faxes while using an Internet fax service, use a slower  
fax speed and only send black-and-white faxes. You can do this by using a lower Fax  
Speed setting. For information on changing this setting, see Set the fax speed.  
54  
Fax  
       
NOTE: If you have questions about Internet faxing, contact your Internet faxing  
services support department or your local service provider for further assistance.  
Use reports  
You can set up the device to print error reports and confirmation reports automatically for  
each fax you send and receive. You can also manually print system reports as required;  
these reports provide useful system information about the device.  
By default, the device is set to print a report only if there is a problem sending or receiving  
a fax. A confirmation message that indicates whether a fax was successfully sent appears  
briefly on the control-panel display after each transaction.  
NOTE: If the reports are not legible, you can check the estimated ink levels from the  
control panel, HP Solution Center (Windows), or HP Utility (Mac OS X).  
NOTE: Ink level alerts and indicators provide estimates for planning purposes only.  
When you receive a low-ink alert, consider having a replacement cartridge available  
to avoid possible printing delays. You do not need to replace the ink cartridges until  
print quality becomes unacceptable.  
NOTE: Ensure that the printhead and ink cartridges are in good conditions and  
installed properly.  
This section contains the following topics:  
•
•
•
•
•
•
Print fax confirmation reports  
Print fax error reports  
Print and view the fax log  
Clear the fax log  
Print the details of the last fax transaction  
Print a Caller ID History Report  
Print fax confirmation reports  
If you require printed confirmation that your faxes were successfully sent, follow these  
instructions to enable fax confirmation before sending any faxes. Select either On Fax  
Send or Send & Receive.  
The default fax confirmation setting is Off. This means that a confirmation report is not  
printed for each fax sent or received. A confirmation message indicating whether a fax  
was successfully sent appears briefly on the control-panel display after each transaction.  
NOTE: You can include an image of the first page of the fax on the Fax Sent  
Confirmation report if you choose On Fax Send or Send & Receive, and if you scan  
the fax to send from memory.  
To enable fax confirmation  
1. Press the (Setup) button.  
2. Press right arrow to select Print Report, and then press OK.  
Use reports  
55  
       
Chapter 5  
3. Press right arrow to select Fax Confirmation, and then press OK.  
4. Press right arrow to select one of the following, and then press OK.  
Off  
Does not print a fax confirmation report when you send and receive  
faxes successfully. This is the default setting.  
On Fax Send  
Prints a fax confirmation report for every fax you send.  
Prints a fax confirmation report for every fax you receive.  
Prints a fax confirmation report for every fax you send and receive.  
On Fax Receive  
Send & Receive  
To include an image of the fax on the report  
1. Press the (Setup) button.  
2. Select Print Report, and then select Fax Confirmation.  
3. Select either On Fax Send or Send & Receive, and then press OK.  
4. Select Image on Fax Send Report.  
5. Select On, and then press OK.  
Print fax error reports  
You can configure the device so that it automatically prints a report when there is an error  
during transmission or reception.  
To set the device to print fax error reports automatically  
1. Press Setup.  
2. Press right arrow to select Print Report, and then press OK.  
3. Press right arrow to select Fax Error , and then press OK.  
4. Press right arrow to select one of the following, and then press OK.  
Send & Receive  
Off  
Prints whenever a fax error occurs. This is the default setting.  
Does not print any fax error reports.  
On Fax Send  
On Fax Receive  
Prints whenever a transmission error occurs.  
Prints whenever a receiving error occurs.  
Print and view the fax log  
The logs list faxes that have been sent from the device control panel and all faxes that  
have been received.  
You can print a log of faxes that have been received and sent by the device. Each entry  
in the log contains the following information:  
•
•
•
•
Transmission date and time  
Type (whether received or sent)  
Fax number  
Duration  
56  
Fax  
       
•
•
Number of pages  
Result (status) of transmission  
To print the fax log from the device control panel  
1. Press Setup.  
2. Press right arrow to select Print Report, and then press OK.  
3. Press right arrow to select Fax Log, and then press OK.  
4. Press OK again to print the log.  
To view the fax log from the HP software  
Follow the instructions for your operating system.  
Windows  
1. Open the HP Solution Center software. For instructions, see Use the HP Solution  
Center (Windows).  
2. Click Settings.  
3. In the Fax Settings area, click More Fax Settings, and then click Fax Log.  
Mac OS X  
1. Open the HP Utility. For instructions, see Open the HP Utility.  
2. In the Fax Settings area, click Fax Logs.  
Clear the fax log  
Use the following steps to clear the fax log.  
To clear the fax log via the device control panel  
1. On the device control panel, press Setup.  
2. Press the arrow key to move down to Tools, and then press OK.  
3. Press the arrow key to move down to Clear Fax Log, and then press OK.  
Print the details of the last fax transaction  
The Last Fax Transaction report prints the details of the last fax transaction to occur.  
Details include the fax number, number of pages, and the fax status.  
To print the Last Fax Transaction report  
1. On the device control panel, press Setup.  
2. Press the arrow key to move down to Print Report, and then press OK.  
3. Press the arrow key to move down to Last Transaction, and then press OK.  
Use reports  
57  
       
Chapter 5  
Print a Caller ID History Report  
Use the following procedure to print a list of Caller ID fax numbers.  
To print a Caller ID History Report  
1. Press Setup, select Printer Report, and then select Caller ID History Report.  
2. Press OK.  
58  
Fax  
 
6 Work with ink cartridges  
To ensure the best print quality from the HP All-in-One, you will need to perform some  
simple maintenance procedures. This section provides guidelines for handling the ink  
cartridges, instructions for replacing the ink cartridges, and aligning and cleaning the  
printhead.  
This section contains the following topics:  
•
•
•
•
•
•
Information about ink cartridges  
Check the estimated ink levels  
Handle the ink cartridges  
Replace the ink cartridges  
Store printing supplies  
Advanced ink cartridge maintainance  
Information about ink cartridges  
The following tips help maintain HP ink cartridges and ensure consistent print quality.  
•
If you need to replace an ink cartridge, wait until you have the new ink cartridge  
available to install before removing the old cartridge.  
CAUTION: Do not leave untaped ink cartridges outside of the product for an  
extended period of time. This can result in damage to the ink cartridge.  
•
•
Keep all ink cartridges in the original sealed packages until they are needed.  
Turn off the HP All-in-One by pressing the  
(Power) button located on the product.  
Wait until the power light turns off before unplugging the power cord or turning off a  
power strip. If you improperly turn off the HP All-in-One, the print carriage might not  
return to the correct position causing problems with the ink cartridges and print quality  
issues. For more information, see Turn off the device.  
•
•
Store ink cartridges at room temperature (15-35° C or 59-95° F).  
You do not need to replace the cartridges until print quality becomes unacceptable,  
but a significant decrease in print quality may be the result of one or more depleted  
cartridges. Possible solutions include checking the estimated ink levels remaining in  
the cartridges, and cleaning the ink cartridges. Cleaning the ink cartridges uses some  
ink. For more information, see Clean the ink cartridges.  
•
Do not clean ink cartridges unnecessarily. This wastes ink and shortens the life of the  
cartridges.  
Work with ink cartridges  
59  
     
Chapter 6  
•
•
Handle ink cartridges carefully. Dropping, jarring, or rough handling during installation  
can cause temporary printing problems.  
If you are transporting the product, do the following to prevent ink leaking from the  
print carriage or other damage from occurring to the product:  
◦
Make sure you turn off the product by pressing the  
(Power) button.  
The print carriage should be parked on the right side in the service station.  
Make sure you leave the ink cartridges installed.  
◦
◦
The product must be transported sitting flat; it should not be placed its side, back,  
front, or top.  
Related topics  
•
•
Check the estimated ink levels  
Clean the ink cartridges  
Check the estimated ink levels  
You can check the estimated ink levels from the HP Solution Center, Toolbox (Windows),  
the HP Utility (Mac OS X), or the embedded Web server. For information about using  
these tools, see Device management tools. You can also print the Printer Status page to  
view this information (see Understand the Printer Status Report and Self-Test Report).  
NOTE: Ink level alerts and indicators provide estimates for planning purposes only.  
When you receive a low-ink alert, consider having a replacement cartridge available  
to avoid possible printing delays. You do not have to replace the cartridges until the  
print quality is unacceptable.  
NOTE: If you have installed a refilled or remanufactured cartridge, or a cartridge that  
has been used in another printer, the ink level indicator might be inaccurate or  
unavailable.  
NOTE: Ink from the cartridges is used in the printing process in a number of different  
ways, including in the initialization process, which prepares the product and cartridges  
for printing, and in printhead servicing, which keeps print nozzles clear and ink flowing  
smoothly. In addition, some residual ink is left in the cartridge after it is used. For more  
information, see www.hp.com/go/inkusage.  
60  
Work with ink cartridges  
   
Handle the ink cartridges  
Before you replace or clean an ink cartridge, you should know the part names and how  
to handle the ink cartridges.  
1
2
3
Copper-colored contacts  
Plastic tape with pink pull tab (must be removed before installing)  
Ink nozzles under tape  
Hold the ink cartridges by their black plastic sides, with the label on top. Do not touch the  
copper-colored contacts or the ink nozzles.  
NOTE: Handle the ink cartridges carefully. Dropping or jarring cartridges can cause  
temporary printing problems, or even permanent damage.  
Replace the ink cartridges  
Follow these instructions when the ink level is low.  
NOTE: When the ink level for an ink cartridge is low, a message appears on the  
display. You can also check the ink levels by using the printer Toolbox (Windows) or  
the HP Utility (Mac OS X).  
NOTE: Ink from the cartridges is used in the printing process in a number of different  
ways, including in the initialization process, which prepares the device and cartridges  
for printing. In addition, some residual ink is left in the cartridge after it is used. For  
more information see www.hp.com/go/inkusage.  
Ink level warnings and indicators provide estimates for planning purposes only. When  
you receive a low-ink warning message, consider having a replacement cartridge  
Replace the ink cartridges  
61  
       
Chapter 6  
available to avoid possible printing delays. You do not need to replace the ink cartridges  
until print quality becomes unacceptable.  
For more information about ordering ink cartridges for the device, see Order printing  
supplies online.  
To replace the ink cartridges  
1. Make sure the product is turned on.  
CAUTION: If the product is turned off when you open the front access door to  
access the ink cartridges, the product cannot release the cartridges for changing.  
You might damage the product if the ink cartridges are not docked safely when  
you try to remove them.  
2. Open the front access door.  
The print carriage moves to the far right side of the product.  
3. Wait until the print carriage is idle and silent, and then lightly press down on an ink  
cartridge to release it.  
If you are replacing the tri-color ink cartridge, remove the ink cartridge from the slot  
on the left.  
62  
Work with ink cartridges  
If you are replacing the black ink cartridge, remove the ink cartridge from the slot on  
the right.  
4. Pull the ink cartridge toward you, out of its slot.  
NOTE: HP provides recycling options for used ink cartridges in many countries/  
regions. For more information, see HP inkjet supplies recycling program.  
5. Remove the new ink cartridge from its packaging and, being careful to touch only the  
black plastic, gently remove the plastic tape by using the pink pull tab.  
1
2
3
Copper-colored contacts  
Plastic tape with pink pull tab (must be removed before installing)  
Ink nozzles under tape  
CAUTION: Do not touch the copper-colored contacts or ink nozzles. Also, do  
not re-tape the ink cartridges. Doing so can result in clogs, ink failure, and bad  
electrical connections.  
Replace the ink cartridges  
63  
Chapter 6  
6. Hold the ink cartridge with the HP logo on top, and insert the new ink cartridge into  
the empty cartridge slot. Make sure you push the ink cartridge in firmly until it snaps  
into place.  
If you are installing the tri-color ink cartridge, slide it into the left slot.  
If you are installing a black ink cartridge, slide it into the right slot.  
7. Close the front access door.  
8. Make sure you have letter or A4, unused, plain white paper loaded in the input tray.  
For more information, see Load media.  
NOTE: If you have colored paper loaded in the input tray when you align the ink  
cartridges, the alignment will fail. Load unused plain white paper into the input  
tray, and then try the alignment again.  
9. Press OK  
The HP All-in-One prints an ink cartridge alignment sheet.  
64  
Work with ink cartridges  
10. Load the ink cartridge alignment sheet face down on the scanner glass in the front  
right corner with the top of the page to the right, and then press OK. For more  
information, see Load an original on the scanner glass.  
The HP All-in-One aligns the ink cartridges. Recycle or discard the ink cartridge  
alignment sheet.  
Store printing supplies  
Ink cartridges can be left in the device for extended periods of time. However, to assure  
optimal ink cartridge health, be sure to turn off the device properly. For more information,  
see Turn off the device.  
Advanced ink cartridge maintainance  
This section contains the following topics:  
•
•
Align the ink cartridges  
Clean the ink cartridges  
Align the ink cartridges  
The HP All-in-One prompts you to align cartridges every time you install or replace an ink  
cartridge. You can also align the ink cartridges at any time from the device control panel  
or by using the software you installed with the device. Aligning the ink cartridges ensures  
high-quality output.  
NOTE: If you remove and reinstall the same ink cartridge, the device will not prompt  
you to align the ink cartridges. It remembers the alignment values for that ink cartridge,  
so you do not need to realign the ink cartridges.  
To align the cartridges from the product control panel  
1. Load letter or A4, unused, plain white paper in the input tray. For more information,  
see Load media.  
NOTE: If you have colored paper loaded in the input tray when you align the ink  
cartridges, the alignment will fail. Load unused plain white paper into the input  
tray, and then try the alignment again.  
2. Press the (Setup) button on the product control panel.  
Advanced ink cartridge maintainance  
65  
       
Chapter 6  
3. Selects Tools and then select Align Cartridge.  
The product prints an ink cartridge alignment sheet.  
4. Place the alignment sheet face down on the scanner glass. For more information, see  
Load an original on the scanner glass.  
5. Press OK to scan the alignment sheet.  
After the alignment sheet is scanned, alignment is complete. Recycle or discard the  
alignment sheet.  
66  
Work with ink cartridges  
To align the ink cartridges from the HP software  
1. Load letter or A4, unused, plain white paper in the input tray. For more information,  
see Load media.  
NOTE: If you have colored paper loaded in the input tray when you align the ink  
cartridges, the alignment will fail. Load unused plain white paper into the input  
tray, and then try the alignment again.  
2. Follow the instructions for your operating system. The product prints an ink cartridge  
alignment sheet.  
Windows  
a. Open the Toolbox software. For instructions, see Open the Toolbox.  
b. Click the Device Services tab.  
c. Click Align the ink cartridges.  
Mac OS X  
a. Open the HP Utility. For instructions, see Open the HP Utility.  
b. Click Align, and then follow the onscreen instructions.  
3. Place the alignment sheet face down on the scanner glass. For more information, see  
Load an original on the scanner glass.  
4. Press OK to scan the alignment sheet.  
After the alignment sheet is scanned, alignment is complete. Recycle or discard the  
alignment sheet.  
Clean the ink cartridges  
Use this feature when there is streaking, white lines through any of the lines of color or  
when a color is muddy. Do not clean ink cartridges unnecessarily, as this wastes ink and  
shortens the life of the ink nozzles.  
Advanced ink cartridge maintainance  
67  
   
Chapter 6  
To clean the ink cartridges from the product control panel  
1. Load letter, A4, or legal unused plain white paper into the input tray.  
2. Press Setup.  
3. Select Tools, and then select Clean Cartridge.  
The device prints a page that you can recycle or discard.  
If copy or print quality still seems poor after you clean the ink cartridges, try cleaning  
the ink cartridge contacts before replacing the affected ink cartridge.  
To clean the ink cartridges from the HP software  
1. Load letter, A4, or legal unused plain white paper into the input tray. For more  
information, see Load media.  
2. Follow the instructions for your operating system.  
Windows  
a. Open the Toolbox software. For instructions, see Open the Toolbox.  
b. Click the Device Services tab.  
c. Click Align the ink cartridges.  
Mac OS X  
a. Open the HP Utility. For instructions, see Open the HP Utility.  
b. Click Clean Printheads, and then click Clean.  
3. Follow the prompts until you are satisfied with the quality of the output, and then click  
Done or Finish.  
If copy or print quality still seems poor after you clean the ink cartridges, try cleaning  
the ink cartridge contacts before replacing the affected ink cartridge. For more  
information, see Clean the ink cartridge contacts.  
68  
Work with ink cartridges  
7 Solve a problem  
The information in Solve a problem suggests solutions to common problems. If your  
device is not operating correctly and those suggestions did not solve your problem, try  
using one of the following support services to obtain assistance.  
This section contains the following topics:  
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
HP support  
General troubleshooting tips and resources  
Solve printing problems  
Poor print quality and unexpected printouts  
Clean the area around the ink nozzles  
Solve paper-feed problems  
Solve copy problems  
Solve scan problems  
Solve fax problems  
Solve wired (Ethernet) network problems (some models only)  
Solve wireless problems (some models only)  
Configure your firewall to work with HP devices  
Solve device management problems  
Troubleshoot installation issues  
Understand the Printer Status Report and Self-Test Report  
Understand the network configuration page (some models only)  
Clear jams  
HP support  
If you have a problem, follow these steps  
1. Check the documentation that came with the product.  
2. Visit the HP online support Web site at www.hp.com/support. HP online support is  
available to all HP customers. It is the fastest source for up-to-date device information  
and expert assistance and includes the following features:  
•
•
•
•
Fast access to qualified online support specialists  
Software and driver updates for the HP all-in-one  
Valuable troubleshooting information for common problems  
Proactive device updates, support alerts, and HP newsgrams that are available  
when you register the HP all-in-one  
For more information, see Obtain electronic support.  
3. Call HP support. Support options and availability vary by device, country/region, and  
language. For more information, see HP support by phone.  
Solve a problem  
69  
     
Chapter 7  
Obtain electronic support  
To find support and warranty information, go to the HP Web site at www.hp.com/  
support. If prompted, choose your country/region, and then click Contact HP for  
information on calling for technical support.  
This Web site also offers technical support, drivers, supplies, ordering information and  
other options such as:  
•
•
•
•
Access online support pages.  
Send HP an e-mail message for answers to your questions.  
Connect with an HP technician by using online chat.  
Check for software updates.  
You can also obtain support from the Toolbox (Windows) or HP Utility (Mac OS X), which  
provide easy, step-by-step solutions to common printing problems. For more information,  
see Toolbox (Windows) or HP Utility (Mac OS X).  
Support options and availability vary by product, country/region, and language.  
HP support by phone  
'The phone support numbers and associated costs listed here are those in effect at time  
of publication and are applicable only for calls made on a land line. Different rates may  
apply for mobile phones.  
For the most current HP list of telephone support numbers and call costs information, see  
www.hp.com/support.  
During the warranty period, you may obtain assistance from the HP Customer Care  
Center.  
NOTE: HP does not provide telephone support for Linux printing. All support is  
provided online at the following web site: https://launchpad.net/hplip. Click the Ask a  
question button to begin the support process.  
The HPLIP Web site does not provide suppport for Windows or Mac OS X. If you are  
using these operating systems, see www.hp.com/support.  
This section contains the following topics:  
•
•
•
•
Before you call  
Phone support period  
Telephone support numbers  
After the phone support period  
Before you call  
Call HP support while you are in front of the computer and the HP All-in-One. Be prepared  
to provide the following information:  
•
•
Model number (located on the label on the front of the device)  
Serial number (located on the back or bottom of the device)  
70  
Solve a problem  
         
•
•
Messages that appear when the situation occurs  
Answers to these questions:  
◦
◦
◦
Has this situation happened before?  
Can you re-create it?  
Did you add any new hardware or software to your computer at about the time  
that this situation began?  
◦
Did anything else occur prior to this situation (such as a thunderstorm, HP All-in-  
One was moved, etc.)?  
Phone support period  
One year of phone support is available in North America, Asia Pacific, and Latin America  
(including Mexico).  
Telephone support numbers  
In many locations, HP provides toll free telephone support during the warranty period.  
However, some of the support numbers might not be toll free.  
HP support  
71  
     
Chapter 7  
For the most current list of telephone support numbers, see www.hp.com/support.  
www.hp.com/support  
$IULFDꢀꢁ(QJOLVKꢀVSHDNLQJꢂ  
$IULTXHꢀꢁIUDQFRSKRQHꢂ  
ꢃꢄꢅꢀꢆꢆꢀꢄꢇꢈꢉꢊꢅꢄ  
ꢃꢇꢇꢀꢆꢀꢈꢋꢋꢇꢀꢋꢄꢇꢌ  
㡴㦻  
ꢌꢇꢎꢇꢇꢇꢉꢎꢋꢊꢌꢌ  
ꢆꢉꢊꢊꢎꢇꢌꢌꢇ  
ꢌꢊꢌꢌꢀꢄꢄꢄꢀꢈꢅ  
ﻥ
ﺍﻷﺭﺩ
 
뼑霢  
ꢌꢄꢆꢀꢍꢅꢄꢀꢄꢊꢌ  
ﺮ
ﺍﻟﺠﺰﺍﺋ
 
/X[HPERXUJꢀꢁ)UDQ©DLVꢂ  
/X[HPEXUJꢀꢁ'HXWVFKꢂ  
ꢃꢇꢉꢄꢀꢋꢌꢌꢀꢈꢌꢀꢌꢌꢍ  
$OJ«ULH  
ꢌꢄꢆꢀꢍꢅꢀꢄꢄꢀꢊꢌ  
ꢌꢒꢆꢉꢀ೼ꢑPLQ  
$UJHQWLQDꢀꢁ%XHQRVꢀ$LUHVꢂ  
ꢉꢈꢎꢆꢆꢎꢈꢅꢌꢊꢎꢆꢍꢌꢌ  
ꢃꢇꢉꢄꢀꢋꢌꢌꢀꢈꢌꢀꢌꢌꢅ  
ꢌꢒꢆꢉꢀ೼ꢑ0LQ  
$UJHQWLQD  
$XVWUDOLD  
$XVWUDOLDꢀꢁRXWꢎRIꢎZDUUDQW\ꢂ  
˜VWHUUHLFK  
ꢌꢎꢊꢌꢌꢎꢉꢉꢉꢎꢉꢌꢌꢌ  
ꢆꢇꢌꢌꢀꢅꢄꢆꢀꢆꢈꢅ  
ꢆꢋꢌꢄꢀꢋꢆꢌꢀꢋꢆꢌ  
0DGDJDVFDU  
0DJ\DURUV]£J  
ꢄꢍꢄꢀꢄꢍꢄꢀꢉꢆꢀꢄꢆꢀꢄꢆ  
ꢌꢍꢀꢈꢌꢀꢄꢌꢌꢀꢍꢄꢋ  
ꢃꢈꢇꢀꢌꢊꢄꢌꢀꢊꢅꢀꢈꢈꢆꢅ  
ꢅꢐꢄꢀ+8)ꢑSHUFꢀYH]HW«NHVꢀWHOHIRQUD  
ꢆꢊꢌꢌꢀꢊꢊꢀꢊꢉꢊꢊ  
GRSSHOWHUꢀ2UWVWDULI  
0DOD\VLD  
0DXULWLXV  
ﻦ
ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺮﻳ
 
ꢆꢅꢄꢆꢄꢌꢈꢋ  
%HOJL-  
ꢄꢍꢄꢀꢄꢍꢄꢀꢄꢆꢌꢀꢈꢌꢈꢀ  
ꢃꢇꢄꢀꢌꢅꢊꢀꢍꢌꢌꢀꢌꢆꢋ  
0«[LFRꢀꢁ&LXGDGꢀGHꢀ0«[LFRꢂ ꢉꢉꢎꢉꢄꢉꢊꢎꢋꢋꢄꢄ  
0«[LFR  
0DURF  
1HGHUODQG  
3HDNꢀ+RXUVꢏꢀꢌꢐꢌꢉꢉꢀ೼ꢀSꢑP  
/RZꢀ+RXUVꢏꢀꢌꢐꢄꢅꢀ೼ꢀSꢑP  
ꢌꢆꢎꢊꢌꢌꢎꢈꢅꢄꢎꢍꢊꢇꢍꢊ  
ꢌꢊꢌꢆꢀꢌꢌꢉꢀꢌꢆꢌ  
%HOJLTXH  
ꢃꢇꢄꢀꢌꢅꢊꢀꢍꢌꢌꢀꢌꢄꢌ  
3HDNꢀ+RXUVꢏꢀꢌꢐꢌꢉꢉꢀ೼ꢑPꢀ/RZꢀ+RXUVꢏ  
ꢌꢐꢄꢅꢀ೼ꢑP  
ꢃꢇꢆꢀꢌꢋꢌꢌꢀꢄꢌꢄꢌꢀꢆꢍꢉ  
ꢌꢒꢆꢌꢀ೼ꢑ0LQ  
%UDVLOꢀꢁ6DRꢀ3DXORꢂ  
%UDVLO  
&DQDGD  
ꢉꢉꢎꢆꢆꢎꢈꢌꢌꢈꢎꢅꢅꢉꢆ  
1HZꢀ=HDODQG  
1LJHULD  
1RUJH  
ꢌꢊꢌꢌꢀꢈꢈꢆꢀꢆꢈꢅ  
ꢁꢌꢆꢂꢀꢄꢅꢆꢀꢄꢇꢄꢌ  
ꢃꢈꢅꢀꢊꢆꢉꢀꢍꢄꢀꢌꢅꢌ  
ꢌꢎꢊꢌꢌꢎꢅꢌꢋꢎꢅꢅꢉꢆ  
ꢆꢎꢁꢊꢌꢌꢂꢎꢈꢅꢈꢎꢍꢊꢇꢍꢀꢁꢆꢎꢊꢌꢌꢀKS  
LQYHQWꢂ  
VWDUWHUꢀS§ꢀꢌꢐꢉꢋꢀ.UꢀSHUꢀPLQꢒꢐꢀ  
GHUHWWHUꢀꢌꢐꢇꢋꢀ.UꢀSHUꢀPLQꢒꢀ  
)UDꢀPRELOWHOHIRQꢀJMHOGHUꢀ  
PRELOWHOHIRQWDNVWHUꢒ  
&HQWUDOꢀ$PHULFDꢀ ꢀ7KH  
ZZZꢒKSꢒFRPꢑODꢑVRSRUWH  
&DULEEHDQ  
&KLOH  
ꢊꢌꢌꢎꢇꢍꢌꢎꢋꢋꢋ  
ꢆꢌꢍꢊꢍꢊꢅꢋꢊꢌ  
ꢊꢌꢌꢎꢊꢆꢌꢎꢇꢊꢊꢊ  
ꢉꢅꢆꢎꢍꢌꢍꢎꢋꢆꢋꢆ  
ꢌꢆꢎꢊꢌꢌꢌꢎꢉꢆꢎꢈꢅꢈꢍꢎꢊꢇꢍꢊ  
ꢌꢎꢊꢌꢌꢎꢌꢆꢆꢎꢆꢌꢈꢍ  
ꢄꢈꢅꢋꢆꢅꢅꢇ  
ﻥ
ﻤﺎ
ﻋ
ُ  
ѣള  
3DQDP£  
3DUDJXD\  
3HU¼  
ꢆꢎꢊꢌꢌꢎꢅꢆꢆꢎꢄꢊꢊꢈ  
ꢌꢌꢋꢀꢊꢌꢌꢀꢉꢈꢀꢆꢀꢌꢌꢌꢍ  
ꢌꢎꢊꢌꢌꢎꢆꢌꢆꢆꢆ  
ѣള  
&RORPELDꢀꢁ%RJRW£ꢂ  
&RORPELD  
&RVWDꢀ5LFD  
ÎHVN£ꢀUHSXEOLND  
3KLOLSSLQHV  
3ROVND  
ꢄꢀꢊꢍꢅꢀꢇꢉꢉꢆ  
ꢁꢄꢄꢂꢀꢉꢊꢇꢀꢈꢇꢀꢅꢇꢀ  
ꢊꢆꢌꢀꢄꢄꢄꢀꢄꢄꢄ  
.RV]WꢀSRĄÇF]HQLDꢏꢎꢀ]ꢀWHOꢒꢀ  
ꢆꢒꢉꢇꢀ&=1ꢑPLQ  
VWDFMRQDUQHJRꢀMDNꢀ]DꢀꢆꢀLPSXOVꢀZJꢀ  
WDU\I\ꢀRSHUDWRUDꢐꢎꢀ]ꢀWHOꢒꢀ  
'DQPDUN  
ꢃꢈꢉꢀꢅꢌꢀꢄꢌꢄꢀꢊꢈꢉ  
NRPµUNRZHJRꢀZJꢀWDU\I\ꢀRSHUDWRUDꢒ  
2SNDOGꢏꢀꢌꢐꢆꢈꢉꢀꢁNUꢒꢀSUꢒꢀPLQꢒꢂꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀ  
3RUWXJDO  
ꢃꢇꢉꢆꢀꢊꢌꢊꢀꢄꢌꢆꢀꢈꢋꢄ  
3UꢒꢀPLQꢒꢀPDQꢎOºUꢀꢌꢊꢒꢌꢌꢎꢆꢋꢒꢇꢌꢏꢀꢌꢐꢄꢉꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀ  
3UꢒꢀPLQꢒꢀºYULJHꢀWLGVSXQNWHUꢏꢀꢌꢐꢆꢄꢉ  
&XVWRꢏꢀꢊꢀF¬QWLPRVꢀQRꢀSULPHLURꢀ  
PLQXWRꢀHꢀꢇꢀF¬QWLPRVꢀUHVWDQWHVꢀ  
PLQXWRV  
(FXDGRUꢀꢁ$QGLQDWHOꢂ  
(FXDGRUꢀꢁ3DFLILWHOꢂ  
ꢆꢎꢋꢋꢋꢎꢆꢆꢋꢀ ℡  
ꢊꢌꢌꢎꢅꢆꢆꢎꢄꢊꢊꢈ  
ꢆꢎꢊꢌꢌꢎꢄꢄꢉꢎꢉꢄꢊꢀ ℡  
ꢊꢌꢌꢎꢅꢆꢆꢎꢄꢊꢊꢈ  
3XHUWRꢀ5LFR  
5HS¼EOLFDꢀ'RPLQLFDQD  
5HXQLRQ  
ꢆꢎꢊꢅꢅꢎꢄꢇꢄꢎꢌꢉꢊꢋ  
ꢆꢎꢊꢌꢌꢎꢅꢆꢆꢎꢄꢊꢊꢈ  
ꢌꢊꢄꢌꢀꢊꢋꢌꢀꢇꢄꢇ  
ꢁꢌꢄꢂꢀꢍꢋꢆꢌꢍꢌꢄ  
(Oꢀ6DOYDGRU  
(VSD³D  
ﺮ
ﻣﺼ
 
5RP¤QLD  
ꢌꢊꢌꢆꢀꢌꢇꢇꢀꢇꢋꢌ  
ꢁꢌꢄꢆꢀꢄꢌꢈꢀꢅꢌꢋꢌꢂ  
ꢊꢌꢌꢎꢍꢆꢍꢌ  
̷͕͘͘͏ͦꢀꢁ̳͕͉͇͑͘ꢂ  
̷͕͘͘͏ͦꢀꢁ̸͇͔͙͑ꢎ̶͙͈͚͌͌͗͗͊ꢂ ꢊꢆꢄꢀꢇꢇꢄꢀꢈꢄꢈꢌ  
ꢈꢋꢉꢀꢅꢅꢅꢀꢇꢄꢊꢈ  
ꢃꢇꢈꢀꢋꢌꢄꢀꢌꢆꢌꢀꢌꢉꢋ  
ꢌꢒꢋꢈꢀ೼ꢀSꢑP  
)UDQFH  
'HXWVFKODQG  
ꢃꢇꢇꢀꢌꢋꢍꢋꢀꢇꢄꢌꢀꢈꢇꢉ  
ꢃꢈꢋꢀꢌꢆꢊꢌꢉꢀꢍꢉꢄꢀꢆꢊꢌ  
ꢊꢌꢌꢀꢊꢋꢅꢀꢆꢈꢆꢉ  
ﺔ
ﺍﻟﺴﻌﻮﺑﻴ
 
6LQJDSRUH  
ꢃꢍꢉꢀꢍꢄꢅꢄꢀꢉꢇꢌꢌ  
ꢌꢊꢉꢌꢀꢆꢆꢆꢀꢄꢉꢍ  
ꢌꢊꢍꢌꢀꢆꢌꢈꢀꢅꢅꢆ  
ꢌꢐꢆꢈꢀ೼ꢑ0LQꢀDXVꢀGHPꢀGHXWVFKHQꢀ  
)HVWQHW]ꢀꢎꢀEHLꢀ$QUXIHQꢀDXVꢀ  
0RELOIXQNQHW]HQꢀN¸QQHQꢀDQGHUHꢀ  
3UHLVHꢀJHOWHQ  
6ORYHQVN£ꢀUHSXEOLND  
6RXWKꢀ$IULFDꢀꢁ56$ꢂ  
6XRPL  
ꢃꢇꢉꢊꢀꢌꢀꢄꢌꢇꢀꢍꢍꢀꢅꢍꢅ  
˃˨˨˙ˡ˞  
ˈ˺˭ˮˬ˯  
*XDWHPDOD  
俏⑥⢯࡛㺂᭵ॶ  
,QGLD  
ꢊꢌꢆꢎꢆꢆꢎꢅꢉꢈꢌꢌ  
ꢃꢊꢌꢌꢀꢋꢀꢄꢍꢉꢈ  
ꢆꢎꢊꢌꢌꢎꢅꢆꢆꢎꢄꢊꢊꢈ  
ꢁꢊꢉꢄꢂꢀꢄꢊꢌꢄꢀꢈꢌꢋꢊ  
ꢆꢎꢊꢌꢌꢎꢈꢄꢉꢎꢅꢅꢇꢅ  
ꢋꢆꢎꢊꢌꢎꢄꢊꢉꢄꢍꢋꢌꢌ  
ꢃꢍꢄꢀꢁꢄꢆꢂꢀꢇꢉꢌꢀꢇꢈꢌꢊ  
6YHULJH  
ꢃꢈꢍꢀꢌꢅꢅꢀꢆꢄꢌꢀꢈꢅꢍꢉ  
ꢌꢐꢄꢇꢀNUꢑPLQ  
6ZLW]HUODQG  
ꢃꢈꢆꢀꢌꢊꢈꢊꢀꢍꢅꢄꢀꢍꢅꢄ  
ꢌꢐꢌꢊꢀ&+)ꢑPLQꢒ  
ꢌꢄꢎꢊꢅꢄꢄꢎꢊꢌꢌꢌ  
㠰⚙  
,QGLD  
,QGRQHVLD  
ࡷ
ࡎ
࡙  
ꢃꢍꢍꢀꢁꢄꢂꢀꢇꢉꢇꢀꢋꢌꢌꢌ  
ꢌꢅꢆꢀꢊꢋꢆꢀꢇꢋꢆ  
ﺲ
ﺗﻮﻧ
 
7ULQLGDGꢀ ꢀ7REDJR  
7XQLVLH  
ꢆꢎꢊꢌꢌꢎꢅꢆꢆꢎꢄꢊꢊꢈ  
ꢄꢇꢀꢋꢄꢍꢀꢌꢌꢌ  
ꢌꢁꢄꢆꢄꢂꢀꢈꢈꢈꢀꢌꢇꢌꢅ  
<HUHOꢀQXPDUDꢏꢀꢈꢈꢈꢀꢌꢇꢌꢅ  
ꢁꢌꢈꢈꢂꢀꢄꢇꢌꢎꢉꢆꢎꢌꢍ  
ꢃꢋꢅꢆꢀꢈꢀꢄꢄꢈꢀꢋꢆꢊꢋ  
ꢃꢋꢅꢆꢀꢈꢀꢄꢄꢈꢀꢋꢆꢊꢋ  
ꢃꢋꢅꢆꢀꢈꢀꢄꢄꢈꢀꢋꢆꢊꢋ  
ꢃꢋꢅꢆꢀꢈꢀꢄꢄꢈꢀꢋꢆꢊꢋ  
ꢃꢋꢅꢆꢀꢈꢀꢄꢄꢈꢀꢋꢆꢊꢋ  
,UHODQG  
ﻕ
ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺍ
 
ﺖ
ﺍﻟﻜﻮﻳ
 
ﻥ
ﻟﺒﻨﺎ
 
ﺮ
ﻗﻄ
 
ﻦ
ﺍﻟﻴﻤ
 
7¾UNL\HꢀꢁòVWDQEXOꢐꢀ$QNDUDꢐ  
ò]PLUꢀ ꢀ%XUVDꢂ  
̺͇͔͇͑͗ͭ  
ﺓ
ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺤﺪ
 
ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ
 
ﺍﻹﻣﺎﺭﺍﺕ
 
ꢍꢌꢌꢀꢉꢈꢀꢈꢅꢀꢈꢅ  
8QLWHGꢀ.LQJGRP  
ꢃꢇꢉꢇꢀꢆꢊꢋꢌꢀꢋꢄꢇꢀꢋꢌꢄ  
ꢌꢊꢈꢈꢀꢇꢍꢋꢀꢌꢇꢍꢋ  
&DOOVꢀFRVWꢀ&RVWꢀꢉꢒꢆꢀFHQWꢀSHDNꢀꢑꢀ  
ꢆꢒꢇꢀFHQWꢀRIIꢎSHDNꢀSHUꢀPLQXWH  
ꢌꢒꢉꢌꢀeꢀSꢑP  
8QLWHGꢀ6WDWHV  
8UXJXD\  
ꢆꢎꢁꢊꢌꢌꢂꢎꢈꢅꢈꢎꢍꢊꢇꢍ  
ꢌꢌꢌꢈꢎꢌꢉꢈꢎꢆꢅꢅ  
,WDOLD  
ꢃꢇꢋꢀꢊꢈꢊꢀꢊꢌꢌꢀꢊꢅꢆ  
FRVWRꢀWHOHIRQLFRꢀORFDOH  
9HQH]XHODꢀꢁ&DUDFDVꢂ  
9HQH]XHOD  
9L¬Wꢀ1DP  
ꢉꢊꢎꢄꢆꢄꢎꢄꢅꢊꢎꢊꢍꢍꢍ  
ꢌꢎꢊꢌꢌꢎꢈꢅꢈꢎꢍꢊꢇꢍꢊ  
ꢃꢊꢈꢀꢊꢊꢄꢇꢈꢉꢇꢌ  
-DPDLFD  
㡴㦻  
ꢆꢎꢊꢌꢌꢎꢅꢆꢆꢎꢄꢊꢊꢈ  
ꢌꢉꢅꢌꢎꢌꢌꢌꢉꢆꢆ  
72  
Solve a problem  
After the phone support period  
After the phone support period, help is available from HP at an additional cost. Help may  
also be available at the HP online support Web site: www.hp.com/support. Contact your  
HP dealer or call the support phone number for your country/region to learn more about  
support options.  
General troubleshooting tips and resources  
NOTE: Many of the steps below require HP software. If you did not install the HP  
software, you can install it using the HP software CD included with the product, or you  
can download the software from the HP support Web site (www.hp.com/support).  
Try these when you begin troubleshooting a printing problem.  
•
•
For a paper jam, see Clear paper jams.  
For paper-feed problems, such as the paper skew and paper pick, see Solve paper-  
feed problems.  
•
•
Power light is on and not blinking. When the device is turned on for the first time, it  
takes approximately 12 minutes to initialize it after the ink cartridges are installed.  
Power cord and other cables are working, and are firmly connected to the device.  
Make sure the device is connected firmly to a functioning alternating current (AC)  
power outlet, and is turned on. For voltage requirements, see Electrical  
requirements.  
•
•
•
Media is loaded correctly in the input tray and is not jammed in the device.  
All packing tapes and materials are removed.  
The device is set as the current or default printer. For Windows, set it as the default  
in the Printers folder. For Mac OS X, set it as the default in the Print & Fax section of  
the System Preferences. See your computer's documentation for more information.  
•
•
Pause Printing is not selected if you are using a computer running Windows.  
You are not running too many programs when you are performing a task. Close  
programs that you are not using or restart the computer before attempting the task  
again.  
Troubleshooting topics  
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Solve printing problems  
Poor print quality and unexpected printouts  
Solve paper-feed problems  
Solve copy problems  
Solve scan problems  
Solve fax problems  
Solve wired (Ethernet) network problems (some models only)  
Solve wireless problems (some models only)  
Solve device management problems  
Troubleshoot installation issues  
General troubleshooting tips and resources  
73  
       
Chapter 7  
Solve printing problems  
This section contains the following topics:  
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
The device shuts down unexpectedly  
Error message appears on control-panel display  
Alignment fails  
The device is not responding (nothing prints)  
Device takes a long time to print  
Blank or partial page printed  
Something on the page is missing or incorrect  
Placement of the text or graphics is wrong  
The device prints half a page, then ejects the paper  
The device shuts down unexpectedly  
Check the power and power connections  
Make sure the device is connected firmly to a functioning alternating current (AC) power  
outlet. For voltage requirements, see Electrical requirements.  
Error message appears on control-panel display  
A non-recoverable error has occurred  
Disconnect all cables (such as power cord and USB cable), wait about 20 seconds, and  
reconnect the cables. If the problem persists, visit the HP Web site (www.hp.com/  
support) for the latest troubleshooting information, or product fixes and updates.  
Alignment fails  
If the alignment process fails, make sure you have loaded unused, plain white paper into  
the input tray. If you have colored paper loaded in the input tray when you align the ink  
cartridges, the alignment will fail.  
If the alignment process fails repeatedly, you might have a defective sensor or ink  
cartridge. Contact HP support. Go to www.hp.com/support. If prompted, choose your  
country/region, and then click Contact HP for information on calling for technical support.  
The device is not responding (nothing prints)  
There are print jobs stuck in the print queue  
Open the print queue, cancel all documents, and then reboot the computer. Try to print  
after the computer reboots. Refer to the Help system for the operating system for more  
information.  
Check the device setup  
For more information, see General troubleshooting tips and resources.  
74  
Solve a problem  
               
Check the device software installation  
If the device is turned off when printing, an alert message should appear on your computer  
screen; otherwise, the device software might not be installed correctly. To resolve this,  
uninstall the software completely, and then reinstall the device software. For more  
information, see Uninstall and reinstall the software.  
Check the cable connections  
•
•
Make sure both ends of the USB cable or Ethernet cable are secure.  
If the device is connected to a network, check the following:  
◦
◦
Check the Link light on the back of the device.  
Make sure you are not using a phone cord to connect the device.  
Check any personal firewall software installed on the computer  
The personal software firewall is a security program that protects a computer from  
intrusion. However, the firewall might block communication between the computer and  
the device. If there is a problem communicating with the device, try temporarily disabling  
the firewall. If the problem persists, the firewall is not the source of the communication  
problem. Re-enable the firewall.  
Device takes a long time to print  
Check the system configuration and resources  
Make sure the computer meets the minimum system requirements for the device. For  
more information, see System requirements.  
Check the device software settings  
Print speed is slower when you select high print-quality settings. To increase the print  
speed, select different print settings in the device driver. For more information, see  
Print.  
Blank or partial page printed  
Clean the ink cartridge  
Complete the ink cartridge cleaning procedure. For more information, see Clean the ink  
cartridges.  
Check the media settings  
•
Make sure you select the correct print quality settings in the printer driver for the media  
loaded in the trays.  
•
Make sure the page settings in the printer driver match the page size of media loaded  
in the tray.  
More than one page is being picked  
For more information on paper-feed problems, see Solve paper-feed problems.  
Solve printing problems  
75  
         
Chapter 7  
There is a blank page in the file  
Check the file to make sure there is no blank page.  
Something on the page is missing or incorrect  
Check the margin settings  
Make sure the margin settings for the document do not exceed the printable area of the  
device. For more information, see Set minimum margins.  
Check the color print settings  
Make sure Print in Grayscale is not selected in the print driver.  
Check the device location and length of USB cable  
High electromagnetic fields (such as those generated by USB cables) can sometimes  
cause slight distortions to printouts. Move the device away from the source of the  
electromagnetic fields. Also, it is recommended that you use a USB cable that is less than  
3 meters (9.8 feet) long to minimize the effects of these electromagnetic fields.  
Check the ink cartridges  
Make sure the correct ink cartridges are installed and the ink cartridges are not low on  
ink. For more information, see Device management tools and Handle the ink cartridges.  
Placement of the text or graphics is wrong  
Check how the media is loaded  
Make sure the media width and length guides fit snugly against the edges of the stack of  
media, and make sure the tray is not overloaded. For more information, see Load  
media.  
Check the media size  
•
Content on a page might be cut off if the document size is larger than the media that  
you are using.  
•
Make sure the media size selected in the printer driver match the size of media loaded  
in the tray.  
Check the margin settings  
If the text or graphics are cut off at the edges of the page, make sure the margin settings  
for the document do not exceed the printable area of your device. For more information,  
see Set minimum margins.  
Check the page-orientation setting  
Make sure the media size and page orientation selected in the application match the  
settings in the printer driver. For more information, see Print.  
Check the device location and length of USB cable  
High electromagnetic fields (such as those generated by USB cables) can sometimes  
cause slight distortions to printouts. Move the device away from the source of the  
76  
Solve a problem  
       
electromagnetic fields. Also, it is recommended that you use a USB cable that is less than  
3 meters (9.8 feet) long to minimize the effects of these electromagnetic fields.  
If the above solutions do not work, the problem may be caused by the inability of the  
application to interpret print settings properly. See the release notes for known software  
conflicts, refer to the application's documentation, or contact the software manufacturer  
for specific help.  
The device prints half a page, then ejects the paper  
Check the ink cartridges  
Make sure the correct ink cartridges are installed and the ink cartridges are not low on  
ink. For more information, see Device management tools and Check the estimated ink  
levels.  
HP cannot guarantee the quality of non-HP ink cartridges.  
Poor print quality and unexpected printouts  
If the quality of the printout is not as expected, try the following solutions to resolve the  
problem. Solutions are listed in order, with the most likely solution first. If the first solution  
does not solve the problem, continue trying the remaining solutions until the issue is  
resolved.  
This section contains the following topics:  
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Solution 1: Use genuine HP cartridges  
Solution 2: Check the paper  
Solution 3: Wait a short period of time (if possible)  
Solution 4: Check the print settings  
Solution 5: Check estimated ink levels and replace low or empty ink cartridges  
Solution 6: Print and evaluate a diagnostic report and troubleshoot defects  
Solution 7: Clean the ink cartridges  
Solution 8: Align the ink cartridges  
Solution 9: Replace the problem ink cartridge  
Solution 10: Service the product  
Solution 1: Use genuine HP cartridges  
HP recommends that you use genuine HP cartridges. Genuine HP cartridges are  
designed and tested with HP printers to help you easily produce great results, time after  
time. HP cannot guarantee the quality or reliability of non-HP supplies. Product service  
or repairs required as a result of using a non-HP ink supply will not be covered under  
warranty. HP recommends that you make sure that you are using genuine HP cartridges  
before continuing.  
Solution 2: Check the paper  
If you see vertical streaks on your printed documents, the paper or print media might not  
have been handled or stored properly. Do not replace cartridges to fix vertical streaks.  
Poor print quality and unexpected printouts  
77  
         
Chapter 7  
The images below show the difference between vertical and horizontal streaking.  
Horizontal Streaks Vertical streaks  
NOTE: Streaks on a copied document commonly appear when the scanner glass  
or the plastic strip in the automatic document feeder (ADF) is dirty. For information  
about cleaning the scanner glass and plastic strip in the ADF, see Clean the scanner  
glass and To clean the plastic strip inside the automatic document feeder,  
respectively.  
Use paper or other print media that is appropriate for the print job, and make sure that  
you handle and store it properly:  
•
•
•
•
•
Load the paper print-side down in the input tray. (Many papers have printing and  
nonprinting sides.)  
Make sure that the paper is not wrinkled or curled. Load only clean, wrinkle-free paper  
into the product.  
Plain paper is fine for text documents. For photos, HP Advanced Photo paper is the  
best choice.  
Try using a different paper. Paper that does not accept ink well is also prone to print  
defects. HP ink and paper are designed to work together.  
Store photo paper in its original packaging and inside a resealable plastic bag. Store  
the paper on a flat surface and in a cool, dry place. Load photo paper only when you  
are ready to print, and then put the unused paper back in the packaging.  
For more information about selecting paper, see Select print media. For more information  
about loading paper, see Load media.  
After trying the preceding guidelines, try printing again.  
If the issue persists, continue to the next solution.  
Solution 3: Wait a short period of time (if possible)  
A short period of printer inactivity can clear up some problems. If possible, let the printer  
sit idle for 40 minutes, and then try printing again.  
If the issue persists, continue to the next solution.  
Solution 4: Check the print settings  
Follow these steps to check the print settings to make sure that they are appropriate for  
your print job.  
78  
Solve a problem  
   
Step 1: Check the print quality settings  
The print quality settings in the product software might not be optimized for the type of  
document you are printing. Follow these steps to check these settings.  
If the issue persists, continue to the next solution Step 2: Check the Print in Grayscale  
setting.  
Windows  
1. In the software program from which you want to print, click the File menu, click  
Print, and then click Setup, Properties, or Preferences.  
(Specific options might vary depending on the application that you are using.)  
2. On the Features tab, review the following options, and then make any necessary  
changes.  
•
•
•
Print quality: If you are not satisfied with the quality of your printouts, increase  
the print quality. To print more quickly, decrease the print quality.  
Paper type: If one of the options matches your paper type exactly, choose the  
matching option rather than Automatic.  
Resizing Options: Make sure the selected option matches your paper size.  
Mac OS X  
1. From the File menu in your software application, choose Print.  
2. Choose Paper Type/Quality from the pop-up menu, review the following options,  
and then make any necessary changes.  
•
•
Paper Type: If one of the options matches your paper type exactly, choose the  
matching option.  
Quality: you are not satisfied with the quality of your printouts, increase the print  
quality. To print more quickly, decrease the print quality.  
3. Choose Paper Handling from the pop-up menu, review the following options, and  
then make any necessary changes.  
Destination Paper Size: Make sure the selected option matches your paper size.  
Step 2: Check the Print in Grayscale setting  
The product software might be set to print in grayscale. Follow these steps to check this  
setting.  
If the issue persists, continue to the next solution.  
Windows  
1. In the software program from which you want to print, click the File menu, click  
Print, and then click Setup, Properties, or Preferences.  
(Specific options might vary depending on the application that you are using.)  
2. Click the Color tab.  
3. Make sure Print in Grayscale is not selected.  
Poor print quality and unexpected printouts  
79  
   
Chapter 7  
Mac OS X  
1. From the File menu in your software application, choose Print.  
2. Choose Paper Type/Quality from the pop-up menu.  
3. In the Color Options area, make sure the Color setting is not set to Grayscale.  
Solution 5: Check estimated ink levels and replace low or empty ink cartridges  
Follow these steps to check the estimated ink levels on your product, and then replace  
low cartridges according to the results.  
For more information about checking ink levels, see Check the estimated ink levels.  
•
If the ink-level graphic shows low cartridges, and you are not satisfied with the  
quality of your prints, replace the cartridges now. For more information about  
replacing cartridges, see Replace the ink cartridges.  
•
If the ink-level graphic shows cartridges that are not low, you do not need to  
replace the cartridges yet. Continue to the next solution.  
Solution 6: Print and evaluate a diagnostic report and troubleshoot defects  
1. To help diagnose the print quality problems, follow the instructions for your particular  
model to print a diagnostic report.  
•
If your product does not support wireless communication, see Print Quality  
Diagnostic Report.  
•
If your product supports wireless communication, see Self-Test Report.  
2. After evaluating the report, if you see no defects on the diagnostic report, the print  
mechanism and ink supplies are working correctly. If prints are still unsatisfactory,  
check the following:  
•
Make sure the image file has sufficient resolution. Images that have been  
enlarged too much might appear fuzzy or blurry.  
•
If the problem seems confined to a band near the edge of a print, the problem  
might not appear on the other end of the print. Try using a program on your  
computer to rotate the document or image 180 degrees.  
•
If the issue persists, visit the HP online support Web site at www.hp.com/  
support for further troubleshooting information.  
NOTE: Stop troubleshooting here. Do not continue with the steps below if the  
page shows no defects.  
3. If you see one or more defects on the diagnostic report, continue to the next  
solution.  
80  
Solve a problem  
   
Print Quality Diagnostic Report  
1. Load regular, white, letter-size or A4 paper  
2. On the product control panel, press (Setup), select Print Report, select Print  
Quality, and then press OK.  
3. Evaluate the Print Quality Diagnostic Report:  
a
b
c
d
Ink level  
Color bars  
Large-font text  
Alignment pattern  
a. Ink level: Look at the Ink level boxes to double-check cartridge ink levels. If a  
box is completely white, you might need to replace that ink cartridge.  
Example Ink Level - Black is low - replace. Tri-color is OK.  
Poor print quality and unexpected printouts  
81  
 
Chapter 7  
b. Color bars: Look at the color bars in the middle of the page. You should see  
seven color bars. These bars should have sharp edges, should be solid (not  
streaked with white or other colors), and should be uniform in color throughout.  
Example of Good Color Bars: All bars are solid, sharp-edged, and extend with uniform  
color across the entire page. The printer is operating correctly.  
The top black bar is printed by the Black Ink Cartridge  
The colored bars are printed by the Tri-color Ink Cartridge  
•
•
Ragged or irregularly streaked or faded bars  
Example of Bad Color Bars: The top bar is irregularly streaked or fading.  
Example of Bad Color Bars: The top bar is ragged on one end.  
82  
Solve a problem  
To prevent problems causing ragged bars on the PQ Diagnostic Report, try the  
following solutions:  
•
Avoid leaving un-taped ink cartridges outside of the printer for an extended  
period of time. For more information about handling ink cartridges, see Handle  
the ink cartridges.  
•
Always turn off the product using the  
(Power) button, which prevents air  
from getting into the cartridges. For more information about turning off the  
product, see Turn off the device.  
Regular white streaks in the bars  
Example of bad color bars: The blue bar has regular white streaks.  
Bar colors are not uniform  
Example of Bad Color Bars: The yellow bar is streaked with another color.  
c. Large-font text: Look at the large-font text above the color blocks. The type  
should be sharp and clear.  
Example of good large-font text  
The letters are sharp and clear - the printer is operating correctly.  
Poor print quality and unexpected printouts  
83  
Chapter 7  
Examples of bad large-font text  
The letters are jagged.  
The letters are smeared.  
The letters are ragged on one end.  
d. Alignment pattern: If the color bars and large-font text look OK and the ink  
cartridges are not empty, look at the alignment pattern directly above the color  
bars.  
Example of a good alignment pattern.  
The lines are straight.  
Example of a bad alignment pattern  
84  
Solve a problem  
The lines are jagged.  
Self-Test Report  
Follow these steps to print, and then evaluate a Diagnostic report.  
1. Load regular, white, letter-size or A4 paper.  
2. On the product control panel, press (Setup), select Print Report, select Self-  
Test, and then press OK.  
Poor print quality and unexpected printouts  
85  
 
Chapter 7  
To evaluate the Diagnostic Page:  
1. Look at the color bars in the middle of the page. There should be three color bars and  
a black bar. All the bars should have sharp edges. They should be solid (not streaked  
with white or other colors). They should be uniform in color throughout.  
Example of Good Bars - all bars are solid, sharp-edged, and uniformly colored - the  
printer is operating correctly.  
•
•
The black bar is printed by the Black Ink Cartridge  
The colored bars are printed by the Tri-color Ink Cartridge  
Ragged or irregularly streaked or faded bars  
Example of bad black bar - The black bar is ragged at one end.  
NOTE: To prevent problems causing ragged bars on the Self-Test Report, try  
the following solutions:  
•
•
Avoid leaving un-taped ink cartridges outside of the printer for an extended period  
of time. For more information about handling ink cartridges, see Handle the ink  
cartridges.  
Always turn off the product using the  
(Power) button, which prevents air from  
getting into the cartridges. For more information about turning off the product, see  
Turn off the device.  
Regular white streaks in the bars  
Example of bad color bars - the blue bar has regular white streaks.  
86  
Solve a problem  
Bar colors are not uniform  
Example of Bad Color Bars - The yellow bar is streaked with another color.  
Black Text  
2. Look at the black text printed on the page. The type should be sharp and clear.  
Example of good black text - the letters are sharp and clear - the printer is operating correctly  
Example of bad black text - the letters are smeared.  
Solution 7: Clean the ink cartridges  
Clean the ink cartridges if you see the following in the diagnostic report:  
•
Color bars: Color bars are ragged or irregularly streaked or faded; have regular,  
white streaks; or are not a uniform color throughout the bar, clean the ink cartridges.  
•
Large-font text: Letters are smeared or ragged on one end.  
For instructions, see Clean the ink cartridges.  
NOTE: Do not clean ink cartridges unnecessarily. Unnecessary cleaning wastes ink  
and shortens the life of the ink nozzles.  
If the issue persists, continue to the next step.  
Poor print quality and unexpected printouts  
87  
 
Chapter 7  
Solution 8: Align the ink cartridges  
Align the ink cartridges if you see the following in the diagnostic report:  
•
•
Large-font text: Letters are jagged.  
Alignment pattern: Lines are jagged.  
For instructions, see Align the ink cartridges.  
If the issue persists, continue to the next step.  
Solution 9: Replace the problem ink cartridge  
If you saw defects on the Print Quality Diagnostic Report or Self-Test Report and cleaning  
and alignment did not help, replace the problem ink cartridge. For instructions, see  
Replace the ink cartridges.  
If the issue persists, continue to the next step.  
Solution 10: Service the product  
If you have completed all the steps listed above and are still experiencing a problem, the  
product might need servicing.  
To contact HP support, visit www.hp.com/support. If prompted, choose your country/  
region, and then click Contact HP for information on calling for technical support.  
Clean the ink cartridge contacts  
Clean the ink cartridge contacts only if you get repeated messages on the display.  
Before cleaning the ink cartridge contacts, remove the ink cartridge and verify that nothing  
is covering the ink cartridge contacts, then reinstall the ink cartridge. If you continue to  
get messages to check the ink cartridges, clean the ink cartridge contacts.  
Make sure you have the following materials available:  
•
Dry foam rubber swabs, lint-free cloth, or any soft material that will not come apart or  
leave fibers.  
TIP: Coffee filters are lint-free and work well for cleaning ink cartridges.  
•
Distilled, filtered, or bottled water (tap water might contain contaminants that can  
damage the ink cartridges).  
CAUTION: Do not use platen cleaners or alcohol to clean the ink cartridge  
contacts. These can damage the ink cartridge or the HP All-in-One.  
88  
Solve a problem  
         
To clean the ink cartridge contacts  
1. Turn on the device and open the ink cartridge door.  
The print carriage moves to the far right side of the device.  
2. Wait until the print carriage is idle and silent, and then unplug the power cord from  
the back of the device.  
NOTE: Depending how long the HP All-in-One is unplugged, the date and time  
might be erased. You might need to reset the date and time later, when you plug  
the power cord back in.  
3. Lightly press down on the ink cartridge to release it, and then pull it toward you, out  
of the slot.  
4. Inspect the ink cartridge contacts for ink and debris buildup.  
5. Dip a clean foam rubber swab or lint-free cloth into distilled water, and squeeze any  
excess water from it.  
6. Hold the ink cartridge by its sides.  
7. Clean only the copper-colored contacts. Allow the ink cartridges to dry for  
approximately ten minutes.  
1
2
Copper-colored contacts  
Ink nozzles (do not clean)  
8. Slide the ink cartridge back into the slot. Push the ink cartridge forward until it clicks  
into place.  
9. Repeat if necessary for the other ink cartridge.  
10. Gently close the ink cartridge door and plug the power cord into the back of the device.  
Clean the area around the ink nozzles  
If the device is used in a dusty environment, a small amount of debris might accumulate  
inside the device. This debris can include dust, hair, carpet, or clothing fibers. When  
debris gets on the ink cartridges, it can cause ink streaks and smudges on printed pages.  
Ink streaking can be corrected by cleaning around the ink nozzles as described here.  
Clean the area around the ink nozzles  
89  
   
Chapter 7  
NOTE: Clean the area around the ink nozzles only if you continue to see streaks  
and smudges on your printed pages after you have already cleaned the ink cartridges  
by using the device control panel or the software you installed with the HP All-in-One.  
Make sure you have the following materials available:  
•
Dry foam rubber swabs, lint-free cloth, or any soft material that will not come apart or  
leave fibers.  
TIP: Coffee filters are lint-free and work well for cleaning ink cartridges.  
•
Distilled, filtered, or bottled water (tap water might contain contaminants that can  
damage the ink cartridges).  
CAUTION: Do not touch the copper-colored contacts or ink nozzles. Touching  
these parts can result in clogs, ink failure, and bad electrical connections.  
To clean the area around the ink nozzles  
1. Turn on the device and open the ink cartridge door.  
The print carriage moves to the far right side of the device.  
2. Wait until the print carriage is idle and silent, and then unplug the power cord from  
the back of the device.  
NOTE: Depending how long the HP All-in-One is unplugged, the date and time  
might be erased. You might need to reset the date and time later, when you plug  
the power cord back in.  
3. Lightly press down on the ink cartridge to release it, and then pull it toward you out,  
of the slot.  
NOTE: Do not remove both ink cartridges at the same time. Remove and clean  
each ink cartridge one at a time. Do not leave an ink cartridge outside the device  
for more than 30 minutes.  
4. Place the ink cartridge on a piece of paper with the ink nozzles facing up.  
5. Lightly moisten a clean foam rubber swab with distilled water, and squeeze any  
excess water from it.  
90  
Solve a problem  
6. Clean the face and edges around the ink nozzle area with the swab, as shown below.  
1
2
Nozzle plate (do not clean)  
Face and edges around the ink nozzle area  
CAUTION: Do not clean the nozzle plate.  
7. Slide the ink cartridge back into the slot. Push the ink cartridge forward until it clicks  
into place.  
8. Repeat if necessary for the other ink cartridge.  
9. Gently close the ink cartridge door and plug the power cord into the back of the device.  
Solve paper-feed problems  
Media is not supported for the printer or tray  
Use only media that is supported for the device and the tray being used. For more  
information, see Media specifications.  
Media is not picked up from a tray  
•
Make sure media is loaded in the tray. For more information, see Load media. Fan  
the media before loading.  
•
Make sure the paper guides are set to the correct markings in the tray for the media  
size you are loading. Also make sure the guides are snug, but not tight, against the  
stack.  
•
•
Make sure media in the tray is not curled. Uncurl paper by bending it in the opposite  
direction of the curl.  
When using thin special media, make sure that the tray is completely loaded. If you  
are using special media that is only available in small quantities, try placing the special  
media on top of other paper of the same size to help fill the tray. (Some media is  
picked up more easily if the tray is full.)  
•
If you are using thick special media (such as brochure paper), load media so that the  
tray is between 1/4 and 3/4 full. If necessary, place the media on top of other paper  
of the same size so that the stack height is within this range.  
Solve paper-feed problems  
91  
     
Chapter 7  
Media is not coming out correctly  
•
Make sure the output tray extension is extended; otherwise, printed pages may fall  
off the device.  
•
Remove excess media from the output tray. There is a limit to the number of sheets  
the tray can hold.  
Pages are skewing  
•
Make sure the media loaded in the trays is aligned to the paper guides. If needed,  
pull out the trays from the device and reload the media properly, making sure that the  
paper guides are properly aligned.  
•
Load media into the device only when it is not printing.  
Multiple pages are being picked up  
•
•
Fan the media before loading.  
Make sure the paper guides are set to the correct markings in the tray for the media  
size you are loading. Also make sure the guides are snug, but not tight, against the  
stack.  
•
•
Make sure the tray is not overloaded with paper.  
When using thin special media, make sure that the tray is completely loaded. If you  
are using special media that is only available in small quantities, try placing the special  
media on top of other paper of the same size to help fill the tray. (Some media is  
picked up more easily if the tray is full.)  
•
•
If you are using thick special media (such as brochure paper), load media so that the  
tray is between 1/4 and 3/4 full. If necessary, place the media on top of other paper  
of the same size so that the stack height is within this range.  
Use HP media for optimum performance and efficiency.  
Solve copy problems  
If the following topics do not help, see HP support for information about HP support.  
No copy came out  
Copies are blank  
Documents are missing or faded  
•
•
•
92  
Solve a problem  
       
•
•
•
•
•
Size is reduced  
Copy quality is poor  
Copy defects are apparent  
The device prints half a page, then ejects the paper  
Paper mismatch  
No copy came out  
•
Check the power  
Make sure that the power cord is securely connected, and the device turned on.  
•
Check the status of the device  
◦
The device might be busy with another job. Check the control-panel display for  
information about the status of jobs. Wait for any job that is processing to finish.  
◦
The device might be jammed. Check for jams. See Clear paper jams.  
•
Check the trays  
Make sure that media is loaded. See Load media for more information.  
Copies are blank  
•
•
•
Check the media  
The media might not meet Hewlett-Packard media specifications (for example, the  
media is too moist or too rough). See Media specifications for more information.  
Check the settings  
The contrast setting might be set too light. Use the Copy button on the device control  
panel to create darker copies.  
Check the trays  
If the product has an automatic document feeder (ADF) and you are copying from the  
ADF, make sure that the originals have been loaded correctly. For more information,  
see Load an original in the automatic document feeder (ADF).  
Documents are missing or faded  
•
•
•
Check the media  
The media might not meet Hewlett-Packard media specifications (for example, the  
media is too moist or too rough). See Media specifications for more information.  
Check the settings  
The quality setting of Fast (which produces draft-quality copies) might be responsible  
for the missing or faded documents. Change to the Normal or Best setting.  
Check the original  
◦
The accuracy of the copy depends on the quality and size of the original. Use the  
Copy menu to adjust the brightness of the copy. If the original is too light, the  
copy might not be able to compensate, even if you adjust the contrast.  
◦
◦
Colored backgrounds might cause images in the foreground to blend into the  
background, or the background might appear in a different shade.  
If you are copying a borderless original, load the original on the scanner glass,  
not the ADF. For more information, see Load an original on the scanner glass.  
Solve copy problems  
93  
         
Chapter 7  
Size is reduced  
•
The reduce/enlarge or other copy feature might have been set from the device control  
panel to reduce the scanned image. Check the settings for the copy job to make sure  
that they are for normal size.  
•
The HP software settings might be set to reduce the scanned image. Change the  
settings, if needed. See the onscreen Help for the HP software for more information.  
Copy quality is poor  
•
Take steps to improve the copy quality  
◦
◦
Use quality originals.  
Load the media correctly. If the media is loaded incorrectly, it might skew, causing  
unclear images. See Media specifications for more information.  
◦
Use or make a carrier sheet to protect your originals.  
•
Check the device  
◦
◦
The scanner lid might not be closed properly.  
The scanner glass or lid backing might need cleaning. See Maintain the device  
for more information.  
◦
If the product has an automatic document feeder (ADF), ADF might need  
cleaning. See Maintain the device for more information.  
Copy defects are apparent  
•
Vertical white or faded stripes  
The media might not meet Hewlett-Packard media specifications (for example, the  
media is too moist or too rough). See Media specifications for more information.  
•
•
Too light or dark  
Try adjusting the contrast and copy-quality settings.  
Unwanted lines  
The scanner glass, lid backing, or frame might need cleaning. See Maintain the  
device for more information.  
•
•
Black dots or streaks  
Ink, glue, correction fluid, or an unwanted substance might be on the scanner glass  
or lid backing. Try cleaning the device. See Maintain the device for more information.  
Copy is slanted or skewed  
If the product has an automatic document feeder (ADF), check the following:  
◦
◦
Make sure that the ADF input tray is not too full.  
Make sure that the ADF width adjusters are snug against the sides of the media.  
•
•
Unclear text  
◦
◦
Try adjusting the contrast and copy-quality settings.  
The default enhancement setting might not be suitable for the job. Check the  
setting and change it to enhance text or photographs, if needed. For more  
information, see Change copy settings.  
Incompletely filled text or graphics  
Try adjusting the contrast and copy-quality settings.  
94  
Solve a problem  
                       
•
•
Large, black typefaces look splotchy (not smooth)  
The default enhancement setting might not be suitable for the job. Check the setting  
and change it to enhance text or photographs, if needed. For more information, see  
Change copy settings.  
Horizontal grainy or white bands in light-gray to medium-gray areas  
The default enhancement setting might not be suitable for the job. Check the setting  
and change it to enhance text or photographs, if needed. For more information, see  
Change copy settings.  
The device prints half a page, then ejects the paper  
Check the ink cartridges  
Make sure the correct ink cartridges are installed and the ink cartridges are not low on  
ink. For more information, see Device management tools and Check the estimated ink  
levels.  
HP cannot guarantee the quality of non-HP ink cartridges.  
Paper mismatch  
Check the settings  
Verify that the loaded media size and type matches the control panel settings.  
Solve scan problems  
If the following topics do not help, see HP support for information about HP support.  
NOTE: If you are starting the scan from a computer, see the software Help for  
troubleshooting information.  
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Scanner did nothing  
Scan takes too long  
Part of the document did not scan or text is missing  
Text cannot be edited  
Error messages appear  
Scanned image quality is poor  
Scan defects are apparent  
Scanner did nothing  
•
•
•
Check the original  
Make sure that the original is placed on the scanner glass correctly. For more  
information, see Load an original on the scanner glass.  
Check the device  
The device might be coming out of PowerSave mode after a period of inactivity, which  
delays processing a short while. Wait until the device reaches the READY state.  
Check the software  
Make sure the software is properly installed.  
Solve scan problems  
95  
             
Chapter 7  
Scan takes too long  
•
Check the settings  
◦
If you set the resolution too high, the scan job takes longer and results in larger  
files. To obtain good results when scanning or copying, do not use a resolution  
that is higher than needed. You can lower the resolution to scan more quickly.  
◦
If you acquire an image through TWAIN, you can change the settings so that the  
original scans in black and white. See the onscreen Help for the TWAIN program  
for information.  
•
Check the status of the device  
If you sent a print or copy job before you tried to scan, the scan starts if the scanner  
is not busy. However, the printing and scanning processes share memory, which  
means that the scan might be slower.  
Part of the document did not scan or text is missing  
•
Check the original  
◦
◦
◦
Make sure that you loaded the original correctly. For more information, see Load  
an original on the scanner glass.  
If you are copying a borderless original, load the original on the scanner glass,  
not the ADF. For more information, see Load an original on the scanner glass.  
Colored backgrounds can cause images in the foreground to blend into the  
background. Try adjusting the settings before you scan the original, or try  
enhancing the image after you scan the original.  
•
Check the settings  
◦
Make sure that the input media size is large enough for the original that you are  
scanning.  
◦
If you are using the HP software, the default settings in the HP software might be  
set to automatically perform a specific task other than the one that you are  
attempting. See the onscreen Help for the HP software for instructions about  
changing the properties.  
◦
If you have selected a picture scanning option, the HP software automatically  
crops the image. However, if you want to scan the entire page, complete the  
following steps:  
Windows: From the HP Solution Center software, click Scan Picture, click  
Advanced Picture Settings, and then select Scan the entire glass.  
Mac OS X: From the HP Scan software, click Scan, select the Picturesscan  
profile, click Profile Settings, and then clear the Cropcheck box.  
96  
Solve a problem  
       
Text cannot be edited  
•
Check the settings  
◦
◦
Make sure the HP software (or any additional OCR software) is properly installed.  
When you scan the original, make sure that you select a document type or save  
the scan in a format that creates editable, searchable text. If text is classified as  
a graphic, it is not converted to text.  
◦
Your OCR program might be linked to a word-processing program that does not  
perform OCR tasks. See the product software Help for more information about  
linking programs.  
•
Check the originals  
◦
Make sure that you placed the original correctly on the scanner glass. For more  
information, see Load an original on the scanner glass.  
◦
The OCR program might not recognize text that is tightly spaced. For example, if  
the text that the OCR program converts has missing or combined characters, "rn"  
might appear as "m."  
◦
◦
The accuracy of the OCR program depends on the image quality, text size, and  
structure of the original and the quality of the scan itself. Make sure that your  
original has good image quality.  
Colored backgrounds can cause images in the foreground to blend too much. Try  
adjusting the settings before you scan the original, or try enhancing the image  
after you scan the original. If you are performing an OCR operation on an original,  
any colored text on the original does not scan well, if at all.  
Error messages appear  
"Unable to activate TWAIN source" or "An error occurred while acquiring the  
image"  
◦
If you are acquiring an image from another device, such as a digital camera or another  
scanner, make sure that the other device is TWAIN-compliant. Devices that are not  
TWAIN-compliant do not work with the device software.  
◦
◦
Make sure that you have connected the USB cable to the correct port on the back of  
your computer.  
Verify that the correct TWAIN source is selected. In the software, check the TWAIN  
source by selecting Select Scanner on the File menu.  
Scanned image quality is poor  
The original is a second-generation photo or picture  
Reprinted photographs, such as those in newspapers or magazines, are printed by using  
tiny dots of ink that make an interpretation of the original photograph, which degrades the  
quality. Often, the ink dots form unwanted patterns that can be detected when the image  
is scanned or printed or when the image appears on a screen. If the following suggestions  
do not solve the problem, you might need to use a better-quality version of the original.  
◦
◦
◦
To eliminate the patterns, try reducing the size of the image after scanning.  
Print the scanned image to see if the quality is better.  
Make sure that the resolution and color settings are correct for the type of scan job.  
Solve scan problems  
97  
           
Chapter 7  
Text or images on the back of a two-sided original appear in the scan  
Two-sided originals can "bleed" text or images from the back side to the scan if the  
originals are printed on media that is too thin or too transparent.  
The scanned image is skewed (crooked)  
The original might have been placed incorrectly. Be sure to use the media guides when  
you place the original on the scanner glass. For more information, see Load an original  
on the scanner glass.  
The image quality is better when printed  
The image that appears on the screen is not always an accurate representation of the  
quality of the scan.  
◦
Try adjusting your computer monitor settings to use more colors (or levels of gray).  
On Windows computers, you typically make this adjustment by opening Display on  
the Windows control panel.  
◦
Try adjusting the resolution and color settings.  
The scanned image shows blots, lines, vertical white stripes, or other defects  
◦
If the scanner glass is dirty, the image produced does not have optimum clarity. See  
Maintain the device for cleaning instructions.  
◦
The defects might be on the original and not a result of the scanning process.  
Graphics look different from the original  
The graphics settings might not be suitable for the type of scan job that you are  
performing. Try changing the graphics settings.  
Take steps to improve the scan quality  
◦
◦
Use high-quality originals.  
Place the media correctly. If the media is placed incorrectly on the scanner glass, it  
might skew, which causes unclear images. For more information, see Load an original  
on the scanner glass.  
◦
◦
◦
Adjust the software settings according to how you plan to use the scanned page.  
Use or make a carrier sheet to protect your originals.  
Clean the scanner glass. See Clean the scanner glass for more information.  
Scan defects are apparent  
•
Blank pages  
Make sure that the original document is placed correctly. Place the original document  
face down on the flatbed scanner with the top-left corner of the document located in  
the lower-right corner of the scanner glass.  
•
•
Too light or dark  
◦
◦
Try adjusting the settings. Be sure to use the correct resolution and color settings.  
The original image might be very light or dark or might be printed on colored paper.  
Unwanted lines  
Ink, glue, correction fluid, or an unwanted substance might be on the scanner glass.  
Try cleaning the scanner glass. See Maintain the device for more information.  
98  
Solve a problem  
           
•
Black dots or streaks  
◦
Ink, glue, correction fluid, or an unwanted substance might be on the scanner  
glass, the scanner glass might be dirty or scratched, or the lid backing might be  
dirty. Try cleaning the scanner glass and lid backing. See Maintain the device for  
more information. If cleaning does not correct the problem, the scanner glass or  
lid backing might need to be replaced.  
◦
The defects might be on the original and not a result of the scanning process.  
•
•
Unclear text  
Try adjusting the settings. Make sure that the resolution and color settings are correct.  
Size is reduced  
The HP software settings might be set to reduce the scanned image. See the product  
software Help for more information about changing the settings.  
Solve fax problems  
This section contains fax setup troubleshooting information for the device. If the device  
is not set up properly for faxing, you might experience problems when sending faxes,  
receiving faxes, or both.  
If you are having faxing problems, you can print a fax test report to check the status of  
the device. The test will fail if the device is not set up properly for faxing. Perform this test  
after you have completed setting up the device for faxing. For more information, see Test  
fax setup.  
If the test fails, review the report for information on how to fix any problems found. For  
more information, see The fax test failed.  
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
The fax test failed  
The display always shows Phone Off Hook  
The device is having problems sending and receiving faxes  
The device is having problems sending a manual fax  
The device cannot receive faxes, but can send faxes  
The device cannot send faxes, but can receive faxes  
Fax tones are recorded on my answering machine  
The phone cord that came with my device is not long enough  
Color faxes do not print  
The computer cannot receive faxes (Fax to PC and Fax to Mac)  
The fax test failed  
If you ran a fax test and the test failed, review the report for basic information about the  
error. For more detailed information, check the report to see which part of the test failed,  
and then review the appropriate topic in this section for solutions to try.  
This section contains the following topics:  
•
•
•
•
The "Fax Hardware Test" failed  
The "Fax Connected to Active Telephone Wall Jack" test failed  
The "Phone Cord Connected to Correct Port on Fax" test failed  
The "Using Correct Type of Phone Cord with Fax" test failed  
Solve fax problems  
99  
             
Chapter 7  
•
•
The "Dial Tone Detection" test failed  
The "Fax Line Condition" test failed  
The "Fax Hardware Test" failed  
Solution:  
•
Turn off the device by using the Power button located on the device control panel  
and then unplug the power cord from the back of the device. After a few seconds,  
plug the power cord in again, and then turn the power on. Run the test again. If  
the test fails again, continue reviewing the troubleshooting information in this  
section.  
•
•
Try to send or receive a test fax. If you can send or receive a fax successfully,  
there might not be a problem.  
If you are running the test from the Fax Setup Wizard (Windows) or HP Setup  
Assitant (Mac OS X), make sure the device is not busy completing another task,  
such as receiving a fax or making a copy. Check the display for a message  
indicating that the device is busy. If it is busy, wait until it is finished and in the idle  
state before running the test.  
•
•
Make sure you use the phone cord that came with the device. If you do not use  
the supplied phone cord to connect from the telephone wall jack to the device,  
you might not be able to send or receive faxes. After you plug in the phone cord  
that came with the device, run the fax test again.  
If you are using a phone splitter, this can cause faxing problems. (A splitter is a  
two-cord connector that plugs into a telephone wall jack.) Try removing the splitter  
and connecting the device directly to the telephone wall jack.  
After you resolve any problems found, run the fax test again to make sure it passes  
and the device is ready for faxing. If the Fax Hardware Test continues to fail and you  
experience problems faxing, contact HP support. Go to www.hp.com/support. If  
prompted, choose your country/region, and then click Contact HP for information on  
calling for technical support.  
The "Fax Connected to Active Telephone Wall Jack" test failed  
Solution:  
•
Check the connection between the telephone wall jack and the device to make  
sure the phone cord is secure.  
•
Make sure you use the phone cord that came with the device. If you do not use  
the supplied phone cord to connect from the telephone wall jack to the device,  
you might not be able to send or receive faxes. After you plug in the phone cord  
that came with the device, run the fax test again.  
•
Make sure you have correctly connected the device to the telephone wall jack.  
Using the phone cord supplied in the box with the device, connect one end to your  
telephone wall jack, then connect the other end to the port labeled 1-LINE on the  
back of the device. For more information on setting up the device for faxing, see  
Additional fax setup.  
100  
Solve a problem  
       
•
•
•
If you are using a phone splitter, this can cause faxing problems. (A splitter is a  
two-cord connector that plugs into a telephone wall jack.) Try removing the splitter  
and connecting the device directly to the telephone wall jack.  
Try connecting a working phone and phone cord to the telephone wall jack that  
you are using for the device and check for a dial tone. If you do not hear a dial  
tone, contact your telephone company and have them check the line.  
Try to send or receive a test fax. If you can send or receive a fax successfully,  
there might not be a problem.  
After you resolve any problems found, run the fax test again to make sure it passes  
and the device is ready for faxing.  
The "Phone Cord Connected to Correct Port on Fax" test failed  
Solution: Plug the phone cord into the correct port.  
1. Using the phone cord supplied in the box with the device, connect one end to your  
telephone wall jack, then connect the other end to the port labeled 1-LINE on the  
back of the device.  
NOTE: If you use the 2-EXT port to connect to the telephone wall jack, you  
will not be able to send or receive faxes. The 2-EXT port should only be used  
to connect other equipment, such as an answering machine.  
Figure 7-1 Back view of the device  
1
2
Telephone wall jack  
Use the phone cord supplied in the box with the device to connect to the "1-LINE" port  
2. After you have connected the phone cord to the port labeled 1-LINE, run the fax  
test again to make sure it passes and the device is ready for faxing.  
3. Try to send or receive a test fax.  
•
Make sure you use the phone cord that came with the device. If you do not use  
the supplied phone cord to connect from the telephone wall jack to the device,  
you might not be able to send or receive faxes. After you plug in the phone cord  
that came with the device, run the fax test again.  
•
If you are using a phone splitter, this can cause faxing problems. (A splitter is a  
two-cord connector that plugs into a telephone wall jack.) Try removing the splitter  
and connecting the device directly to the telephone wall jack.  
Solve fax problems  
101  
   
Chapter 7  
The "Using Correct Type of Phone Cord with Fax" test failed  
Solution:  
•
Make sure you used the phone cord supplied in the box with the device to connect  
to the telephone wall jack. One end of the phone cord should be connected to the  
port labeled 1-LINE on the back of the device, and the other end to your telephone  
wall jack, as shown below.  
1
2
Telephone wall jack  
Use the phone cord supplied in the box with the device to connect to the "1-LINE" port  
If the phone cord that came with the device is not long enough, you can use a  
coupler to extend the length. You can purchase a coupler at an electronics store  
that carries phone accessories. You will also need another phone cord, which can  
be a standard phone cord that you might already have in your home or office.  
•
•
Check the connection between the telephone wall jack and the device to make  
sure the phone cord is secure.  
Make sure you use the phone cord that came with the device. If you do not use  
the supplied phone cord to connect from the telephone wall jack to the device,  
you might not be able to send or receive faxes. After you plug in the phone cord  
that came with the device, run the fax test again.  
•
If you are using a phone splitter, this can cause faxing problems. (A splitter is a  
two-cord connector that plugs into a telephone wall jack.) Try removing the splitter  
and connecting the device directly to the telephone wall jack.  
102  
Solve a problem  
   
The "Dial Tone Detection" test failed  
Solution:  
•
Other equipment, which uses the same phone line as the device, might be causing  
the test to fail. To find out if other equipment is causing a problem, disconnect  
everything from the phone line, and then run the test again. If the Dial Tone  
Detection Test passes without the other equipment, then one or more pieces of  
the equipment is causing problems; try adding them back one at a time and  
rerunning the test each time, until you identify which piece of equipment is causing  
the problem.  
•
•
Try connecting a working phone and phone cord to the telephone wall jack that  
you are using for the device and check for a dial tone. If you do not hear a dial  
tone, contact your telephone company and have them check the line.  
Make sure you have correctly connected the device to the telephone wall jack.  
Using the phone cord supplied in the box with the device, connect one end to your  
telephone wall jack, then connect the other end to the port labeled 1-LINE on the  
back of the device.  
•
•
•
•
If you are using a phone splitter, this can cause faxing problems. (A splitter is a  
two-cord connector that plugs into a telephone wall jack.) Try removing the splitter  
and connecting the device directly to the telephone wall jack.  
If your telephone system is not using a standard dial tone, such as some PBX  
systems, this might cause the test to fail. This will not cause a problem sending  
or receiving faxes. Try sending or receiving a test fax.  
Check to make sure the country/region setting is set appropriately for your  
country/region. If the country/region setting is not set or is set incorrectly, the test  
might fail and you might have problems sending and receiving faxes.  
Make sure you connect the device to an analog phone line or you will not be able  
to send or receive faxes. To check if your phone line is digital, connect a regular  
analog phone to the line and listen for a dial tone. If you do not hear a normal  
sounding dial tone, it might be a phone line set up for digital phones. Connect the  
device to an analog phone line and try sending or receiving a fax.  
•
Make sure you use the phone cord that came with the device. If you do not use  
the supplied phone cord to connect from the telephone wall jack to the device,  
you might not be able to send or receive faxes. After you plug in the phone cord  
that came with the device, run the fax test again.  
After you resolve any problems found, run the fax test again to make sure it passes  
and the device is ready for faxing. If the Dial Tone Detection test continues to fail,  
contact your telephone company and have them check the phone line.  
Solve fax problems  
103  
   
Chapter 7  
The "Fax Line Condition" test failed  
Solution:  
•
Make sure you connect the device to an analog phone line or you will not be able  
to send or receive faxes. To check if your phone line is digital, connect a regular  
analog phone to the line and listen for a dial tone. If you do not hear a normal  
sounding dial tone, it might be a phone line set up for digital phones. Connect the  
device to an analog phone line and try sending or receiving a fax.  
•
•
Check the connection between the telephone wall jack and the device to make  
sure the phone cord is secure.  
Make sure you have correctly connected the device to the telephone wall jack.  
Using the phone cord supplied in the box with the device, connect one end to your  
telephone wall jack, then connect the other end to the port labeled 1-LINE on the  
back of the device.  
•
Other equipment, which uses the same phone line as the device, might be causing  
the test to fail. To find out if other equipment is causing a problem, disconnect  
everything from the phone line, and then run the test again.  
◦
If the Fax Line Condition Test passes without the other equipment, then one  
or more pieces of the equipment is causing problems; try adding them back  
one at a time and rerunning the test each time, until you identify which piece  
of equipment is causing the problem.  
◦
If the Fax Line Condition Test fails without the other equipment, connect the  
device to a working phone line and continue reviewing the troubleshooting  
information in this section.  
•
•
If you are using a phone splitter, this can cause faxing problems. (A splitter is a  
two-cord connector that plugs into a telephone wall jack.) Try removing the splitter  
and connecting the device directly to the telephone wall jack.  
Make sure you use the phone cord that came with the device. If you do not use  
the supplied phone cord to connect from the telephone wall jack to the device,  
you might not be able to send or receive faxes. After you plug in the phone cord  
that came with the device, run the fax test again.  
After you resolve any problems found, run the fax test again to make sure it passes  
and the device is ready for faxing. If the Fax Line Condition test continues to fail and  
you experience problems faxing, contact your telephone company and have them  
check the phone line.  
The display always shows Phone Off Hook  
Solution: You are using the wrong type of phone cord. Make sure you are using  
the phone cord that came with the device to connect the device to your phone line. If  
the phone cord that came with the device is not long enough, you can use a coupler  
to extend the length. You can purchase a coupler at an electronics store that carries  
phone accessories. You will also need another phone cord, which can be a standard  
phone cord that you might already have in your home or office.  
Solution: Other equipment that uses the same phone line as the device might be  
in use. Make sure extension phones (phones on the same phone line, but not  
connected to the device) or other equipment are not in use or off the hook. For  
104  
Solve a problem  
     
example, you cannot use the device for faxing if an extension phone is off the hook,  
or if you are using a computer dial-up modem to send e-mail or access the Internet.  
The device is having problems sending and receiving faxes  
Solution: Make sure the device is turned on. Look at the display on the device. If  
the display is blank and the Power light is not lit, the device is turned off. Make sure  
the power cord is firmly connected to the device and plugged into a power outlet.  
Press the Power button to turn on the device.  
After turning on the device, HP recommends you wait five minutes before sending or  
receiving a fax. The device cannot send or receive faxes while it is initializing after  
being turned on.  
Solution: If Fax to PC or Fax to Mac has been enabled, you may not be able to  
send or receive faxes if the fax memory is full (limited by device memory).  
Solution:  
•
Make sure you used the phone cord supplied in the box with the device to connect  
to the telephone wall jack. One end of the phone cord should be connected to the  
port labeled 1-LINE on the back of the device and the other end to your telephone  
wall jack, as shown below.  
1
2
Telephone wall jack  
Use the phone cord supplied in the box with the device to connect to the "1-LINE" port  
If the phone cord that came with the device is not long enough, you can use a  
coupler to extend the length. You can purchase a coupler at an electronics store  
that carries phone accessories. You will also need another phone cord, which can  
be a standard phone cord that you might already have in your home or office.  
•
Try connecting a working phone and phone cord to the telephone wall jack that  
you are using for the device and check for a dial tone. If you do not hear a dial  
tone, call your local telephone company for service.  
Solve fax problems  
105  
   
Chapter 7  
•
•
•
Other equipment, which uses the same phone line as the device, might be in use.  
For example, you cannot use the device for faxing if an extension phone is off the  
hook, or if you are using a computer dial-up modem to send an e-mail or access  
the Internet.  
Check to see if another process has caused an error. Check the display or your  
computer for an error message providing information about the problem and how  
to solve it. If there is an error, the device will not send or receive a fax until the  
error condition is resolved.  
The phone line connection might be noisy. Phone lines with poor sound quality  
(noise) can cause faxing problems. Check the sound quality of the phone line by  
plugging a phone into the telephone wall jack and listening for static or other noise.  
If you hear noise, turn Error Correction Mode (ECM) off and try faxing again.  
For information about changing ECM, see the onscreen Help. If the problem  
persists, contact your telephone company.  
•
•
If you are using a digital subscriber line (DSL) service, make sure that you have  
a DSL filter connected or you will not be able to fax successfully. For more  
information, see Case B: Set up the device with DSL.  
Make sure the device is not connected to a telephone wall jack that is set up for  
digital phones. To check if your phone line is digital, connect a regular analog  
phone to the line and listen for a dial tone. If you do not hear a normal sounding  
dial tone, it might be a phone line set up for digital phones.  
•
•
If you are using either a private branch exchange (PBX) or an integrated services  
digital network (ISDN) converter/terminal adapter, make sure the device is  
connected to the correct port and the terminal adapter is set to the correct switch  
type for your country/region, if possible. For more information, see Case C: Set  
up the device with a PBX phone system or an ISDN line.  
If the device shares the same phone line with a DSL service, the DSL modem  
might not be properly grounded. If the DSL modem is not properly grounded, it  
can create noise on the phone line. Phone lines with poor sound quality (noise)  
can cause faxing problems. You can check the sound quality of the phone line by  
plugging a phone into the telephone wall jack and listening for static or other noise.  
If you hear noise, turn off your DSL modem and completely remove power for at  
least 15 minutes. Turn the DSL modem back on and listen to the dial tone again.  
NOTE: You might notice static on the phone line again in the future. If the  
device stops sending and receiving faxes, repeat this process.  
If the phone line is still noisy, contact your telephone company. For information  
on turning your DSL modem off, contact your DSL provider for support.  
•
If you are using a phone splitter, this can cause faxing problems. (A splitter is a  
two-cord connector that plugs into a telephone wall jack.) Try removing the splitter  
and connecting the device directly to the telephone wall jack.  
106  
Solve a problem  
The device is having problems sending a manual fax  
Solution:  
NOTE: This possible solution applies only in the countries/regions that receive  
a 2-wire phone cord in the box with the device, including: Argentina, Australia,  
Brazil, Canada, Chile, China, Colombia, Greece, India, Indonesia, Ireland, Japan,  
Korea, Latin America, Malaysia, Mexico, Philippines, Poland, Portugal, Russia,  
Saudi Arabia, Singapore, Spain, Taiwan, Thailand, USA, Venezuela, and  
Vietnam.  
•
Make sure the telephone you use to initiate the fax call is connected directly to  
the device. To send a fax manually, the telephone must be connected directly to  
the port labeled 2-EXT on the device, as shown below.  
1
2
3
Telephone wall jack  
Use the phone cord supplied in the box with the device to connect to the "1-LINE" port  
Telephone  
•
If you are sending a fax manually from your phone that is connected directly to  
the device, you must use the keypad on the telephone to send the fax. You cannot  
use the keypad on the device control panel of the device.  
NOTE: If using a serial-type phone system, please connect your phone  
directly on top of the device cable which has a wall plug attached to it.  
The device cannot receive faxes, but can send faxes  
Solution:  
•
If you are not using a distinctive ring service, check to make sure that the  
Distinctive Ring feature on the device is set to All Rings. For more information,  
see Change the answer ring pattern for distinctive ring.  
•
If Auto Answer is set to Off, you will need to receive faxes manually; otherwise,  
the device will not receive the fax. For information on receiving faxes manually,  
see Receive a fax manually.  
Solve fax problems  
107  
       
Chapter 7  
•
If you have a voice mail service at the same phone number you use for fax calls,  
you must receive faxes manually, not automatically. This means that you must be  
available to respond in person to incoming fax calls. For information on setting up  
the device when you have a voice mail service, see Case F: Shared voice/fax line  
with voice mail. For information on receiving faxes manually, see Receive a fax  
manually.  
•
•
If you have a computer dial-up modem on the same phone line with the device,  
check to make sure that the software that came with your modem is not set to  
receive faxes automatically. Modems that are set up to receive faxes  
automatically take over the phone line to receive all incoming faxes, which  
prevents the device from receiving fax calls.  
If you have an answering machine on the same phone line with the device, you  
might have one of the following problems:  
◦
◦
Your answering machine might not be set up properly with the device.  
Your outgoing message might be too long or too loud to allow the device to  
detect fax tones, and the sending fax machine might disconnect.  
◦
Your answering machine might not have enough quiet time after your outgoing  
message to allow the device to detect fax tones. This problem is most  
common with digital answering machines.  
The following actions might help solve these problems:  
◦
When you have an answering machine on the same phone line you use for  
fax calls, try connecting the answering machine directly to the device as  
described in Case I: Shared voice/fax line with answering machine.  
◦
◦
Make sure the device is set to receive faxes automatically. For information on  
setting up the device to receive faxes automatically, see Receive a fax.  
Make sure the Rings to Answer setting is set to a greater number of rings  
than the answering machine. For more information, see Set the number of  
rings before answering.  
◦
◦
Disconnect the answering machine and then try receiving a fax. If faxing is  
successful without the answering machine, the answering machine might be  
causing the problem.  
Reconnect the answering machine and record your outgoing message again.  
Record a message that is approximately 10 seconds in duration. Speak slowly  
and at a low volume when recording your message. Leave at least 5 seconds  
of silence at the end of the voice message. There should be no background  
noise when recording this silent time. Try to receive a fax again.  
NOTE: Some digital answering machines might not retain the recorded  
silence at the end of your outgoing message. Play back your outgoing  
message to check.  
108  
Solve a problem  
•
If the device shares the same phone line with other types of phone equipment,  
such as an answering machine, a computer dial-up modem, or a multi-port switch  
box, the fax signal level might be reduced. The signal level can also be reduced  
if you use a splitter or connect extra cables to extend the length of your phone. A  
reduced fax signal can cause problems during fax reception.  
To find out if other equipment is causing a problem, disconnect everything except  
the device from the phone line, and then try to receive a fax. If you can receive  
faxes successfully without the other equipment, one or more pieces of the other  
equipment is causing problems; try adding them back one at a time and receiving  
a fax each time, until you identify which equipment is causing the problem.  
•
If you have a special ring pattern for your fax phone number (using a distinctive  
ring service through your telephone company), make sure that the Distinctive  
Ring feature on the device is set to match. For more information, see Change the  
answer ring pattern for distinctive ring.  
The device cannot send faxes, but can receive faxes  
Solution:  
•
The device might be dialing too fast or too soon. You might need to insert some  
pauses in the number sequence. For example, if you need to access an outside  
line before dialing the phone number, insert a pause following the access number.  
If your number is 95555555, and 9 accesses an outside line, you might insert  
pauses as follows: 9-555-5555. To enter a pause in the fax number you are typing,  
press Redial/Pause, or press the Space (#) button repeatedly, until a dash (-)  
appears on the display.  
You can also send the fax using monitor dialing. This enables you to listen to the  
phone line as you dial. You can set the pace of your dialing and respond to  
prompts as you dial. For more information, see Send a fax using monitor  
dialing.  
•
The number you entered when sending the fax is not in the proper format or the  
receiving fax machine is having problems. To check this, try calling the fax number  
from a telephone and listen for fax tones. If you cannot hear fax tones, the  
receiving fax machine might not be turned on or connected, or a voice mail service  
could be interfering with the recipient's phone line. You can also ask the recipient  
to check the receiving fax machine for any problems.  
Solve fax problems  
109  
   
Chapter 7  
Fax tones are recorded on my answering machine  
Solution:  
•
When you have an answering machine on the same phone line you use for fax  
calls, try connecting the answering machine directly to the device as described in  
Case I: Shared voice/fax line with answering machine. If you do not connect the  
answering machine as recommended, fax tones might be recorded on your  
answering machine.  
•
Make sure the device is set to receive faxes automatically and that the Rings to  
Answer setting is correct. The number of rings to answer for the device should  
be greater than the number of rings to answer for the answering machine. If the  
answering machine and the device are set to the same number of rings to answer,  
both devices answer the call and fax tones are recorded on the answering  
machine.  
•
Set your answering machine to a low number of rings and the device to answer  
in the maximum number of rings supported. (The maximum number of rings varies  
by country/region.) In this setup, the answering machine answers the call and the  
device monitors the line. If the device detects fax tones, the device receives the  
fax. If the call is a voice call, the answering machine records the incoming  
message. For more information, see Set the number of rings before answering.  
The phone cord that came with my device is not long enough  
Solution: If the phone cord that came with the device is not long enough, you can  
use a coupler to extend the length. You can purchase a coupler at an electronics store  
that carries phone accessories. You will also need another phone cord, which can be  
a standard phone cord that you might already have in your home or office.  
TIP: If the device came with a 2-wire phone cord adaptor, you can use it with a  
4-wire phone cord to extend the length. For information on using the 2-wire phone  
cord adaptor, see the documentation that came with it.  
To extend your phone cord  
1. Using the phone cord supplied in the box with the device, connect one end to the  
coupler, then connect the other end to the port labeled 1-LINE on the back of the  
device.  
2. Connect another phone cord to the open port on the coupler and to the telephone  
wall jack.  
Color faxes do not print  
Cause: The Incoming Fax Printing option is turned off.  
Solution: To print color faxes, make sure that the Incoming Fax Printing option in  
the device control panel is turned on.  
110  
Solve a problem  
         
The computer cannot receive faxes (Fax to PC and Fax to Mac)  
Cause: The HP Digital Imaging monitor is turned off (Windows).  
Solution: Check the taskbar and ensure that the HP Digital Imaging monitor is  
turned on at all times.  
Cause: The computer selected to receive faxes is turned off.  
Solution: Make sure the computer selected to receive faxes is switched on at all  
times.  
Cause: Different computers are configured for setup and receiving faxes and one  
of them may be switched off.  
Solution: If the computer receiving faxes is different from the one used for setup,  
both computers should be switched on at all times.  
Cause: Fax to PC or Fax to Mac is not activated or the computer is not configured  
to receive faxes.  
Solution: Activate Fax to PC or Fax to Mac and make sure the computer is  
configured to receive faxes.  
Cause: HP Digital Imaging Monitor is not operating properly (Windows).  
Solution: Restart the HP Digital Imaging Monitor or restart the computer.  
Solve wired (Ethernet) network problems (some models  
only)  
If you are unable to connect the product to your wired (Ethernet) network, perform one  
or more of the following tasks.  
NOTE: After correcting any of the following, run the installation program again.  
•
•
General network troubleshooting  
Network port created does not match device IP address (Windows)  
General network troubleshooting  
If you are unable to install the device software, verify that:  
•
•
•
All cable connections to the computer and the device are secure.  
The network is operational and the network hub is turned on.  
All applications, including virus protection programs, spyware protection programs,  
and firewalls, are closed or disabled for computers running Windows  
•
The device is installed on the same subnet as the computers that will be using the  
device.  
Solve wired (Ethernet) network problems (some models only)  
111  
         
Chapter 7  
If the installation program cannot discover the device, print the network configuration  
page, and enter the IP address manually in the installation program. For more information,  
see Understand the network configuration page (some models only).  
Though it is not recommended that you assign the device with a static IP address, you  
might resolve some installation problems (such as a conflict with a personal firewall) by  
doing so.  
Network port created does not match device IP address (Windows)  
If you are using a computer running Windows, make sure that the network ports created  
in the device driver match the device IP address:  
1. Print the device’s network configuration page  
2. Click Start, point to Settings, and then click Printers or Printers and Faxes.  
- or -  
Click Start, click Control Panel, and then double-click Printers.  
3. Right-click the device icon, click Properties, and then click the Ports tab.  
4. Select the TCP/IP port for the device, and then click Configure Port.  
5. Compare the IP address listed in the dialog box and make sure it matches the IP  
address listed on the network configuration page. If the IP addresses are different,  
change the IP address in the dialog box to match the address on the network  
configuration page.  
6. Click OK twice to save the settings and close the dialog boxes.  
Solve wireless problems (some models only)  
If the device is unable to communicate with the network after completing the wireless  
setup and software installation, perform one or more of the following tasks in the order  
shown below.  
•
•
Basic wireless troubleshooting  
Advanced wireless troubleshooting  
Basic wireless troubleshooting  
Perform the following steps in the order presented.  
NOTE: If this is the first time you are setting up the wireless connection, and you are  
using the included software, make sure that the USB cable is connected to the device  
and the computer.  
Step 1 - Make sure the wireless (802.11) light is turned on  
If the blue light near the HP device's wireless button is not lit, the wireless capabilities  
might not have been turned on. To turn on wireless, press and hold the Wireless button  
for three seconds.  
NOTE: If your HP device supports Ethernet networking, make sure that an Ethernet  
cable has not been connected to the device. Connecting an Ethernet cable turns off  
the HP device's wireless capabilities.  
112  
Solve a problem  
           
Step 2 - Restart components of the wireless network  
Turn off the router and the HP device, and then turn them back on in this order: router  
first and then the HP device. If you still are unable to connect, turn off the router, HP  
device, and your computer. Sometimes, turning off the power and then turning it back on  
will recover a network communication issue.  
Step 3 - Run the Wireless Network Test  
For wireless networking issues, run the Wireless Network Test. To print a Wireless  
Network Test page, press the Wireless button. If a problem is detected, the printed test  
report will include recommendations that might help solve the problem.  
Advanced wireless troubleshooting  
If you have tried the suggestions provided in the Basic troubleshooting section and are  
still unable to connect to your HP device to the wireless network, try the following  
suggestions in the order presented:  
•
•
•
•
•
Step 1: Make sure your computer is connected to your network  
Step 2: Make sure that the HP device is connected to your network  
Step 3: Check to see if the firewall software is blocking communication  
Step 4: Make sure the HP device is online and ready  
Step 5: Make sure the wireless version of the HP device is set as the default printer  
driver (Windows only)  
•
•
Step 6: Make sure the HP Network Devices Support service is running (Windows  
only)  
Add hardware addresses to a wireless access point (WAP)  
Step 1: Make sure your computer is connected to your network  
To check a wired (Ethernet) connection  
▲ Many computers have indicator lights beside the port where the Ethernet cable from  
the router connects to your computer. Usually there are two indicator lights, one that  
is on and another that blinks. If your computer has indicator lights, check to see if the  
indicator lights are on. If the lights are not on, try reconnecting the Ethernet cable to  
the computer and the router. If you still do not see lights, there might be a problem  
with the router, the Ethernet cable, or your computer.  
NOTE: Macintosh computers do not have indicator lights. To check the Ethernet  
connection on a Macintosh computer, click System Preferences in the Dock, and  
then click Network. If the Ethernet connection is working correctly, Built-in  
Ethernet appears in the list of connections, along with the IP address and other  
status information. If Built-in Ethernet does not appear in the list, there might be  
a problem with the router, the Ethernet cable, or your computer. For more  
information, click the Help button in the window.  
Solve wireless problems (some models only)  
113  
     
Chapter 7  
To check a wireless connection  
1. Make sure that your computer's wireless has been turned on. (For more information,  
see the documentation that came with your computer.)  
2. If you are not using a unique network name (SSID), then it is possible that your  
wireless computer could be connected to a nearby network that is not yours.  
The following steps can help you determine if your computer is connected to your  
network.  
Windows  
a. Click Start, click Control Panel, point to Network Connections, and then click  
View Network Status and Tasks.  
or  
Click Start, select Settings, click Control Panel, double-click Network  
Connections, click the View menu, and then select Details.  
Leave the network dialog box open while you continue to the next step.  
b. Disconnect the power cord from the wireless router. The connection status of your  
computer should change to Not Connected.  
c. Reconnect the power cord to the wireless router. The connection status should  
change to Connected.  
Mac OS X  
▲ Click the AirPort icon in the menu bar at the top of the screen. From the menu  
that appears, you can determine if the AirPort is turned on and which wireless  
network your computer is connected to.  
NOTE: For more detailed information about your AirPort connection, click  
System Preferences in the Dock, and then click Network. If the wireless  
connection is working correctly, a green dot appears next to AirPort in the list  
of connections. For more information, click the Help button in the window.  
If you are unable to get your computer connected to your network, contact the person  
who set up your network or the router manufacturer as there might be a hardware issue  
with either your router or computer.  
If you are able to access the Internet and are using a computer running Windows, you  
can also access HP Network Assistant at www.hp.com/sbso/wireless/tools-setup.html?  
jumpid=reg_R1002_USEN for help in setting up a network. (This Web site is only  
available in English.)  
Step 2: Make sure that the HP device is connected to your network  
If your device is not connected to the same network as your computer, you will not be  
able to use the HP device over the network. Follow the steps described in this section to  
find out if your device is actively connected to the correct network.  
NOTE: If your wireless router or Apple AirPort Base Station is using a hidden SSID,  
your HP device will not automatically detect the network.  
114  
Solve a problem  
 
A: Make sure the HP device is on the network  
1. If the HP device supports Ethernet networking and is connected to an Ethernet  
network, make sure an Ethernet cable is not plugged into the back of the device. If  
an Ethernet cable is plugged into the back, then wireless connectivity is disabled.  
2. If the HP device is connected to a wireless network, print the device's Wireless  
Configuration page. For more information, see Understand the network configuration  
page (some models only).  
▲ After the page has been printed, check the Network Status and URL:  
Network Status  
If the Network Status is Ready, the HP  
device is actively connected to a  
network.  
•
•
If the Network Status is Offline, the HP  
device is not connected to a network.  
Run the Wireless Network Test (using  
the instructions at the beginning of this  
section) and follow any  
recommendations.  
URL  
The URL shown here is the network  
address assigned to the HP device by your  
router. You will need this to connect to the  
embedded Web server.  
B: Check to see if you can access the embedded Web server (EWS)  
▲ After you establish that the computer and the HP device both have active connections  
to a network, you can verify if they are on the same network by accessing the device's  
embedded Web server (EWS). For more information, see Embedded Web server  
(some models only).  
To access the EWS  
a. On your computer, open the Web browser you normally use to access the Internet  
(for example, Internet Explorer or Safari). In the address box, type the URL of the  
HP device as it was shown on the Network Configuration Page (for example,  
http://192.168.1.101).  
NOTE: If you are using a proxy server in your browser, you might need to  
disable it to access the EWS.  
b. If you can access the EWS, try using the HP device over the network (such as to  
print) to see if your network setup was successful.  
c. If you cannot access the EWS or are still having problems using the HP device  
over the network, continue to the next section regarding firewalls.  
Step 3: Check to see if the firewall software is blocking communication  
If you cannot access the EWS and are sure both the computer and HP device have active  
connections to the same network, the firewall security software might be blocking  
communication. Temporarily turn off any firewall security software running on your  
computer and then try to access the EWS again. If you can access the EWS, try using  
the HP device (for printing).  
If you are able to access the EWS and use your HP device with the firewall turned off,  
you will need to reconfigure your firewall settings to allow the computer and HP device  
Solve wireless problems (some models only)  
115  
 
Chapter 7  
to communicate with each other over the network. For more information, see Configure  
your firewall to work with HP devices.  
If you are able to access the EWS, but are still unable to use the HP device even with the  
firewall turned off, try enabling the firewall software to recognize the HP device.  
Step 4: Make sure the HP device is online and ready  
If you have the HP software installed, you can check the HP device’s status from your  
computer to see if the device is paused or offline, preventing you from using it.  
To check the HP device’s status, complete the following steps:  
Windows  
1. Click Start, point to Settings, and then click Printers or Printers and Faxes.  
- Or -  
Click Start, click Control Panel, and then double-click Printers.  
2. If the printers on your computer are not being displayed in Details view, click the  
View menu, and then click Details.  
3. Do one of the following, depending on the printer status:  
a. If the HP device is Offline, right-click the device, and click Use Printer Online.  
b. If the HP device is Paused, right-click the device, and click Resume Printing.  
4. Try using the HP device over the network.  
Mac OS X  
1. Click System Preferences in the Dock, and then click Print & Fax.  
2. Select the HP device, and the click Print Queue.  
3. If Jobs Stopped appears in the window that appears, click Start Jobs.  
If you can use the HP device after performing the steps above but find that the symptoms  
persist as you continue to use the device, your firewall might be interfering. If you still  
cannot use the HP device over the network, continue to the next section for additional  
troubleshooting help.  
Step 5: Make sure the wireless version of the HP device is set as the default printer  
driver (Windows only)  
If you install the software again, the installer might create a second version of the printer  
driver in your Printers or Printers and Faxes folder. If you have difficulties printing or  
116  
Solve a problem  
   
connecting to the HP device, make sure the correct version of the printer driver is set as  
the default.  
1. Click Start, point to Settings, and then click Printers or Printers and Faxes.  
- Or -  
Click Start, click Control Panel, and then double-click Printers.  
2. Determine if the version of the printer driver in the Printers or Printers and Faxes  
folder is connected wirelessly:  
a. Right-click the printer icon, and then click Properties, Document Defaults, or  
Printing Preferences.  
b. On the Ports tab, look for a port in the list with a checkmark. The version of the  
printer driver that is connected wirelessly has Standard TCP/IP Port as the Port  
description, next to the checkmark.  
3. Right-click the printer icon for the version of the printer driver that is connected  
wirelessly, and select Set as Default Printer.  
NOTE: If there is more than one icon in the folder for the HP device, right-click the  
printer icon for the version of the printer driver that is connected wirelessly, and select  
Set as Default Printer.  
Step 6: Make sure the HP Network Devices Support service is running (Windows  
only)  
To restart the HP Network Device Support service  
1. Delete any print jobs currently in the print queue.  
2. On the desktop, right-click My Computer or Computer, and then click Manage.  
3. Double-click Services and Applications, and then click Services.  
4. Scroll down the list of services, right click HP Network Devices Support, and then  
click Restart.  
5. After the service restarts, try using the HP device over the network again.  
If you are able to use the HP device over the network, your network setup was successful.  
If you still cannot use the HP device over the network or if you have to periodically perform  
this step in order to use your device over the network, your firewall might be interfering.  
If this still does not work, there might be a problem with your network configuration or  
router. Contact the person who set up your network or the router manufacturer for help.  
Add hardware addresses to a wireless access point (WAP)  
MAC filtering is a security feature in which a wireless access point (WAP) is configured  
with a list of MAC addresses (also called “hardware addresses”) of devices that are  
allowed to gain access to the network through the WAP. If the WAP does not have the  
hardware address of a device attempting to access the network, the WAP denies the  
Solve wireless problems (some models only)  
117  
   
Chapter 7  
device access to the network. If the WAP filters MAC addresses, then the device’s MAC  
address must be added to the WAP’s list of accepted MAC addresses.  
•
Print the network configuration page. For more information, see Understand the  
network configuration page (some models only).  
•
Open the WAP’s configuration utility, and add the device’s hardware address to the  
list of accepted MAC addresses.  
Configure your firewall to work with HP devices  
A personal firewall, which is security software running on your computer, can block  
network communication between your HP device and your computer.  
If you are having problems such as:  
•
•
•
•
Printer not found when installing HP software  
Unable to print, print job stuck in queue or printer goes offline  
Scan communication errors or scanner busy messages  
Unable to see printer status on your computer  
The firewall might be preventing your HP device from notifying computers on your network  
where it can be found. If the HP software cannot find the HP device during installation  
(and you know the HP device is on the network), or you have already successfully  
installed HP software and experience problems, try the following:  
1. If you are using a computer running Windows, in the firewall configuration utility, look  
for an option to trust computers on the local subnet (sometimes called the “scope“ or  
“zone“). By trusting all computers on the local subnet, computers and devices in your  
home or office can communicate with each other while still being protected from the  
internet. This is the easiest approach to use.  
2. If you do not have the option to trust computers on the local subnet, add incoming  
UDP port 427 to your firewall’s list of allowed ports.  
NOTE: Not all firewalls require you to differentiate between incoming and  
outgoing ports, but some do.  
Another common problem is that HP software is not set as a trusted software by your  
firewall to access the network. This can happen if you answered “block“ to any firewall  
dialog boxes that appeared when you installed the HP software.  
If this occurs, and if you are using a computer running Windows, check that the following  
programs are in your firewall’s list of trusted applications; add any that are missing.  
•
•
hpqkygrp.exe, located in C:\program files\HP\digital imaging\bin  
hpqscnvw.exe, located in C:\program files\HP\digital imaging\bin  
- or -  
hpiscnapp.exe, located in C:\program files\HP\digital imaging\bin  
hpqste08.exe, located in C:\program files\HP\digital imaging\bin  
hpqtra08.exe, located in C:\program files\HP\digital imaging\bin  
hpqthb08.exe, located in C:\program files\HP\digital imaging\bin  
•
•
•
118  
Solve a problem  
   
NOTE: Refer to your firewall documentation on how to configure the firewall port  
settings and how to add HP files to the “trusted“ list.  
Some firewalls continue to cause interference even after you disable them. If you  
continue to have problems after configuring the firewall as described above and if you  
are using a computer running Windows, you might need to uninstall the firewall  
software in order to use the HP device over the network.  
Advanced firewall information  
The following ports are also used by your HP device and might need to be opened on  
your firewall configuration. Incoming ports (UDP) are destination ports on the computer  
while outgoing ports (TCP) are destination ports on the HP device.  
•
•
Incoming (UDP) ports: 137, 138, 161, 427  
Outgoing (TCP) ports: 137, 139, 427, 9100, 9220, 9500  
The ports are used for the following functions:  
Printing  
•
•
UDP ports: 427, 137, 161  
TCP port: 9100  
Photo card upload  
•
•
UDP ports: 137, 138, 427  
TCP port: 139  
Scanning  
•
•
UDP port: 427  
TCP ports: 9220, 9500  
HP device status  
UDP port: 161  
Faxing  
•
•
UDP port: 427  
TCP port: 9220  
HP device installation  
UDP port: 427  
Solve device management problems  
This section provide solutions to common problems that involve managing the device.  
This section contains the following topic:  
Solve device management problems  
119  
 
Chapter 7  
NOTE: To use the embedded Web server (EWS), the product must be connected  
to a network using either an Ethernet or a wireless connection. You cannot use the  
embedded Web server if the product is connected to a computer with a USB cable.  
•
•
Embedded Web server cannot be opened  
The EWS is only available in English  
Embedded Web server cannot be opened  
Check your network setup  
•
Make sure you are not using a phone cord or a crossover cable to connect the device  
to the network.  
•
•
Make sure the network cable is securely connected to the device.  
Make sure the network hub, switch, or router is turned on and working properly.  
Check the computer  
Make sure the computer that you are using is connected to the network.  
NOTE: To use the embedded Web server (EWS), the product must be connected  
to a network using either an Ethernet or a wireless connection. You cannot use the  
embedded Web server if the product is connected to a computer with a USB cable.  
Check your Web browser  
•
Make sure the Web browser meets the minimum system requirements. For more  
information, see System requirements.  
•
If your Web browser uses any proxy settings to connect to the Internet, try turning off  
these settings. For more information, the documentation available with your Web  
browser.  
Check the device IP address  
•
To check the IP address of the product, obtain the IP address by printing a network  
configuration page. Press the Setup button, select Network Setup, and then select  
Print Network Settings.  
•
Ping the device using the IP address from the command prompt.  
For example, if the IP address is 123.123.123.123, type the following at the MS-DOS  
prompt:  
C:\Ping 123.123.123.123  
Or, in Mac OS X, open Terminal (available in the Applications > Utilities folder) and  
type the following: ping 123.123.123  
If a reply appears, the IP address is correct. If a time-out response appears, the IP  
address is incorrect.  
The EWS is only available in English  
If your product only supports wireless network connections and not Ethernet network  
connections, the EWS is only available in English.  
120  
Solve a problem  
         
Troubleshoot installation issues  
If the following topics do not help, see Solve a problem for information about HP support.  
•
•
Hardware installation suggestions  
Software installation suggestions  
Hardware installation suggestions  
Check the device  
•
Make sure that all packing tape and material have been removed from outside and  
inside the device.  
•
•
Make sure that the device is loaded with paper.  
Make sure that no lights are on or blinking except the Ready light, which should be  
on. If the Attention light is blinking, check for messages on the device control panel.  
Check the hardware connections  
•
•
•
Make sure that any cords and cables that you are using (such as USB cable or  
Ethernet cable) are in good working order.  
Make sure that the power cord is connected securely to both the device and to a  
working power outlet.  
Make sure that the phone cord is connected to the 1-LINE port.  
Check the ink cartridges  
•
The product prompts you to align ink cartridges every time you install or replace an  
ink cartridge. You can also align the ink cartridges at any time from the product’s  
control panel or by using the HP software installed with the product. Aligning the ink  
cartridges ensures high-quality output. For more information, see Align the ink  
cartridges. If the alignment fails, check to make sure the cartridges are installed  
correctly, and start the ink cartridge alignment. For more information, see Alignment  
fails.  
•
Make sure that all latches and covers are closed properly.  
Check the computer system  
•
•
Make sure that your computer is running one of the supported operating systems.  
Make sure that the computer meets at least the minimum system requirements.  
Check the device to ensure the following  
•
•
•
•
Power light is on and not blinking. When the device is first turned on, it takes  
approximately 45 seconds to warm up.  
The device is in the Ready state, and no other lights on the device control panel are  
lit or blinking. If lights are lit or blinking, see the message on the device control panel.  
Ensure power cord and other cables are working, and are firmly connected to the  
device.  
All packing tapes and materials are removed from the device.  
Troubleshoot installation issues  
121  
     
Chapter 7  
•
•
•
Duplexer is locked into place.  
Paper is loaded correctly in the tray, and is not jammed in the device.  
All latches and covers are closed.  
Software installation suggestions  
Verify installation preliminaries  
•
Make sure to use the HP software CD that contains the correct installation software  
for your operating system.  
•
•
Before installing software, make sure that all other programs are closed.  
If the computer does not recognize the path to the CD drive that you type, make sure  
that you are specifying the correct drive letter.  
•
If the computer cannot recognize the HP software CD in the CD drive, inspect the HP  
software CD for damage. You can download the device driver from the HP Web site  
(www.hp.com/support).  
Check or perform the following  
•
•
Make sure the computer meets the system requirements.  
Before installing software on a Windows computer, ensure all other programs are  
closed.  
•
•
If the computer does not recognize the path to the CD drive that you typed, ensure  
you are specifying the correct drive letter.  
If the computer cannot recognize the HP software CD in the CD drive, inspect the CD  
for damage. You can download the device driver from the HP Web site (www.hp.com/  
support).  
•
•
In the Windows device manager, make sure that the USB drivers have not been  
disabled.  
If you are using a computer running Windows, and the computer cannot detect the  
device, run the uninstallation utility (util\ccc\uninstall.bat on the HP software CD) to  
perform a clean uninstallation of the device driver. Restart your computer, and  
reinstall the device driver.  
Check the computer system  
•
•
Make sure that your computer is running one of the supported operating systems.  
Make sure that the computer meets at least the minimum system requirements.  
Understand the Printer Status Report and Self-Test Report  
Use the Printer Status Report or Self-Test Report to:  
•
•
View current device information and ink cartridge status  
Help troubleshoot problems  
The Printer Status Report and the Self-Test Report also contain a log of recent events.  
122  
Solve a problem  
     
NOTE: If your product does not support wireless communication, the report is called  
the "Printer Status Report". If your product supports wireless communication, the  
report is called the "Self-Test Report".  
If you need to call HP, it is often useful to print the Printer Status Report or Self-Test  
Report before calling.  
Printer Status Report  
1. Product Information: Shows product information (such as the product name, model  
number, serial number, and firmware version number), as well as usage information.  
printed from the tray.  
2. Ink Delivery System Information: Shows information about the ink cartridges, such  
as the estimated ink levels.  
NOTE: Ink level alerts and indicators provide estimates for planning purposes  
only. When you receive a low-ink alert, consider having a replacement cartridge  
available to avoid possible printing delays. You do not need to replace the ink  
cartridges until print quality becomes unacceptable.  
3. Additional Assistance: Provides information about available methods for finding  
more information about the product, as well as information about diagnosing  
problems.  
Understand the Printer Status Report and Self-Test Report  
123  
 
Chapter 7  
Self-Test Report  
1. Printer Information: Shows device information (such as the product name, model  
number, serial number, and firmware version number), and the number of pages  
printed from the tray.  
2. Nozzle test pattern: Missing lines indicate problems with the ink cartridges. Try  
cleaning the cartridges, or replacing the cartridges.  
3. Color bars and boxes: Uneven, faded, or faint color bars or boxes indicate low ink.  
Check the ink levels.  
4. Event Log: Shows a log of recent events that have occurred.  
To print the Printer Status Report or Self-Test Report  
Product control panel: Press Setup, select Print Report, select Printer Status or Self-  
Test, and then press OK.  
Understand the network configuration page (some models  
only)  
If the device is connected to a network, you can print a network configuration page to  
view the network settings for the device. You can use the network configuration page to  
124  
Solve a problem  
           
help troubleshoot network connectivity problems. If you need to call HP, it is often useful  
to print this page before calling.  
Network Configuration Page  
1. General Information: Shows information about the current status and active  
connection type of the network, and other information, such as the URL of the  
embedded Web server.  
2. 802.3 Wired: Shows information about the active wired network connection, such as  
the IP address, subnet mask, default gateway, as well as the hardware address of  
the device.  
3. 802.11 Wireless: Shows information about the active wireless network connection,  
such as the IP address, the communication mode, the network name, authentication  
type, and signal strength.  
4. mDNS: Shows information about the active Multicast Domain Name System (mDNS)  
connection. mDNS services are typically used on small networks for IP address and  
name resolution (through UDP port 5353) where a conventional DNS server is not  
used.  
5. SLP: Shows information about the current Service Location Protocol (SLP)  
connection. SLP is used by network management applications for device  
management. The device supports SNMPv1 protocol on IP networks.  
To print the network configuration page from the device control panel  
Press the Setup button, select Print Report, select Network Config, and then press  
OK.  
Clear jams  
Occasionally, media becomes jammed during a job. Try the following remedies before  
you attempt to clear the jam.  
•
Make sure that you are printing with media that meets specifications. For more  
information, see Media specifications.  
•
Make sure that you are printing with media that is not wrinkled, folded, or damaged.  
Clear jams  
125  
   
Chapter 7  
•
•
Make sure that the device is clean. For more information, see Maintain the device.  
Make sure that the trays are loaded correctly and are not too full. For more  
information, see Load media.  
This section contains the following topics:  
•
•
Clear paper jams  
Avoid paper jams  
Clear paper jams  
If the paper was loaded in the main tray, you might need to clear the paper jam from the  
rear door.  
Paper can also jam in the automatic document feeder (ADF). If the product has an  
automatic document feeder (ADF), several common actions can cause paper to jam the  
ADF:  
•
Placing too much paper in the ADF tray. For information on the maximum number of  
sheets allowed in the ADF, see Load an original on the scanner glass.  
•
•
Using paper that is too thick or too thin for the device.  
Trying to add paper to the ADF tray while the device is feeding pages.  
To clear a paper jam from the rear door  
1. Press in the tab on the left side of the rear door to release the door. Remove the door  
by pulling it away from the device.  
CAUTION: Trying to clear a paper jam from the front of the device can damage  
the print mechanism. Always access and clear paper jams through the rear door.  
2. Gently pull the paper out of the rollers.  
CAUTION: If the paper tears when you are removing it from the rollers, check  
the rollers and wheels for torn pieces of paper that might be remaining inside the  
device. If you do not remove all the pieces of paper from the device, more paper  
jams are likely to occur.  
3. Replace the rear door. Gently push the door forward until it snaps into place.  
4. Press OK to continue the current job.  
126  
Solve a problem  
   
To clear a paper jam in the automatic document feeder (ADF) (Some models only)  
1. Lift the cover of the ADF.  
2. Gently pull the paper out of the rollers.  
CAUTION: If the paper tears when you are removing it from the rollers, check  
the rollers and wheels for torn pieces of paper that might be remaining inside the  
device. If you do not remove all the pieces of paper from the device, more paper  
jams are likely to occur.  
3. Close the cover of the ADF.  
Avoid paper jams  
To help avoid paper jams, follow these guidelines.  
•
•
•
•
Remove printed papers from the output tray frequently.  
Prevent curled or wrinkled paper by storing all unused paper flat in a resealable bag.  
Ensure that paper loaded in the input tray lays flat and the edges are not bent or torn.  
Do not combine different paper types and paper sizes in the input tray; the entire stack  
of paper in the input tray must be the same size and type.  
•
Adjust the paper-width guide in the input tray to fit snugly against all paper. Make sure  
the paper-width guide does not bend the paper in the input tray.  
•
•
Do not force paper too far forward in the input tray.  
Use paper types that are recommended for the device. For more information, see  
Media specifications.  
NOTE: Humidity may cause paper to curl and hence paper jam.  
Clear jams  
127  
   
A Technical information  
This section contains the following topics:  
•
•
•
•
•
Warranty information  
Device specifications  
Regulatory information  
Environmental product stewardship program  
Third-party licenses  
Warranty information  
This section contains the following topics:  
•
•
Hewlett-Packard limited warranty statement  
Ink cartridge warranty information  
128  
Technical information  
   
Hewlett-Packard limited warranty statement  
HP product  
Duration of limited warranty  
Software Media  
Printer  
90 days  
1 year  
Print or Ink cartridges  
Until the HP ink is depleted or the “end of warranty” date printed  
on the cartridge has been reached, whichever occurs first. This  
warranty does not cover HP ink products that have been refilled,  
remanufactured, refurbished, misused, or tampered with.  
Printheads (only applies to products with customer  
replaceable printheads)  
1 year  
Accessories  
1 year unless otherwise stated  
A. Extent of limited warranty  
1. Hewlett-Packard (HP) warrants to the end-user customer that the HP products specified above will be free from defects  
in materials and workmanship for the duration specified above, which duration begins on the date of purchase by the  
customer.  
2. For software products, HP’s limited warranty applies only to a failure to execute programming instructions. HP does not  
warrant that the operation of any product will be interrupted or error free.  
3. HP's limited warranty covers only those defects that arise as a result of normal use of the product, and does not cover  
any other problems, including those that arise as a result of:  
a. Improper maintenance or modification;  
b. Software, media, parts, or supplies not provided or supported by HP;  
c. Operation outside the product's specifications;  
d. Unauthorized modification or misuse.  
4. For HP printer products, the use of a non-HP cartridge or a refilled cartridge does not affect either the warranty to the  
customer or any HP support contract with the customer. However, if printer failure or damage is attributable to the use of  
a non-HP or refilled cartridge or an expired ink cartridge, HP will charge its standard time and materials charges to  
service the printer for the particular failure or damage.  
5. If HP receives, during the applicable warranty period, notice of a defect in any product which is covered by HP's  
warranty, HP shall either repair or replace the product, at HP's option.  
6. If HP is unable to repair or replace, as applicable, a defective product which is covered by HP's warranty, HP shall,  
within a reasonable time after being notified of the defect, refund the purchase price for the product.  
7. HP shall have no obligation to repair, replace, or refund until the customer returns the defective product to HP.  
8. Any replacement product may be either new or like-new, provided that it has functionality at least equal to that of the  
product being replaced.  
9. HP products may contain remanufactured parts, components, or materials equivalent to new in performance.  
10. HP's Limited Warranty Statement is valid in any country where the covered HP product is distributed by HP. Contracts  
for additional warranty services, such as on-site service, may be available from any authorized HP service facility in  
countries where the product is distributed by HP or by an authorized importer.  
B. Limitations of warranty  
TO THE EXTENT ALLOWED BY LOCAL LAW, NEITHER HP NOR ITS THIRD PARTY SUPPLIERS MAKES ANY  
OTHER WARRANTY OR CONDITION OF ANY KIND, WHETHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES OR  
CONDITIONS OF MERCHANTABILITY, SATISFACTORY QUALITY, AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  
C. Limitations of liability  
1. To the extent allowed by local law, the remedies provided in this Warranty Statement are the customer's sole and  
exclusive remedies.  
2. TO THE EXTENT ALLOWED BY LOCAL LAW, EXCEPT FOR THE OBLIGATIONS SPECIFICALLY SET FORTH IN  
THIS WARRANTY STATEMENT, IN NO EVENT SHALL HP OR ITS THIRD PARTY SUPPLIERS BE LIABLE FOR  
DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, WHETHER BASED ON  
CONTRACT, TORT, OR ANY OTHER LEGAL THEORY AND WHETHER ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF  
SUCH DAMAGES.  
D. Local law  
1. This Warranty Statement gives the customer specific legal rights. The customer may also have other rights which vary  
from state to state in the United States, from province to province in Canada, and from country to country elsewhere in  
the world.  
2. To the extent that this Warranty Statement is inconsistent with local law, this Warranty Statement shall be deemed  
modified to be consistent with such local law. Under such local law, certain disclaimers and limitations of this Warranty  
Statement may not apply to the customer. For example, some states in the United States, as well as some governments  
outside the United States (including provinces in Canada), may:  
a. Preclude the disclaimers and limitations in this Warranty Statement from limiting the statutory rights of a consumer  
(e.g., the United Kingdom);  
b. Otherwise restrict the ability of a manufacturer to enforce such disclaimers or limitations; or  
c. Grant the customer additional warranty rights, specify the duration of implied warranties which the manufacturer  
cannot disclaim, or allow limitations on the duration of implied warranties.  
3. THE TERMS IN THIS WARRANTY STATEMENT, EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT LAWFULLY PERMITTED, DO NOT  
EXCLUDE, RESTRICT, OR MODIFY, AND ARE IN ADDITION TO, THE MANDATORY STATUTORY RIGHTS  
APPLICABLE TO THE SALE OF THE HP PRODUCTS TO SUCH CUSTOMERS.  
HP Limited Warranty  
Dear Customer,  
You will find below the name and address of the HP entity responsible for the performance of the HP Limited Warranty in your  
country.  
You may have additional statutory rights against the seller based on your purchase agreement. Those rights are not  
in any way affected by this HP Limited Warranty.  
Ireland: Hewlett-Packard Ireland Limited, 63-74 Sir John Rogerson's Quay, Dublin 2  
United Kingdom: Hewlett-Packard Ltd, Cain Road, Bracknell, GB-Berks RG12 1HN  
Malta: Hewlett Packard International Trade BV, Branch 48, Sqaq Nru 2, Triq ix-Xatt, Pieta MSD08, Malta  
South Africa: Hewlett-Packard South Africa Ltd, 12 Autumn Street, Rivonia, Sandton, 2128, Republic of South Africa  
Warranty information  
129  
   
Appendix A  
Ink cartridge warranty information  
The HP cartridge warranty is applicable when the product is used in its designated HP printing device.  
This warranty does not cover HP ink products that have been refilled, remanufactured, refurbished,  
misused, or tampered with.  
During the warranty period the product is covered as long as the HP ink is not depleted and the end  
of warranty date has not been reached. The end of warranty date, in YYYY-MM format, may be found  
on the product as indicated:  
For a copy of the HP Limited Warranty Statement, see the printed documentation that came with the  
product.  
130  
Technical information  
 
Device specifications  
This section contains the following topics:  
Physical specifications  
Product features and capacities  
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Processor and memory specifications  
System requirements  
Network protocol specifications (Some models only)  
Embedded Web server specifications (some models only)  
Media specifications  
Print resolution  
Print specifications  
Copy specifications  
Fax specifications  
Scan specifications  
Operating environment  
Electrical requirements  
Acoustic emission specification  
Physical specifications  
Size (width x depth x height)  
433.5 x 401.5 x 216.7 mm (17.1 x 15.8 x 8.5 inches)  
Device weight (does not include print supplies)  
5.9 kg (13 lb)  
Product features and capacities  
Feature  
Capacity  
Connectivity  
•
•
USB 2.0-compliant high speed device  
Wired (Ethernet) network (some models  
only)  
•
Wireless 802.11b/g (some models only)  
Ink cartridges  
Supply yields  
Black and tri-color ink cartridge  
Visit www.hp.com/pageyield/ for more  
information on estimated ink cartridge yields.  
Device languages  
Duty cycle  
HP PCL 3 GUI  
Up to 3000 pages per month  
Device control panel language support  
Bulgarian, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch,  
English, Finnish, French, German, Greek,  
Hungarian, Italian, Japanese, Korean,  
Norwegian, Polish, Portuguese, Romanian,  
Russian, Simplified Chinese, Slovak,  
Slovenian, Spanish, Swedish, Traditional  
Chinese, Turkish.  
Language availability varies by country/region.  
Processor and memory specifications  
Non-wireless models  
Device specifications  
131  
                     
Appendix A  
Processor: 192 MHz ARM9 core  
Memory: 64 MB DDR2  
Wireless models  
Processor: 180 MHz ARM9 core  
Memory: 32 MB SDRAM  
System requirements  
NOTE: For the most current information about supported operating systems and system  
requirements, visit http://www.hp.com/support/.  
Operating system compatibility  
•
Windows XP Service Pack 1, Windows Vista, Windows 7  
NOTE: For Windows XP SP1 Starter Edition, Windows Vista Starter Edition, and Windows  
7 Starter Edition, only printer drivers, scan drivers, and the Toolbox are available.  
To see system requirements and specifications for Windows 7, see the Readme file. This  
file is available on your computer after you install the HP software.  
•
•
Mac OS X (v10.5, v10.6)  
Linux (For more information, see www.hp.com/go/linuxprinting).  
Minimum requirements  
•
Microsoft Windows XP (32-bit) Service Pack 1: Intel Pentium II or Celeron processor, 512 MB  
RAM, 790 MB free hard disk space, Microsoft Internet Explorer 6.0  
•
Microsoft Windows Vista: 800 MHz 32-bit (x86) or 64-bit (x64) processor, 512 MB RAM, 1.15  
GB free hard disk space, Microsoft Internet Explorer 7.0  
•
•
•
Mac OS X (v10.5.6, v10.6): 256 MB memory, 500 MB free hard disk space  
Quick Time 5.0 or later (Mac OS X)  
Adobe Acrobat Reader 5.0 or later  
Recommended requirements  
•
•
•
Microsoft Windows XP (32-bit) Service Pack 1: Intel Pentium III or higher processor, 512 MB  
RAM, 850 MB free hard disk space, Microsoft Internet Explorer 6.0 or later  
Microsoft Windows Vista: 1 GHz 32-bit (x86) or 64-bit (x64) processor, 1 GB RAM, 1.2 GB free  
hard disk space, Microsoft Internet Explorer 7.0 or later  
Mac OS X (v10.5.6, v10.6): 512 MB memory, 500 MB free hard disk space  
Network protocol specifications (Some models only)  
Network operating system compatibility  
•
Windows XP (32-bit) (Professional and Home Editions), Windows Vista 32-bit and 64-bit  
(Ultimate, Enterprise and Business Edition), Windows 7 (32-bit and 64-bit).  
•
•
Mac OS X (10.5.6, 10.6)  
Microsoft Windows 2000 Server Terminal Services with Citrix Metaframe XP with Feature  
Release 3  
•
•
•
•
•
Microsoft Windows 2000 Server Terminal Services with Citrix Presentation Server 4.0  
Microsoft Windows 2000 Server Terminal Services  
Microsoft Windows 2003 Server Terminal Services  
Microsoft Windows 2003 Server Terminal Services with Citrix Presentation Server 4.0  
Microsoft Windows 2003 Server Terminal Services with Citrix Presentation Server 4.5  
132  
Technical information  
         
•
Microsoft Windows 2003 Server Terminal Services with Citrix Metaframe XP with Feature  
Release 3  
•
•
Microsoft Windows 2003 Small Business Server Terminal Services  
Microsoft Windows Server 2008 Terminal Services  
Compatible network protocols  
TCP/IP  
Network management  
•
•
HP Web Jetadmin plug-ins  
Embedded Web server  
Features  
Ability to remotely configure and manage network devices  
Embedded Web server specifications (some models only)  
Requirements  
•
•
A TCP/IP-based network (IPX/SPX-based networks are not supported)  
A Web browser (either Microsoft Internet Explorer 6.0 or higher, Opera 8.0 or higher, Mozilla  
Firefox 1.0 or higher, or Safari 1.2, or higher)  
•
•
A network connection (you cannot use the embedded Web server connected directly to a  
computer with a USB cable)  
An Internet connection (required for some features)  
NOTE: You can open the embedded Web server without being connected to the Internet.  
However, some features will not be available.  
•
It must be on the same side of a firewall as the device.  
Media specifications  
Use the Understand supported sizes and Understand supported media types and weights tables to  
determine the correct media to use with your device, and determine what features will work with your  
media. See the Set minimum margins section for information about the printing margins used by the  
product, see the Guidelines for two-sided (duplex) printing section for guidelines that should be  
followed when printing on both side of a page.  
Understand supported sizes  
Media size  
Main tray  
Standard media sizes  
U.S. Legal (216 x 356 mm; 8.5 x 14 inches)  
A4 (210 x 297 mm; 8.3 x 11.7 inches)  
U.S. Executive (184 x 267 mm; 7.25 x 10.5 inches)  
B5 (176 x 250 mm; 6.9 x 9.8 inches)  
A5 (148 x 210 mm; 5.8 x 8.3 inches)  
Borderless A4 (210 x 297 mm; 8.3 x 11.7 inches)  
Borderless A5 (148 x 210 mm; 5.8 x 8.3 inches)  
Device specifications  
133  
               
Appendix A  
(continued)  
Media size  
Main tray  
Borderless B5 (176 x 250 mm; 6.9 x 9.8 inches  
Borderless (10 x 15 cm, tab)  
Borderless (4 x 6 inches, tab)  
Borderless HV  
Borderless A6  
Borderless cabinet  
Borderless (13 x 18 cm), same dimension as 5 x 7 inches  
Borderless (8.5 x 11 inches)  
10 x 15 cm (tab)  
4 x 6 inches (tab)  
HV  
Cabinet  
13 x 18 cm (same dimension as 5 x 7 inches)  
Envelopes  
U.S. #10 Envelope (105 x 241 mm; 4.12 x 9.5 inches)  
Monarch Envelope (98 x 191 mm; 3.88 x 7.5 inches)  
Card Envelope (111 x 152 mm; 4.4 x 6 inches)  
A2 Envelope (111 x 146 mm; 4.37 x 5.75 inches)  
DL Envelope (110 x 220 mm; 4.3 x 8.7 inches)  
C6 Envelope (114 x 162 mm; 4.5 x 6.4 inches)  
No. 6 3/4 Envelope (92.2 mm x 165.1 mm; 3.63 x 6.5 inches)  
Envelope C5  
Cards  
Index card (76.2 x 127 mm; 3 x 5 inches)  
Index card (102 x 152 mm; 4 x 6 inches)  
Index card (127 x 203 mm; 5 x 8 inches)  
A6 card (105 x 148.5 mm; 4.13 x 5.83 inches)  
Photo media  
134  
Technical information  
     
(continued)  
Media size  
Main tray  
Photo media (89 x 127 mm; 3.5 x 5 inches)  
Photo media (102 x 152 mm; 4 x 6 inches)  
Photo media (5 x 7 inches)  
Photo media (8 x 10 inches)  
Photo media (10 x 15 cm)  
Borderless photo media (89 x 127 mm; 3.5 x 5 inches)  
Borderless photo media (102 x 152 mm; 4 x 6 inches)  
Borderless photo media (5 x 7 inches)  
Borderless photo media (8 x 10 inches)  
Borderless photo media (8.5 x 11 inches)  
Borderless photo media (10 x 15 cm)  
Other media  
Custom-sized media between between 76.20 to 210.06 mm wide and  
101.60 to 762.00 mm long (3 to 8.5 inches wide and 4 to 30 inches long)  
Understand supported media types and weights  
Tray  
Type  
Weight  
Capacity  
Main tray  
Paper  
60 to 105 g/m2  
Up to 100 sheets of plain  
paper  
(16 to 28 lb bond)  
(25 mm or 1 inch  
stacked)  
Transparencies  
Photo media  
Labels  
Up to 70 sheets  
(17 mm or 0.67 inch  
stacked)  
280 g/m2  
Up to 100 sheets  
(75 lb bond)  
(17 mm or 0.67 inch  
stacked)  
Up to 100 sheets  
(17 mm or 0.67 inch  
stacked)  
Envelopes  
Cards  
75 to 90 g/m2  
Up to 30 sheets  
(20 to 24 lb bond  
envelope)  
(17 mm or 0.67 inch  
stacked)  
Up to 200 g/m2  
(110 lb index)  
Up to 80 cards  
Device specifications  
135  
   
Appendix A  
(continued)  
Tray  
Type  
Weight  
Capacity  
Automatic  
document  
feeder  
Paper  
75 g/m2  
Up to 20 sheets of plain  
paper (5 mm or 0.2  
inches stacked)  
(20 lb index)  
(ADF)*  
Output tray All supported media  
Up to 50 sheets of plain  
paper (text printing)  
* Some models only.  
Set minimum margins  
The document margins must match (or exceed) these margin settings in portrait orientation.  
Media  
(1) Left  
margin  
(2) Right  
margin  
(3) Top  
margin  
(4) Bottom  
margin*  
U.S. Letter  
U.S. Legal  
A4  
3.0 mm  
(0.125  
inches)  
3.0 mm  
(0.125  
inches)  
3.0 mm (0.125 3.0 mm  
inches)  
(0.125  
inches)  
U.S. Executive  
U.S. Statement  
B5  
A5  
Cards  
Custom-sized media  
Photo media  
Envelopes  
3.0 mm  
(0.125  
3.0 mm  
(0.125  
3.0 mm (0.125 14.3 mm  
inches)  
(0.563  
inches)  
inches)  
inches)  
* To achieve this margin setting on a computer running Windows, click the Advanced tab in the print  
driver, and select Minimize Margins.  
136  
Technical information  
     
Guidelines for two-sided (duplex) printing  
•
Always use media that conforms to the device specifications. For more information, see Media  
specifications.  
•
Do not print on both sides of transparencies, envelopes, photo paper, glossy media, or paper  
lighter than 16 lb bond (60 g/m2) or heavier than 28 lb bond (105 g/m2). Jams might occur with  
these media types.  
•
Several kinds of media require a specific orientation when you print on both sides of a page.  
These include letterhead, preprinted paper, and paper with watermarks and prepunched holes.  
When you print from a computer running Windows, the device prints the first side of the media  
first. Load the media with the print side facing down.  
Print resolution  
Black print resolution  
Up to 600 dpi rendered black (when printing from a computer)  
Color print resolution  
Up to 4800 x 1200 optimized dpi color on select HP photo papers with 1200 input dpi. Photo papers  
include the following:  
◦
◦
◦
HP Premium Plus Photo  
HP Premium Photo  
HP Advanced Photo  
Print specifications  
Black print resolution  
Up to 600 dpi rendered black (when printing from a computer)  
Color print resolution  
Up to 4800 x 1200 optimized dpi color on select HP photo papers with 1200 input dpi. Photo papers  
include the following:  
◦
◦
◦
HP Premium Plus Photo  
HP Premium Photo  
HP Advanced Photo  
Copy specifications  
•
•
•
•
•
Digital image processing  
Up to 100 copies from original (varies by model)  
Digital zoom: from 25 to 400% (varies by model)  
Fit to page, pre-scan  
Copy speeds vary according to the complexity of the document  
Refer to the following table to determine which paper type setting to choose based on the paper  
loaded in the main tray.  
Paper type  
Device control panel setting  
Plain Paper  
Plain paper  
HP Bright White Paper  
HP Premium Presentation Paper, Matte  
Other inkjet papers  
Plain Paper  
Premium Inkjet  
Premium Inkjet  
Device specifications  
137  
         
Appendix A  
(continued)  
Paper type  
Device control panel setting  
Photo Paper  
HP Premium Plus Photo Papers  
HP Premium Photo Papers  
HP Advanced Photo Paper  
HP Everyday Photo Paper, Semi-gloss  
HP Everyday Photo Paper, Matte  
Other photo papers  
Photo Paper  
Photo Paper  
Photo Paper  
Premium Inkjet  
Photo Paper  
HP Premium Inkjet Transparency  
HP Iron-on Transfer  
Premium Inkjet  
Premium Inkjet  
Photo Paper  
HP Photo Cards  
Other specialty papers  
Premium Inkjet  
Photo Paper  
Glossy Greeting Card  
Matte Greeting Card  
Premium Inkjet  
Photo Paper  
HP Brochure & Flyer Paper, Glossy  
HP Brochure & Flyer Paper, Matte  
Other Glossy Brochure  
Premium Inkjet  
Photo Paper  
Other Matte Brochure  
Premium Inkjet  
Fax specifications  
•
•
•
Walk-up black-and-white and color fax capability.  
Up to 99 speed dials (varies by model).  
Up to 100-page memory (varies by model, based on ITU-T Test Image #1 at standard  
resolution). More complicated pages or higher resolution takes longer and uses more memory.  
Also, other product functions, such as copying, might affect the number of pages that can be  
stored in memory.  
•
•
•
•
•
•
Manual fax send and receive.  
Automatic busy redial up to five times (varies by model).  
Confirmation and activity reports.  
CCITT/ITU Group 3 fax with Error Correction Mode.  
33.6 Kbps transmission.  
3 seconds per page speed at 33.6 Kbps (based on ITU-T Test Image #1 at standard resolution).  
More complicated pages or higher resolution take longer and use more memory.  
•
Ring detect with automatic fax/answering machine switching.  
Photo (dpi)  
Very Fine (dpi)  
Fine (dpi)  
Standard (dpi)  
Black  
Color  
196 x 203 (8-bit  
grayscale)  
300 x 300  
196 x 203  
196 x 98  
300 x 300  
200 x 200  
200 x 200  
200 x 200  
138  
Technical information  
   
Scan specifications  
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Image editor included  
Integrated OCR software automatically converts scanned text to editable text  
Scan speeds vary according to the complexity of the document  
Twain-compliant interface  
Resolution: 2400 x 4800 ppi optical, up to 19,200 ppi enhanced  
Color: 16-bit per RGB color, 48-bit total  
Maximum scan size from glass: 216 x 297 mm (8.5 x 11.7 inches)  
Operating environment  
Operating environment  
Operating temperature: 5° to 40° C (41° to 104° F)  
Recommended operating conditions: 15° to 32° C (59° to 90° F)  
Recommended relative humidity: 20 to 80% noncondensing  
Storage environment  
Storage temperature: -40° to 60° C (-40° to 140° F)  
Storage relative humidity: Up to 90% noncondensing at a temperature of 65° C (150° F)  
Electrical requirements  
Power supply  
Universal power adapter (external)  
Power requirements  
Input voltage: 100 to 240 VAC (± 10%), 50/60 Hz (± 3Hz)  
Output voltage: 32 Vdc at 625 mA  
Power consumption  
28.4 watts printing (Fast Draft Mode); 32.5 watts copying (Fast Draft Mode)  
Acoustic emission specification  
Print in Draft mode, noise levels per ISO 7779  
Sound pressure (bystander position)  
LpAd 56 (dBA)  
Sound power  
LwAd 7.0 (BA)  
Device specifications  
139  
                   
Appendix A  
Regulatory information  
The device meets product requirements from regulatory agencies in your country/region.  
This section contains the following topics:  
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
FCC statement  
Notice to users in Korea  
VCCI (Class B) compliance statement for users in Japan  
Notice to users in Japan about the power cord  
Noise emission statement for Germany  
LED indicator statement  
Notice to users of the U.S. telephone network: FCC requirements  
Notice to users of the Canadian telephone network  
Notice to users in the European Economic Area  
Notice to users of the German telephone network  
Australia wired fax statement  
Regulatory information for wireless products  
Regulatory model number  
Declaration of conformity  
140  
Technical information  
   
FCC statement  
FCC statement  
The United States Federal Communications Commission (in 47 CFR 15.105) has specified  
that the following notice be brought to the attention of users of this product.  
This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital  
device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reason-  
able protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment  
generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in  
accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications.  
However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation.  
If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can  
be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct  
the interference by one or more of the following measures:  
•
•
•
Reorient the receiving antenna.  
Increase the separation between the equipment and the receiver.  
Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the  
receiver is connected.  
•
Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help.  
For further information, contact:  
Manager of Corporate Product Regulations  
Hewlett-Packard Company  
3000 Hanover Street  
Palo Alto, Ca 94304  
(650) 857-1501  
Modifications (part 15.21)  
The FCC requires the user to be notified that any changes or modifications made to this  
device that are not expressly approved by HP may void the user's authority to operate the  
equipment.  
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following  
two conditions: (1) this device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must  
accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired  
operation.  
Notice to users in Korea  
VCCI (Class B) compliance statement for users in Japan  
䈖䈱ⵝ⟎䈲䇮䉪䊤䉴Bᖱႎᛛⴚⵝ⟎䈪䈜䇯䈖䈱ⵝ⟎䈲䇮ኅᐸⅣႺ䈪૶↪䈜䉎䈖䈫䉕⋡⊛䈫䈚䈩  
䈇䉁䈜䈏䇮䈖䈱ⵝ⟎䈏䊤䉳䉥䉇䊁䊧䊎䉳䊢䊮ฃାᯏ䈮ㄭធ䈚䈩૶↪䈘䉏䉎䈫䇮ฃା㓚ኂ䉕ᒁ䈐  
⿠䈖䈜䈖䈫䈏䈅䉍䉁䈜䇯ขᛒ⺑᣿ᦠ䈮ᓥ䈦䈩ᱜ䈚䈇ข䉍ᛒ䈇䉕䈚䈩ਅ䈘䈇䇯  
VCCI-B  
Regulatory information  
141  
     
Appendix A  
Notice to users in Japan about the power cord  
Noise emission statement for Germany  
Geräuschemission  
LpA < 70 dB am Arbeitsplatz im Normalbetrieb nach DIN 45635 T. 19  
LED indicator statement  
142  
Technical information  
     
Notice to users of the U.S. telephone network: FCC requirements  
Notice to users of the U.S. telephone network: FCC requirements  
This equipment complies with FCC rules, Part 68. On this equipment is a label that  
contains, among other information, the FCC Registration Number and Ringer Equivalent  
Number (REN) for this equipment. If requested, provide this information to your telephone  
company.  
An FCC compliant telephone cord and modular plug is provided with this equipment. This  
equipment is designed to be connected to the telephone network or premises wiring using  
a compatible modular jack which is Part 68 compliant. This equipment connects to the  
telephone network through the following standard network interface jack: USOC  
RJ-11C.  
The REN is useful to determine the quantity of devices you may connect to your telephone  
line and still have all of those devices ring when your number is called. Too many devices  
on one line might result in failure to ring in response to an incoming call. In most, but not  
all, areas the sum of the RENs of all devices should not exceed five (5). To be certain of the  
number of devices you may connect to your line, as determined by the REN, you should call  
your local telephone company to determine the maximum REN for your calling area.  
If this equipment causes harm to the telephone network, your telephone company might  
discontinue your service temporarily. If possible, they will notify you in advance. If advance  
notice is not practical, you will be notified as soon as possible. You will also be advised of  
your right to file a complaint with the FCC. Your telephone company might make changes  
in its facilities, equipment, operations, or procedures that could affect the proper operation  
of your equipment. If they do, you will be given advance notice so you will have the  
opportunity to maintain uninterrupted service. If you experience trouble with this equipment,  
please contact the manufacturer, or look elsewhere in this manual, for warranty or repair  
information. Your telephone company might ask you to disconnect this equipment from the  
network until the problem has been corrected or until you are sure that the equipment is not  
malfunctioning.  
This equipment may not be used on coin service provided by the telephone company.  
Connection to party lines is subject to state tariffs. Contact your state public utility commis-  
sion, public service commission, or corporation commission for more information.  
This equipment includes automatic dialing capability. When programming and/or making  
test calls to emergency numbers:  
•
•
Remain on the line and explain to the dispatcher the reason for the call.  
Perform such activities in the off-peak hours, such as early morning or late evening.  
Note The FCC hearing aid compatibility rules for telephones are not applicable  
to this equipment.  
The Telephone Consumer Protection Act of 1991 makes it unlawful for any person to use a  
computer or other electronic device, including fax machines, to send any message unless  
such message clearly contains in a margin at the top or bottom of each transmitted page  
or on the first page of transmission, the date and time it is sent and an identification of the  
business, other entity, or other individual sending the message and the telephone number  
of the sending machine or such business, other entity, or individual. (The telephone number  
provided might not be a 900 number or any other number for which charges exceed local  
or long-distance transmission charges.) In order to program this information into your fax  
machine, you should complete the steps described in the software.  
Regulatory information  
143  
 
Appendix A  
Notice to users of the Canadian telephone network  
Note à l’attention des utilisateurs du réseau téléphonique  
canadien/Notice to users of the Canadian telephone network  
Cet appareil est conforme aux spécifications techniques des équipements terminaux  
d’Industrie Canada. Le numéro d’enregistrement atteste de la conformité de l’appareil.  
L’abréviation IC qui précède le numéro d’enregistrement indique que l’enregistrement a été  
effectué dans le cadre d’une Déclaration de conformité stipulant que les spécifications  
techniques d’Industrie Canada ont été respectées. Néanmoins, cette abréviation ne signifie  
en aucun cas que l’appareil a été validé par Industrie Canada.  
Pour leur propre sécurité, les utilisateurs doivent s’assurer que les prises électriques reliées  
à la terre de la source d’alimentation, des lignes téléphoniques et du circuit métallique  
d’alimentation en eau sont, le cas échéant, branchées les unes aux autres. Cette précaution  
est particulièrement importante dans les zones rurales.  
Remarque Le numéro REN (Ringer Equivalence Number) attribué à chaque  
appareil terminal fournit une indication sur le nombre maximal de terminaux qui  
peuvent être connectés à une interface téléphonique. La terminaison d’une  
interface peut se composer de n’importe quelle combinaison d’appareils, à  
condition que le total des numéros REN ne dépasse pas 5.  
Basé sur les résultats de tests FCC Partie 68, le numéro REN de ce produit est 0.0B.  
This equipment meets the applicable Industry Canada Terminal Equipment Technical  
Specifications. This is confirmed by the registration number. The abbreviation IC before the  
registration number signifies that registration was performed based on a Declaration of  
Conformity indicating that Industry Canada technical specifications were met. It does not  
imply that Industry Canada approved the equipment.  
Users should ensure for their own protection that the electrical ground connections of the  
power utility, telephone lines and internal metallic water pipe system, if present, are  
connected together. This precaution might be particularly important in rural areas.  
Note The REN (Ringer Equivalence Number) assigned to each terminal device  
provides an indication of the maximum number of terminals allowed to be  
connected to a telephone interface. The termination on an interface might consist  
of any combination of devices subject only to the requirement that the sum of the  
Ringer Equivalence Numbers of all the devices does not exceed 5.  
The REN for this product is 0.0B, based on FCC Part 68 test results.  
144  
Technical information  
 
Notice to users in the European Economic Area  
Notice to users in the European Economic Area  
This product is designed to be connected to the analog Switched Telecommunication  
Networks (PSTN) of the European Economic Area (EEA) countries/regions.  
Network compatibility depends on customer selected settings, which must be reset to use  
the equipment on a telephone network in a country/region other than where the product  
was purchased. Contact the vendor or Hewlett-Packard Company if additional product  
support is necessary.  
This equipment has been certified by the manufacturer in accordance with Directive  
1999/5/EC (annex II) for Pan-European single-terminal connection to the public switched  
telephone network (PSTN). However, due to differences between the individual PSTNs  
provided in different countries, the approval does not, of itself, give an unconditional  
assurance of successful operation on every PSTN network termination point.  
In the event of problems, you should contact your equipment supplier in the first instance.  
This equipment is designed for DTMF tone dialing and loop disconnect dialing. In the  
unlikely event of problems with loop disconnect dialing, it is recommended to use this  
equipment only with the DTMF tone dial setting.  
Notice to users of the German telephone network  
Hinweis für Benutzer des deutschen Telefonnetzwerks  
Dieses HP-Fax ist nur für den Anschluss eines analogen Public Switched Telephone Network  
(PSTN) gedacht. Schließen Sie den TAE N-Telefonstecker, der im Lieferumfang des  
HP All-in-One enthalten ist, an die Wandsteckdose (TAE 6) Code N an. Dieses HP-Fax kann  
als einzelnes Gerät und/oder in Verbindung (mit seriellem Anschluss) mit anderen zugelass-  
enen Endgeräten verwendet werden.  
Australia wired fax statement  
In Australia, the HP device must be connected to Telecommunication Network through a line  
cord which meets the requirements of the Technical Standard AS/ACIF S008.  
Regulatory information for wireless products  
This section contains the following regulatory information pertaining to wireless products:  
•
•
•
•
•
Exposure to radio frequency radiation  
Notice to users in Brazil  
Notice to users in Canada  
Notice to users in Taiwan  
European Union regulatory notice  
Regulatory information  
145  
         
Appendix A  
Exposure to radio frequency radiation  
Exposure to radio frequency radiation  
Caution  
The radiated output power of this device is far below the FCC radio  
frequency exposure limits. Nevertheless, the device shall be used in such a manner  
that the potential for human contact during normal operation is minimized. This  
product and any attached external antenna, if supported, shall be placed in such a  
manner to minimize the potential for human contact during normal operation. In  
order to avoid the possibility of exceeding the FCC radio frequency exposure limits,  
human proximity to the antenna shall not be less than 20 cm (8 inches) during normal  
operation.  
Notice to users in Brazil  
Aviso aos usuários no Brasil  
Este equipamento opera em caráter secundário, isto é, não tem direito à proteção contra  
interferência prejudicial, mesmo de estações do mesmo tipo, e não pode causar interferência  
a sistemas operando em caráter primário. (Res.ANATEL 282/2001).  
Notice to users in Canada  
Notice to users in Canada/Note à l'attention des utilisateurs canadiens  
For Indoor Use. This digital apparatus does not exceed the Class B limits for radio noise  
emissions from the digital apparatus set out in the Radio Interference Regulations of the  
Canadian Department of Communications. The internal wireless radio complies with RSS  
210 and RSS GEN of Industry Canada.  
Utiliser à l'intérieur. Le présent appareil numérique n'émet pas de bruit radioélectrique  
dépassant les limites applicables aux appareils numériques de la classe B prescrites dans  
le Règlement sur le brouillage radioélectrique édicté par le ministère des Communications  
du Canada. Le composant RF interne est conforme a la norme RSS-210 and RSS GEN  
d'Industrie Canada.  
Notice to users in Taiwan  
146  
Technical information  
       
European Union regulatory notice  
European Union Regulatory Notice  
Products bearing the CE marking comply with the following EU Directives:  
·
·
Low Voltage Directive 2006/95/EC  
EMC Directive 2004/108/EC  
CE compliance of this product is valid only if powered with the correct CE-marked AC adapter  
provided by HP.  
If this product has telecommunications functionality, it also complies with the essential  
requirements of the following EU Directive:  
·
R&TTE Directive 1999/5/EC  
Compliance with these directives implies conformity to harmonized European standards  
(European Norms) that are listed in the EU Declaration of Conformity issued by HP for this  
product or product family. This compliance is indicated by the following conformity marking  
placed on the product.  
The wireless telecommunications functionality of this product may be used in the following  
EU and EFTA countries:  
Austria, Belgium, Bulgaria, Cyprus, Czech Republic, Denmark, Estonia, Finland, France,  
Germany, Greece, Hungary, Iceland, Ireland, Italy, Latvia, Liechtenstein, Lithuania,  
Luxembourg, Malta, Netherlands, Norway, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Slovak Republic,  
Slovenia, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland and United Kingdom.  
Products with 2.4-GHz wireless LAN devices  
France  
For 2.4 GHz Wireless LAN operation of this product certain restrictions apply: This product  
may be used indoor for the entire 2400-2483.5 MHz frequency band (channels 1-13). For  
outdoor use, only 2400-2454 MHz frequency band (channels 1-9) may be used. For the latest  
requirements, see http://www.art-telecom.fr.  
Italy  
License required for use. Verify with your dealer or directly with the General Direction for  
Frequency Planning and Management (Direzione Generale Pianificazione e Gestione  
Frequenze).  
Regulatory model number  
For regulatory identification purposes, your product is assigned a Regulatory Model Number. This  
regulatory number should not be confused with the marketing name (HP Officejet 4500 (G510) All-  
in-One series, HP Officejet 4575 (K710) All-in-One series, or HP Officejet Advantage 4500 (K710)  
All-in-One series) or product number.  
Regulatory information  
147  
     
Appendix A  
Declaration of conformity  
DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY  
according to ISO/IEC 17050-1 and EN 17050-1  
Supplier’s Name:  
Hewlett-Packard Company  
DoC#: SNPRC-0902-01-A  
138, Depot Road, #02-01  
Singapore 109683  
Supplier’s Address:  
declares, that the product  
Product Name and Model:  
HP Officejet 4500 series printer  
Regulatory Model Number:1)  
Product Options:  
SNPRC-0902-01  
All  
Power adaptor:  
0957-2269  
conforms to the following Product Specifications and Regulations:  
SAFETY:  
IEC 60950-1:2001 / EN 60950-1:2001 + A11:2004  
EN 62311:2008  
EMC:  
CISPR 22:2005 +A1:2005 / EN55022:2006 +A1:2007 Class B  
EN 55024:1998 +A1:2001 + A2:2003  
EN 61000-3-2:2006  
EN 61000-3-3:1995 +A1: 2001 + A2:2005  
FCC CFR 47, Part 15 Class B / ICES-003, Issue 4 Class B  
Telecom:  
TBR 21: 19983)  
FCC Rules and Regulations 47CFR Part 68  
TIA-968-A-1+A-2+A-3+A-4+A-5 Telecommunications – Telephone Terminal Equipment  
CS-03, Part I, Issue 9, Feb 2005  
Supplementary Information:  
1. This product is assigned a Regulatory Model Number which stays with the regulatory aspects of the design. The  
Regulatory Model Number is the main product identifier in the regulatory documentation and test reports, this number  
should not be confused with the marketing name or the product numbers.  
2. This product complies with the requirements of the Low Voltage Directive 2006/95/EC, the EMC Directive 2004/108/EC  
& the R&TTE Directive 99/5/EC and carries the  
2002/96/EC and RoHS Directive 2002/95/EC.  
mark accordingly. In addition, it complies with the WEEE Directive  
3. This product complies with TBR21:1998, except clause 4.7.1 (DC characteristic), which complies with ES 203 021-3,  
clause 4.7.1.  
4. This Device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two Conditions: (1) This device  
may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference  
that may cause undesired operation.  
5. The product was tested in a typical configuration.  
Yik Hou Meng  
Product Regulations Manager  
Customer Assurance, Business Printing Division  
Singapore  
25 June 2009  
Local contact for regulatory topics only:  
EMEA: Hewlett-Packard GmbH, HQ-TRE, Herrenberger Strasse 140, 71034 Boeblingen, Germanywww.hp.com/go/certificates  
USA : Hewlett-Packard, 3000 Hanover St., Palo Alto 94304, U.S.A. 650-857-1501  
148  
Technical information  
   
DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY  
according to ISO/IEC 17050-1 and EN 17050-1  
Supplier’s Name:  
Hewlett-Packard Company  
DoC#: SDGOB-0833-Rev.7.0  
138, Depot Road, #02-01  
Singapore 109683  
Supplier’s Address:  
declares, that the product  
Product Name and Model:  
Regulatory Model Number:1)  
HP Officejet J4680 and J4624, HP Officejet 4500 Wireless series printer  
SDGOB-0833  
All  
Product Options:  
Radio Module  
RSVLD-0608  
Power adaptor:  
0957-2269  
conforms to the following Product Specifications and Regulations:  
SAFETY:  
IEC 60950-1:2001 / EN 60950-1:2001 + A11:2004  
EN 62311:2008  
EMC:  
CISPR 22:2005 / EN55022:2006 Class B  
EN 55024:1998 +A1:2001 + A2:2003  
EN 61000-3-2:2006  
EN 61000-3-3:1995 +A1: 2001 + A2:2005  
FCC CFR 47, Part 15 Class B / ICES-003, Issue 4 Class B  
EN301 489-1 V1.6.1, EN301 489-17 V1.2.1  
Telecom:  
TBR 21: 19983)  
FCC Rules and Regulations 47CFR Part 68  
TIA-968-A-1+A-2+A-3+A-4+A-5 Telecommunications – Telephone Terminal Equipment  
CS-03, Part I, Issue 9, Feb 2005  
Supplementary Information:  
1. This product is assigned a Regulatory Model Number which stays with the regulatory aspects of the design. The Regulatory  
Model Number is the main product identifier in the regulatory documentation and test reports, this number should not be  
confused with the marketing name or the product numbers.  
2. This product complies with the requirements of the Low Voltage Directive 2006/95/EC, the EMC Directive 2004/108/EC & the  
R&TTE Directive 99/5/EC and carries the  
and RoHS Directive 2002/95/EC.  
marking accordingly. In addition, it complies with the WEEE Directive 2002/96/EC  
3. This product complies with TBR21:1998, except clause 4.7.1 (DC characteristic), which complies with ES 203 021-3, clause  
4.7.1.  
4. This Device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two Conditions: (1) This device may  
not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may  
cause undesired operation.  
5. The product was tested in a typical configuration.  
Yik Hou Meng  
Product Regulations Manager  
Customer Assurance, Business Printing Division  
Singapore  
4 Aug 2009  
Local contact for regulatory topics only:  
EMEA: Hewlett-Packard GmbH, HQ-TRE, Herrenberger Strasse 140, 71034 Boeblingen, Germany www.hp.com/go/certificates  
USA : Hewlett-Packard, 3000 Hanover St., Palo Alto 94304, U.S.A. 650-857-1501  
Regulatory information  
149  
Appendix A  
DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY  
according to ISO/IEC 17050-1 and EN 17050-1  
Supplier’s Name:  
Hewlett-Packard Company  
DoC#: SNPRC-0902-01-D  
138, Depot Road, #02-01  
Singapore 109683  
Supplier’s Address:  
declares, that the product  
Product Name and Model:  
HP Officejet 4500 series printer, HP Officejet Advantage 4500 All-in-One printer, HP  
Officejet 4575 All-in-One printer  
Regulatory Model  
Number:1)  
SNPRC-0902-01  
Product Options:  
Power adaptor:  
All  
0957-2269  
conforms to the following Product Specifications and Regulations:  
SAFETY:  
IEC 60950-1:2001 / EN 60950-1:2001 + A11:2004  
EN 62311:2008  
EMC:  
CISPR 22:2005 +A1:2005 / EN55022:2006 +A1:2007 Class B  
EN 55024:1998 +A1:2001 + A2:2003  
EN 61000-3-2:2006  
EN 61000-3-3:1995 +A1: 2001 + A2:2005  
FCC CFR 47, Part 15 Class B / ICES-003, Issue 4 Class B  
Telecom:  
TBR 21: 19983)  
FCC Rules and Regulations 47CFR Part 68  
TIA-968-A-1+A-2+A-3+A-4+A-5 Telecommunications – Telephone Terminal Equipment  
CS-03, Part I, Issue 9, Feb 2005  
Energy Use:  
Regulation (EC) No. 1275/2008  
Energy Star Qualified Imaging Equipment Operational Mode Test Procedure  
Supplementary Information:  
1. This product is assigned a Regulatory Model Number which stays with the regulatory aspects of the design. The  
Regulatory Model Number is the main product identifier in the regulatory documentation and test reports, this number  
should not be confused with the marketing name or the product numbers.  
2. This product complies with the requirements of the Low Voltage Directive 2006/95/EC, the EMC Directive 2004/108/EC,  
the EuP Directive 2005/32/EC & the R&TTE Directive 99/5/EC and carries the  
complies with the WEEE Directive 2002/96/EC and RoHS Directive 2002/95/EC.  
marking accordingly. In addition, it  
3. This product complies with TBR21:1998, except clause 4.7.1 (DC characteristic), which complies with ES 203 021-3,  
clause 4.7.1.  
4. This Device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two Conditions: (1) This device  
may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference  
that may cause undesired operation.  
5. The product was tested in a typical configuration.  
Yik Hou Meng  
Product Regulations Manager  
Customer Assurance, Business Printing Division  
Singapore  
11 May 2010  
Local contact for regulatory topics only:  
EMEA: Hewlett-Packard GmbH, HQ-TRE, Herrenberger Strasse 140, 71034 Boeblingen, Germanywww.hp.com/go/certificates  
USA : Hewlett-Packard, 3000 Hanover St., Palo Alto 94304, U.S.A. 650-857-1501  
150  
Technical information  
Environmental product stewardship program  
Hewlett-Packard is committed to providing quality products in an environmentally sound manner.  
Design for recycling has been incorporated into this product. The number of materials has been kept  
to a minimum while ensuring proper functionality and reliability. Dissimilar materials have been  
designed to separate easily. Fasteners and other connections are easy to locate, access, and  
remove using common tools. High priority parts have been designed to access quickly for efficient  
disassembly and repair.  
For more information, visit HP’s Commitment to the Environment Web site at:  
www.hp.com/hpinfo/globalcitizenship/environment/index.html  
This section contains the following topics:  
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Paper use  
Plastics  
Material safety data sheets  
Recycling program  
HP inkjet supplies recycling program  
Disposal of waste equipment by users in private households in the European Union  
Power consumption  
Chemical Substances  
RoHS notices (China only)  
Paper use  
This product is suited for the use of recycled paper according to DIN 19309 and EN 12281:2002.  
Plastics  
Plastic parts over 25 grams are marked according to international standards that enhance the ability  
to identify plastics for recycling purposes at the end of product life.  
Material safety data sheets  
Material safety data sheets (MSDS) can be obtained from the HP Web site at:  
www.hp.com/go/msds  
Recycling program  
HP offers an increasing number of product return and recycling programs in many countries/regions,  
and partners with some of the largest electronic recycling centers throughout the world. HP  
conserves resources by reselling some of its most popular products. For more information regarding  
recycling of HP products, please visit:  
www.hp.com/hpinfo/globalcitizenship/environment/recycle/  
HP inkjet supplies recycling program  
HP is committed to protecting the environment. The HP Inkjet Supplies Recycling Program is  
available in many countries/regions, and lets you recycle used print cartridges and ink cartridges  
free of charge. For more information, go to the following Web site:  
www.hp.com/hpinfo/globalcitizenship/environment/recycle/  
Environmental product stewardship program  
151  
               
Appendix A  
Disposal of waste equipment by users in private households in the European Union  
Disposal of Waste Equipment by Users in Private Households in the European Union  
This symbol on the product or on its packaging indicates that this product must not be disposed of with your other household waste. Instead, it is your responsibility to dispose of your waste  
equipment by handing it over to a designated collection point for the recycling of waste electrical and electronic equipment. The separate collection and recycling of your waste equipment  
at the time of disposal will help to conserve natural resources and ensure that it is recycled in a manner that protects human health and the environment. For more information about where  
you can drop off your waste equipment for recycling, please contact your local city office, your household waste disposal service or the shop where you purchased the product.  
Évacuation des équipements usagés par les utilisateurs dans les foyers privés au sein de l'Union européenne  
La présence de ce symbole sur le produit ou sur son emballage indique que vous ne pouvez pas vous débarrasser de ce produit de la même façon que vos déchets courants.  
Au contraire, vous êtes responsable de l'évacuation de vos équipements usagés et, à cet effet, vous êtes tenu de les remettre à un point de collecte agréé pour le recyclage des  
équipements électriques et électroniques usagés. Le tri, l'évacuation et le recyclage séparés de vos équipements usagés permettent de préserver les ressources naturelles et de s'assurer  
que ces équipements sont recyclés dans le respect de la santé humaine et de l'environnement. Pour plus d'informations sur les lieux de collecte des équipements usagés, veuillez contacter  
votre mairie, votre service de traitement des déchets ménagers ou le magasin où vous avez acheté le produit.  
Entsorgung von Elektrogeräten durch Benutzer in privaten Haushalten in der EU  
Dieses Symbol auf dem Produkt oder dessen Verpackung gibt an, dass das Produkt nicht zusammen mit dem Restmüll entsorgt werden darf. Es obliegt daher Ihrer Verantwortung, das  
Gerät an einer entsprechenden Stelle für die Entsorgung oder Wiederverwertung von Elektrogeräten aller Art abzugeben (z.B. ein Wertstoffhof). Die separate Sammlung und das  
Recyceln Ihrer alten Elektrogeräte zum Zeitpunkt ihrer Entsorgung trägt zum Schutz der Umwelt bei und gewährleistet, dass sie auf eine Art und Weise recycelt werden, die keine  
Gefährdung für die Gesundheit des Menschen und der Umwelt darstellt. Weitere Informationen darüber, wo Sie alte Elektrogeräte zum Recyceln abgeben können, erhalten Sie bei  
den örtlichen Behörden, Wertstoffhöfen oder dort, wo Sie das Gerät erworben haben.  
Smaltimento di apparecchiature da rottamare da parte di privati nell'Unione Europea  
Questo simbolo che appare sul prodotto o sulla confezione indica che il prodotto non deve essere smaltito assieme agli altri rifiuti domestici. Gli utenti devono provvedere allo  
smaltimento delle apparecchiature da rottamare portandole al luogo di raccolta indicato per il riciclaggio delle apparecchiature elettriche ed elettroniche. La raccolta e il riciclaggio  
separati delle apparecchiature da rottamare in fase di smaltimento favoriscono la conservazione delle risorse naturali e garantiscono che tali apparecchiature vengano rottamate  
nel rispetto dell'ambiente e della tutela della salute. Per ulteriori informazioni sui punti di raccolta delle apparecchiature da rottamare, contattare il proprio comune di residenza,  
il servizio di smaltimento dei rifiuti locale o il negozio presso il quale è stato acquistato il prodotto.  
Eliminación de residuos de aparatos eléctricos y electrónicos por parte de usuarios domésticos en la Unión Europea  
Este símbolo en el producto o en el embalaje indica que no se puede desechar el producto junto con los residuos domésticos. Por el contrario, si debe eliminar este tipo de residuo, es  
responsabilidad del usuario entregarlo en un punto de recogida designado de reciclado de aparatos electrónicos y eléctricos. El reciclaje y la recogida por separado de estos residuos  
en el momento de la eliminación ayudará a preservar recursos naturales y a garantizar que el reciclaje proteja la salud y el medio ambiente. Si desea información adicional sobre los  
lugares donde puede dejar estos residuos para su reciclado, póngase en contacto con las autoridades locales de su ciudad, con el servicio de gestión de residuos domésticos o con la  
tienda donde adquirió el producto.  
Likvidace vysloužilého zařízení uživateli v domácnosti v zemích EU  
Tato značka na produktu nebo na jeho obalu označuje, že tento produkt nesmí být likvidován prostým vyhozením do běžného domovního odpadu. Odpovídáte za to, že vysloužilé  
zařízení bude předáno k likvidaci do stanovených sběrných míst určených k recyklaci vysloužilých elektrických a elektronických zařízení. Likvidace vysloužilého zařízení samostatným  
sběrem a recyklací napomáhá zachování přírodních zdrojů a zajišťuje, že recyklace proběhne způsobem chránícím lidské zdraví a životní prostředí. Další informace o tom, kam můžete  
vysloužilé zařízení předat k recyklaci, můžete získat od úřadů místní samosprávy, od společnosti provádějící svoz a likvidaci domovního odpadu nebo v obchodě, kde jste produkt  
zakoupili.  
Bortskaffelse af affaldsudstyr for brugere i private husholdninger i EU  
Dette symbol på produktet eller på dets emballage indikerer, at produktet ikke må bortskaffes sammen med andet husholdningsaffald. I stedet er det dit ansvar at bortskaffe affaldsudstyr  
ved at aflevere det på dertil beregnede indsamlingssteder med henblik på genbrug af elektrisk og elektronisk affaldsudstyr. Den separate indsamling og genbrug af dit affaldsudstyr på  
tidspunktet for bortskaffelse er med til at bevare naturlige ressourcer og sikre, at genbrug finder sted på en måde, der beskytter menneskers helbred samt miljøet. Hvis du vil vide mere  
om, hvor du kan aflevere dit affaldsudstyr til genbrug, kan du kontakte kommunen, det lokale renovationsvæsen eller den forretning, hvor du købte produktet.  
Afvoer van afgedankte apparatuur door gebruikers in particuliere huishoudens in de Europese Unie  
Dit symbool op het product of de verpakking geeft aan dat dit product niet mag worden afgevoerd met het huishoudelijk afval. Het is uw verantwoordelijkheid uw afgedankte apparatuur  
af te leveren op een aangewezen inzamelpunt voor de verwerking van afgedankte elektrische en elektronische apparatuur. De gescheiden inzameling en verwerking van uw afgedankte  
apparatuur draagt bij tot het sparen van natuurlijke bronnen en tot het hergebruik van materiaal op een wijze die de volksgezondheid en het milieu beschermt. Voor meer informatie over  
waar u uw afgedankte apparatuur kunt inleveren voor recycling kunt u contact opnemen met het gemeentehuis in uw woonplaats, de reinigingsdienst of de winkel waar u het product  
hebt aangeschaft.  
Eramajapidamistes kasutuselt kõrvaldatavate seadmete käitlemine Euroopa Liidus  
Kui tootel või toote pakendil on see sümbol, ei tohi seda toodet visata olmejäätmete hulka. Teie kohus on viia tarbetuks muutunud seade selleks ettenähtud elektri- ja elektroonikaseadmete  
utiliseerimiskohta. Utiliseeritavate seadmete eraldi kogumine ja käitlemine aitab säästa loodusvarasid ning tagada, et käitlemine toimub inimeste tervisele ja keskkonnale ohutult.  
Lisateavet selle kohta, kuhu saate utiliseeritava seadme käitlemiseks viia, saate küsida kohalikust omavalitsusest, olmejäätmete utiliseerimispunktist või kauplusest, kust te seadme  
ostsite.  
Hävitettävien laitteiden käsittely kotitalouksissa Euroopan unionin alueella  
Tämä tuotteessa tai sen pakkauksessa oleva merkintä osoittaa, että tuotetta ei saa hävittää talousjätteiden mukana. Käyttäjän velvollisuus on huolehtia siitä, että hävitettävä laite  
toimitetaan sähkö- ja elektroniikkalaiteromun keräyspisteeseen. Hävitettävien laitteiden erillinen keräys ja kierrätys säästää luonnonvaroja. Näin toimimalla varmistetaan myös,  
että kierrätys tapahtuu tavalla, joka suojelee ihmisten terveyttä ja ympäristöä. Saat tarvittaessa lisätietoja jätteiden kierrätyspaikoista paikallisilta viranomaisilta, jäteyhtiöiltä tai tuotteen  
jälleenmyyjältä.  
Απόρριψη άχρηστων συσκευών στην Ευρωπαϊκή Ένωση  
Το παρόν σύμβολο στον εξοπλισμό ή στη συσκευασία του υποδεικνύει ότι το προϊόν αυτό δεν πρέπει να πεταχτεί μαζί με άλλα οικιακά απορρίμματα. Αντίθετα, ευθύνη σας είναι να  
απορρίψετε τις άχρηστες συσκευές σε μια καθορισμένη μονάδα συλλογής απορριμμάτων για την ανακύκλωση άχρηστου ηλεκτρικού και ηλεκτρονικού εξοπλισμού. Η χωριστή συλλογή και  
ανακύκλωση των άχρηστων συσκευών θα συμβάλει στη διατήρηση των φυσικών πόρων και στη διασφάλιση ότι θα ανακυκλωθούν με τέτοιον τρόπο, ώστε να προστατεύεται η υγεία των  
ανθρώπων και το περιβάλλον. Για περισσότερες πληροφορίες σχετικά με το πού μπορείτε να απορρίψετε τις άχρηστες συσκευές για ανακύκλωση, επικοινωνήστε με τις κατά τόπους αρμόδιες  
αρχές ή με το κατάστημα από το οποίο αγοράσατε το προϊόν.  
A hulladékanyagok kezelése a magánháztartásokban az Európai Unióban  
Ez a szimbólum, amely a terméken vagy annak csomagolásán van feltüntetve, azt jelzi, hogy a termék nem kezelhető együtt az egyéb háztartási hulladékkal. Az Ön feladata,  
hogy a készülék hulladékanyagait eljuttassa olyan kijelölt gyűjtőhelyre, amely az elektromos hulladékanyagok és az elektronikus berendezések újrahasznosításával foglalkozik.  
A hulladékanyagok elkülönített gyűjtése és újrahasznosítása hozzájárul a természeti erőforrások megőrzéséhez, egyúttal azt is biztosítja, hogy a hulladék újrahasznosítása az  
egészségre és a környezetre nem ártalmas módon történik. Ha tájékoztatást szeretne kapni azokról a helyekről, ahol leadhatja újrahasznosításra a hulladékanyagokat, forduljon  
a helyi önkormányzathoz, a háztartási hulladék begyűjtésével foglalkozó vállalathoz vagy a termék forgalmazójához.  
Lietotāju atbrīvošanās no nederīgām ierīcēm Eiropas Savienības privātajās mājsaimniecībās  
Šis simbols uz ierīces vai tās iepakojuma norāda, ka šo ierīci nedrīkst izmest kopā ar pārējiem mājsaimniecības atkritumiem. Jūs esat atbildīgs par atbrīvošanos no nederīgās ierīces,  
to nododot norādītajā savākšanas vietā, lai tiktu veikta nederīgā elektriskā un elektroniskā aprīkojuma otrreizējā pārstrāde. Speciāla nederīgās ierīces savākšana un otrreizējā pārstrāde  
palīdz taupīt dabas resursus un nodrošina tādu otrreizējo pārstrādi, kas sargā cilvēku veselību un apkārtējo vidi. Lai iegūtu papildu informāciju par to, kur otrreizējai pārstrādei var  
nogādāt nederīgo ierīci, lūdzu, sazinieties ar vietējo pašvaldību, mājsaimniecības atkritumu savākšanas dienestu vai veikalu, kurā iegādājāties šo ierīci.  
Europos Sąjungos vartotojų ir privačių namų ūkių atliekamos įrangos išmetimas  
Šis simbolis ant produkto arba jo pakuotės nurodo, kad produktas negali būti išmestas kartu su kitomis namų ūkio atliekomis. Jūs privalote išmesti savo atliekamą įrangą atiduodami ją  
į atliekamos elektronikos ir elektros įrangos perdirbimo punktus. Jei atliekama įranga bus atskirai surenkama ir perdirbama, bus išsaugomi natūralūs ištekliai ir užtikrinama, kad įranga  
yra perdirbta žmogaus sveikatą ir gamtą tausojančiu būdu. Dėl informacijos apie tai, kur galite išmesti atliekamą perdirbti skirtą įrangą kreipkitės į atitinkamą vietos tarnybą, namų ūkio  
atliekų išvežimo tarnybą arba į parduotuvę, kurioje pirkote produktą.  
Utylizacja zużytego sprzętu przez użytkowników domowych w Unii Europejskiej  
Symbol ten umieszczony na produkcie lub opakowaniu oznacza, że tego produktu nie należy wyrzucać razem z innymi odpadami domowymi. Użytkownik jest odpowiedzialny za  
dostarczenie zużytego sprzętu do wyznaczonego punktu gromadzenia zużytych urządzeń elektrycznych i elektronicznych. Gromadzenie osobno i recykling tego typu odpadów  
przyczynia się do ochrony zasobów naturalnych i jest bezpieczny dla zdrowia i środowiska naturalnego. Dalsze informacje na temat sposobu utylizacji zużytych urządzeń można  
uzyskać u odpowiednich władz lokalnych, w przedsiębiorstwie zajmującym się usuwaniem odpadów lub w miejscu zakupu produktu.  
Descarte de equipamentos por usuários em residências da União Européia  
Este símbolo no produto ou na embalagem indica que o produto não pode ser descartado junto com o lixo doméstico. No entanto, é sua responsabilidade levar os equipamentos  
a serem descartados a um ponto de coleta designado para a reciclagem de equipamentos eletro-eletrônicos. A coleta separada e a reciclagem dos equipamentos no momento do  
descarte ajudam na conservação dos recursos naturais e garantem que os equipamentos serão reciclados de forma a proteger a saúde das pessoas e o meio ambiente. Para obter mais  
informações sobre onde descartar equipamentos para reciclagem, entre em contato com o escritório local de sua cidade, o serviço de limpeza pública de seu bairro ou a loja em que  
adquiriu o produto.  
Postup používateľov v krajinách Európskej únie pri vyhadzovaní zariadenia v domácom používaní do odpadu  
Tento symbol na produkte alebo na jeho obale znamená, že nesmie by vyhodený s iným komunálnym odpadom. Namiesto toho máte povinnos odovzda toto zariadenie na zbernom  
mieste, kde sa zabezpečuje recyklácia elektrických a elektronických zariadení. Separovaný zber a recyklácia zariadenia určeného na odpad pomôže chráni prírodné zdroje a  
zabezpečí taký spôsob recyklácie, ktorý bude chráni ľudské zdravie a životné prostredie. Ďalšie informácie o separovanom zbere a recyklácii získate na miestnom obecnom úrade,  
vo firme zabezpečujúcej zber vášho komunálneho odpadu alebo v predajni, kde ste produkt kúpili.  
Ravnanje z odpadno opremo v gospodinjstvih znotraj Evropske unije  
Ta znak na izdelku ali embalaži izdelka pomeni, da izdelka ne smete odlagati skupaj z drugimi gospodinjskimi odpadki. Odpadno opremo ste dolžni oddati na določenem zbirnem  
mestu za recikliranje odpadne električne in elektronske opreme. Z ločenim zbiranjem in recikliranjem odpadne opreme ob odlaganju boste pomagali ohraniti naravne vire in zagotovili,  
da bo odpadna oprema reciklirana tako, da se varuje zdravje ljudi in okolje. Več informacij o mestih, kjer lahko oddate odpadno opremo za recikliranje, lahko dobite na občini,  
v komunalnem podjetju ali trgovini, kjer ste izdelek kupili.  
Kassering av förbrukningsmaterial, för hem- och privatanvändare i EU  
Produkter eller produktförpackningar med den här symbolen får inte kasseras med vanligt hushållsavfall. I stället har du ansvar för att produkten lämnas till en behörig återvinningsstation  
för hantering av el- och elektronikprodukter. Genom att lämna kasserade produkter till återvinning hjälper du till att bevara våra gemensamma naturresurser. Dessutom skyddas både  
människor och miljön när produkter återvinns på rätt sätt. Kommunala myndigheter, sophanteringsföretag eller butiken där varan köptes kan ge mer information om var du lämnar  
kasserade produkter för återvinning.  
152  
Technical information  
 
Power consumption  
Hewlett-Packard printing and imaging equipment marked with the ENERGY STAR® logo is qualified  
to the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency’s ENERGY STAR specifications for imaging  
equipment. The following mark will appear on ENERGY STAR qualified imaging products:  
ENERGY STAR is a U.S. registered service mark of the U.S. EPA. As an ENERGY STAR partner,  
HP has determined that this product meets ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency.  
Additional ENERGY STAR qualified imaging product model information is listed at:  
www.hp.com/go/energystar  
Chemical Substances  
HP is committed to providing our customers with information about the chemical substances in our  
products as needed to comply with legal requirements such as REACH (Regulation EC No  
1907/2006 of the European Parliament and the Council). A chemical information report for this  
product can be found at: www.hp.com/go/reach  
RoHS notices (China only)  
Toxic and hazardous substance table  
Environmental product stewardship program  
153  
     
Appendix A  
Third-party licenses  
This section contains the following topics:  
•
•
•
HP Officejet 4500 Desktop  
HP Officejet 4500 / HP Officejet 4575 / HP Officejet Advantage 4500  
HP Officejet 4500 Wireless  
154  
Technical information  
 
HP Officejet 4500 Desktop  
Third-party licenses  
AES  
rijndael-alg-fst.c  
@version 3.0 (December 2000)  
Optimised ANSI C code for the Rijndael cipher (now AES)  
@author Vincent Rijmen <[email protected]>  
@author Antoon Bosselaers <[email protected]>  
@author Paulo Barreto <[email protected]>  
This code is hereby placed in the public domain.  
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHORS ''AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS  
OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED  
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR  
PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR  
CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,  
SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT  
NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;  
LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER  
CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT,  
STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)  
ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF  
ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.  
Third-party licenses  
155  
 
Appendix A  
SHA2  
FIPS 180-2 SHA-224/256/384/512 implementation  
Last update: 02/02/2007  
Issue date: 04/30/2005  
Copyright (C) 2005, 2007 Olivier Gay <[email protected]>  
All rights reserved.  
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,  
are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:  
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list  
of conditions and the following disclaimer.  
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this  
list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or  
other materials provided with the distribution.  
3. Neither the name of the project nor the names of its contributors may be used  
to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific  
prior written permission.  
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE PROJECT AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS  
IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT  
LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS  
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE  
PROJECT OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCI-  
DENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES INCLUDING,  
BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;  
LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER  
CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT,  
STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)  
ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF  
ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.  
156  
Technical information  
ZLIB  
zlib.h -- interface of the 'zlib' general purpose compression library version  
1.2.3, July 18th, 2005  
Copyright (C) 1995-2005 Jean-loup Gailly and Mark Adler  
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied warranty. In no  
event will the authors be held liable for any damages arising from the use of this  
software.  
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose, including  
commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it freely, subject to the  
following restrictions:  
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not claim  
that you wrote the original software. If you use this software in a product, an  
acknowledgment in the product documentation would be appreciated but is  
not required.  
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be  
misrepresented as being the original software.  
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.  
Jean-loup Gailly  
[email protected]  
Mark Adler  
[email protected]  
The data format used by the zlib library is described by RFCs (Request for  
Comments) 1950 to 1952 in the files http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc1950.txt (zlib  
format), rfc1951.txt (deflate format) and rfc1952.txt (gzip format).  
Third-party licenses  
157  
Appendix A  
HP Officejet 4500 / HP Officejet 4575 / HP Officejet Advantage 4500  
Third-party licenses  
AES  
rijndael-alg-fst.c  
@version 3.0 (December 2000)  
Optimised ANSI C code for the Rijndael cipher (now AES)  
@author Vincent Rijmen <[email protected]>  
@author Antoon Bosselaers <[email protected]>  
@author Paulo Barreto <[email protected]>  
This code is hereby placed in the public domain.  
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHORS ''AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS  
OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED  
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR  
PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR  
CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,  
SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT  
NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;  
LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER  
CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT,  
STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)  
ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF  
ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.  
158  
Technical information  
 
Expat  
Copyright (c) 1998, 1999, 2000 Thai Open Source Software Center Ltd  
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining  
a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the  
"Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including  
without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,  
distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to  
permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to  
the following conditions:  
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  
in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.  
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,  
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES  
OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONIN-  
FRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLD-  
ERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER  
IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT  
OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER  
DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.  
Third-party licenses  
159  
Appendix A  
OpenSSL  
Copyright (C) 1995-1998 Eric Young ([email protected])  
All rights reserved.  
This package is an SSL implementation written by Eric Young  
([email protected]).  
The implementation was written so as to conform with Netscapes SSL.  
This library is free for commercial and non-commercial use as long as the  
following conditions are aheared to. The following conditions apply to all code  
found in this distribution, be it the RC4, RSA, lhash, DES, etc., code; not just the  
SSL code. The SSL documentation included with this distribution is covered by the  
same copyright terms except that the holder is Tim Hudson ([email protected]).  
Copyright remains Eric Young's, and as such any Copyright notices in  
the code are not to be removed.  
If this package is used in a product, Eric Young should be given attribution  
as the author of the parts of the library used.  
This can be in the form of a textual message at program startup or  
in documentation (online or textual) provided with the package.  
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,  
are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:  
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the copyright notice, this list of  
conditions and the following disclaimer.  
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this  
list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or  
other materials provided with the distribution.  
3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software must  
display the following acknowledgement:  
"This product includes cryptographic software written by Eric Young  
([email protected])"  
The word 'cryptographic' can be left out if the rouines from the library  
being used are not cryptographic related :-).  
4. If you include any Windows specific code (or a derivative thereof) from  
the apps directory (application code) you must include an acknowledgement:  
"This product includes software written by Tim Hudson ([email protected])"  
160  
Technical information  
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ERIC YOUNG ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS  
OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED  
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR  
PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR  
CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,  
SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT  
NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;  
LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER  
CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT,  
STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)  
ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF  
ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.  
The licence and distribution terms for any publically available version or  
derivative of this code cannot be changed. i.e. this code cannot simply be  
copied and put under another distribution licence [including the GNU Public  
Licence.]  
========================================================  
Copyright (c) 1998-2001 The OpenSSL Project. All rights reserved.  
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,  
are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:  
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list  
of conditions and the following disclaimer.  
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this  
list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or  
other materials provided with the distribution.  
3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software must  
display the following acknowledgment:  
"This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project for use in  
the OpenSSL Toolkit. (http://www.openssl.org/)"  
4. The names "OpenSSL Toolkit" and "OpenSSL Project" must not be used to  
endorse or promote products derived from this software without prior written  
permission. For written permission, please contact [email protected].  
5. Products derived from this software may not be called "OpenSSL" nor may  
"OpenSSL" appear in their names without prior written permission of the  
OpenSSL Project.  
6. Redistributions of any form whatsoever must retain the following  
acknowledgment:  
"This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project for use in  
the OpenSSL Toolkit (http://www.openssl.org/)"  
Third-party licenses  
161  
Appendix A  
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE OpenSSL PROJECT ``AS IS'' AND ANY  
EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,  
THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A  
PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE OpenSSL  
PROJECT OR ITS CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,  
INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES  
(INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS  
OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS  
INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY,  
WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLI-  
GENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS  
SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.  
========================================================  
This product includes cryptographic software written by Eric Young  
([email protected]). This product includes software written by Tim Hudson  
([email protected]).  
========================================================  
Copyright (c) 1998-2006 The OpenSSL Project. All rights reserved.  
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,  
are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:  
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list  
of conditions and the following disclaimer.  
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this  
list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or  
other materials provided with the distribution.  
3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software must  
display the following acknowledgment:  
"This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project for use in  
the OpenSSL Toolkit. (http://www.openssl.org/)"  
4. The names "OpenSSL Toolkit" and "OpenSSL Project" must not be used to  
endorse or promote products derived from this software without prior written  
permission. For written permission, please contact [email protected].  
5. Products derived from this software may not be called "OpenSSL" nor may  
"OpenSSL" appear in their names without prior written permission of the  
OpenSSL Project.  
6. Redistributions of any form whatsoever must retain the following  
acknowledgment:  
"This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project for use in  
the OpenSSL Toolkit (http://www.openssl.org/)"  
162  
Technical information  
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE OpenSSL PROJECT ``AS IS'' AND ANY  
EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,  
THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A  
PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE OpenSSL  
PROJECT OR ITS CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,  
INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES  
(INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS  
OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS  
INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY,  
WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLI-  
GENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS  
SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.  
========================================================  
This product includes cryptographic software written by Eric Young  
([email protected]). This product includes software written by Tim Hudson  
([email protected]).  
=======================================================  
Copyright 2002 Sun Microsystems, Inc. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.  
ECC cipher suite support in OpenSSL originally developed by  
SUN MICROSYSTEMS, INC., and contributed to the OpenSSL project.  
SHA2  
FIPS 180-2 SHA-224/256/384/512 implementation  
Last update: 02/02/2007  
Issue date: 04/30/2005  
Copyright (C) 2005, 2007 Olivier Gay <[email protected]>  
All rights reserved.  
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,  
are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:  
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list  
of conditions and the following disclaimer.  
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this  
list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or  
other materials provided with the distribution.  
3. Neither the name of the project nor the names of its contributors may be used  
to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific  
prior written permission.  
Third-party licenses  
163  
Appendix A  
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE PROJECT AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS  
IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT  
LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS  
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE  
PROJECT OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,  
INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES  
(INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS  
OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS  
INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY,  
WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLI-  
GENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS  
SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.  
========================================================  
ZLIB  
zlib.h -- interface of the 'zlib' general purpose compression library  
version 1.2.3, July 18th, 2005  
Copyright (C) 1995-2005 Jean-loup Gailly and Mark Adler  
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied warranty. In no  
event will the authors be held liable for any damages arising from the use of this  
software.  
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose, including  
commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it freely, subject to the  
following restrictions:  
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not claim that  
you wrote the original software. If you use this software in a product, an  
acknowledgment in the product documentation would be appreciated but is  
not required.  
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be  
misrepresented as being the original software.  
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.  
Jean-loup Gailly  
[email protected]  
Mark Adler  
[email protected]  
The data format used by the zlib library is described by RFCs (Request for  
Comments) 1950 to 1952 in the files http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc1950.txt  
(zlib format), rfc1951.txt (deflate format) and rfc1952.txt (gzip format).  
164  
Technical information  
HP Officejet 4500 Wireless  
Third-party licenses  
AES  
rijndael-alg-fst.c  
@version 3.0 (December 2000)  
Optimised ANSI C code for the Rijndael cipher (now AES)  
@author Vincent Rijmen <[email protected]>  
@author Antoon Bosselaers <[email protected]>  
@author Paulo Barreto <[email protected]>  
This code is hereby placed in the public domain.  
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHORS ''AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS  
OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED  
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR  
PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR  
CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,  
SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT  
NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;  
LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER  
CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT,  
STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)  
ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF  
ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.  
Third-party licenses  
165  
 
Appendix A  
Expat  
Copyright (c) 1998, 1999, 2000 Thai Open Source Software Center Ltd  
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of  
this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the  
Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy,  
modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the  
Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,  
subject to the following conditions:  
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all  
copies or substantial portions of the Software.  
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,  
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES  
OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONIN-  
FRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLD-  
ERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER  
IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT  
OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER  
DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.  
166  
Technical information  
OpenSSL  
Copyright (C) 1995-1998 Eric Young ([email protected])  
All rights reserved.  
This package is an SSL implementation written by Eric Young  
([email protected]). The implementation was written so as to conform with  
Netscapes SSL.  
This library is free for commercial and non-commercial use as long as the  
following conditions are aheared to. The following conditions apply to all code  
found in this distribution, be it the RC4, RSA, lhash, DES, etc., code; not just the  
SSL code. The SSL documentation included with this distribution is covered by  
the same copyright terms except that the holder is Tim Hudson  
([email protected]).  
Copyright remains Eric Young's, and as such any Copyright notices in the code  
are not to be removed. If this package is used in a product, Eric Young should  
be given attribution as the author of the parts of the library used. This can be in  
the form of a textual message at program startup or in documentation (online or  
textual) provided with the package.  
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,  
are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:  
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the copyright notice, this list of  
conditions and the following disclaimer.  
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this  
list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or  
other materials provided with the distribution.  
3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software must  
display the following acknowledgement:  
"This product includes cryptographic software written by Eric Young  
([email protected])"  
The word 'cryptographic' can be left out if the rouines from the library being  
used are not cryptographic related :-).  
4. If you include any Windows specific code (or a derivative thereof) from the  
apps directory (application code) you must include an acknowledgement:  
"This product includes software written by Tim Hudson ([email protected])"  
Third-party licenses  
167  
Appendix A  
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ERIC YOUNG ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS  
OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED  
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR  
PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR  
CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,  
SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT  
NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;  
LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER  
CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT,  
STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)  
ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF  
ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE  
The licence and distribution terms for any publically available version or  
derivative of this code cannot be changed. i.e. this code cannot simply be  
copied and put under another distribution licence [including the GNU Public  
Licence.]  
========================================================  
Copyright (c) 1998-2001 The OpenSSL Project. All rights reserved.  
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,  
are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:  
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list  
of conditions and the following disclaimer.  
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this  
list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or  
other materials provided with the distribution.  
3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software must  
display the following acknowledgment:  
"This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project for use in  
the OpenSSL Toolkit. (http://www.openssl.org/)"  
4. The names "OpenSSL Toolkit" and "OpenSSL Project" must not be used to  
endorse or promote products derived from this software without prior written  
permission. For written permission, please contact [email protected].  
5. Products derived from this software may not be called "OpenSSL" nor may  
"OpenSSL" appear in their names without prior written permission of the  
OpenSSL Project.  
6. Redistributions of any form whatsoever must retain the following  
acknowledgment:  
"This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project for use in  
the OpenSSL Toolkit (http://www.openssl.org/)"  
168  
Technical information  
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE OpenSSL PROJECT ``AS IS'' AND ANY  
EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,  
THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A  
PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE OpenSSL  
PROJECT OR ITS CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,  
INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES  
(INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS  
OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS  
INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY,  
WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLI-  
GENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS  
SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.  
========================================================  
This product includes cryptographic software written by Eric Young  
([email protected]). This product includes software written by Tim Hudson  
([email protected]).  
========================================================  
Copyright (c) 1998-2006 The OpenSSL Project. All rights reserved.  
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,  
are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:  
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list  
of conditions and the following disclaimer.  
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this  
list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or  
other materials provided with the distribution.  
3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software must  
display the following acknowledgment:  
"This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project for use in  
the OpenSSL Toolkit. (http://www.openssl.org/)"  
4. The names "OpenSSL Toolkit" and "OpenSSL Project" must not be used to  
endorse or promote products derived from this software without prior written  
permission. For written permission, please contact [email protected].  
5. Products derived from this software may not be called "OpenSSL" nor may  
"OpenSSL" appear in their names without prior written permission of the  
OpenSSL Project.  
6. Redistributions of any form whatsoever must retain the following  
acknowledgment:  
"This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project for use in  
the OpenSSL Toolkit (http://www.openssl.org/)"  
Third-party licenses  
169  
Appendix A  
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE OpenSSL PROJECT ``AS IS'' AND ANY  
EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,  
THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A  
PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE OpenSSL  
PROJECT OR ITS CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,  
INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES  
(INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS  
OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS  
INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY,  
WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLI-  
GENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS  
SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.  
========================================================  
This product includes cryptographic software written by Eric Young  
([email protected]). This product includes software written by Tim Hudson  
([email protected]).  
========================================================  
Copyright 2002 Sun Microsystems, Inc. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.  
ECC cipher suite support in OpenSSL originally developed by SUN  
MICROSYSTEMS, INC., and contributed to the OpenSSL project.  
SHA2  
FIPS 180-2 SHA-224/256/384/512 implementation  
Last update: 02/02/2007  
Issue date: 04/30/2005  
Copyright (C) 2005, 2007 Olivier Gay <[email protected]>  
All rights reserved.  
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,  
are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:  
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list  
of conditions and the following disclaimer.  
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this  
list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or  
other materials provided with the distribution.  
3. Neither the name of the project nor the names of its contributors may be used  
to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific  
prior written permission.  
170  
Technical information  
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE PROJECT AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS  
IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT  
LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS  
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE  
PROJECT OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCI-  
DENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES  
(INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS  
OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS  
INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY,  
WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLI-  
GENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS  
SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.  
========================================================  
ZLIB  
zlib.h -- interface of the 'zlib' general purpose compression library version  
1.2.3, July 18th, 2005  
Copyright (C) 1995-2005 Jean-loup Gailly and Mark Adler  
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied warranty. In no  
event will the authors be held liable for any damages arising from the use of this  
software.  
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose, including  
commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it freely, subject to the  
following restrictions:  
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not claim  
that you wrote the original software. If you use this software in a product, an  
acknowledgment in the product documentation would be appreciated but is  
not required.  
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be  
misrepresented as being the original software.  
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.  
Jean-loup Gailly  
[email protected]  
Mark Adler  
[email protected]  
The data format used by the zlib library is described by RFCs (Request for  
Comments) 1950 to 1952 in the files http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc1950.txt (zlib  
format), rfc1951.txt (deflate format) and rfc1952.txt (gzip format).  
Third-party licenses  
171  
B HP supplies and accessories  
This section provides information on HP supplies and accessories for the device. The information is  
subject to changes, visit the HP Web site (www.hpshopping.com) for the latest updates. You may  
also make purchases through the Web site.  
This section contains the following topics:  
•
•
Order printing supplies online  
Supplies  
Order printing supplies online  
For a list of HP cartridge numbers that work with your printer, see Supported ink cartridges. Cartridge  
information and links to online shopping also appear on ink alert messages.  
You can order printing supplies online using the following tools:  
NOTE: For more information about opening and using these HP software tools, see Device  
management tools  
•
HP Solution Center (Windows): From HP Solution Center, click the Shopping icon, and then  
select Shop Online to order supplies or Print My Shopping List to create a printable shopping  
list. HP Solution Center uploads, with your permission, printer information, including model  
number, serial number, and estimated ink levels. The HP supplies that work in your printer are  
pre-selected. You can change quantities, add or remove items, and then print the list or purchase  
online at the HP Store or other online retailers (options differ by country/region).  
•
•
•
HP Toolbox (Windows): On the Estimated Ink Level tab, click Shop Online.  
HP Utility (Mac OS X): On the toolbar, click the Supplies icon.  
HP SureSupply Web site: In a standard Web browser, go to www.hp.com/buy/supplies. If  
prompted, choose your country/region, follow the prompts to select your product, and then the  
supplies you need.  
•
Embedded Web server (EWS): From the EWS, click Order Supplies. Click Send to send  
printer information (such as model number, serial number, and estimated ink levels) to HP, and  
you will be re-directed to the HP SureSupply Web site.  
NOTE: Ordering cartridges online is not supported in all countries/regions. However, many  
countries have information on ordering by telephone, locating a local store and printing a  
shopping list. In addition, you can select the How to Buy option at the top of the www.hp.com/  
buy/supplies page to obtain information about purchasing HP products in your country.  
Supplies  
This section contains the following topics:  
•
•
Supported ink cartridges  
HP media  
Supported ink cartridges  
You can check the following places to find which cartridges are supported by the device:  
•
•
The ink supplies label (located inside the printer, near the ink cartridges).  
The HP SureSuppply Web site (www.hp.com/buy/supplies). For more information, see Order  
printing supplies online.  
•
The label of the ink cartridge you are replacing.  
172  
HP supplies and accessories  
             
•
The HP software on your computer:  
NOTE: For more information about opening and using these HP software tools, see Device  
management tools  
◦
◦
Solution Center (Windows): Click Status, and then click Estimated Ink Levels. The My  
Cartridges tab lists the currently installed cartridges. The All Cartridges tab lists all  
supported cartridges for the device.  
Toolbox (Windows): Click the Estimated Ink Levels tab, and then click the Cartridge  
Details button to view information about replacement ink cartridges.  
◦
◦
HP Utility (Mac OS X):: Click the Supplies Info icon in the Information and Support pane.  
Embedded Web server: Click the Information tab, and then click Device Information in  
the left pane.  
•
The self-test diagnostic page. For more information, see Understand the Printer Status Report  
and Self-Test Report.  
NOTE: When replacing ink cartridges, make sure to use only replacement cartridges that have  
the same cartridge number as the ink cartridge you are replacing.  
HP media  
To order media such as HP Advanced Photo Paper, go to www.hp.com.  
Supplies  
173  
   
C Additional fax setup  
After completing all the steps in the getting started guide, use the instructions in this section to  
complete your fax setup. Keep your getting started guide for later use.  
In this section, you will learn how to set up the device so that faxing works successfully with  
equipment and services you might already have on the same phone line.  
TIP: You can also use the Fax Setup Wizard (Windows) or HP Setup Assistant (Mac OS X) to  
help you quickly set up some important fax settings such as the answer mode and fax header  
information. You can access these tools through the software you installed with the device. After  
you run these tools, follow the procedures in this section to complete your fax setup.  
This section contains the following topics:  
•
•
•
Set up faxing (parallel phone systems)  
Serial-type fax setup  
Test fax setup  
Set up faxing (parallel phone systems)  
Before you begin setting up the device for faxing, determine which kind of phone system your  
country/region uses. The instructions for fax setup differ depending on whether you have a serial-  
or parallel-type phone system.  
•
If you do not see your country/region listed in the table below, you probably have a serial-type  
phone system. In a serial-type phone system, the connector type on your shared telephone  
equipment (modems, phones, and answering machines) does not allow a physical connection  
to the "2-EXT" port on the device. Instead, all equipment must be connected at the telephone  
wall jack.  
NOTE: In some countries/regions that use serial-type phone systems, the phone cord that  
came with the device might have an additional wall plug attached to it. This enables you to  
connect other telecom devices to the wall jack where you plug in the device.  
You might need to connect the supplied phone cord to the adapter provided for your country/  
region.  
•
If your country/region is listed in the table below, you probably have a parallel-type telephone  
system. In a parallel-type phone system, you are able to connect shared telephone equipment  
to the phone line by using the "2-EXT" port on the back of the device.  
NOTE: If you have a parallel-type phone system, HP recommends you use the 2-wire  
phone cord supplied with the device to connect it to the telephone wall jack.  
Table C-1 Countries/regions with a parallel-type phone system  
Argentina  
Canada  
Colombia  
Indonesia  
Korea  
Australia  
Chile  
Brazil  
China  
India  
Greece  
Ireland  
Japan  
Malaysia  
Poland  
Latin America  
Philippines  
Mexico  
174  
Additional fax setup  
     
Countries/regions with a parallel-type phone system (continued)  
Portugal  
Singapore  
Thailand  
Vietnam  
Russia  
Spain  
USA  
Saudi Arabia  
Taiwan  
Venezuela  
If you are unsure which kind of telephone system you have (serial or parallel), check with your  
telephone company.  
This section contains the following topics:  
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Choose the correct fax setup for your home or office  
Case A: Separate fax line (no voice calls received)  
Case B: Set up the device with DSL  
Case C: Set up the device with a PBX phone system or an ISDN line  
Case D: Fax with a distinctive ring service on the same line  
Case E: Shared voice/fax line  
Case F: Shared voice/fax line with voice mail  
Case G: Fax line shared with computer modem (no voice calls received)  
Case H: Shared voice/fax line with computer modem  
Case I: Shared voice/fax line with answering machine  
Case J: Shared voice/fax line with computer modem and answering machine  
Case K: Shared voice/fax line with computer dial-up modem and voice mail  
Choose the correct fax setup for your home or office  
To fax successfully, you need to know what types of equipment and services (if any) share the same  
phone line with the device. This is important because you might need to connect some of your  
existing office equipment directly to the device, and you might also need to change some fax settings  
before you can fax successfully.  
1. Determine if your telephone system is serial or parallel (see Set up faxing (parallel phone  
systems)).  
a. Serial-type telephone system — See Serial-type fax setup.  
b. Parallel-type telephone system — Go to step 2.  
2. Select the combination of equipment and services sharing your fax line.  
•
•
•
•
•
DSL: A Digital subscriber line (DSL) service through your telephone company. (DSL might  
be called ADSL in your country/region.)  
PBX: A private branch exchange (PBX) phone system or an integrated services digital  
network (ISDN) system.  
Distinctive ring service: A distinctive ring service through your telephone company provides  
multiple telephone numbers with different ring patterns.  
Voice calls: Voice calls are received at the same phone number you use for fax calls on the  
device.  
Computer dial-up modem: A computer dial-up modem is on the same phone line as the  
device. If you answer Yes to any of the following questions, you are using a computer dial-  
up modem:  
◦
◦
◦
Do you send and receive faxes directly to and from your computer software applications  
through a dial-up connection?  
Do you send and receive e-mail messages on your computer through a dial-up  
connection?  
Do you access the Internet from your computer through a dial-up connection?  
Set up faxing (parallel phone systems)  
175  
   
Appendix C  
•
•
Answering machine: An answering machine that answers voice calls at the same phone  
number you use for fax calls on the device.  
Voice mail service: A voice mail subscription through your telephone company at the same  
number you use for fax calls on the device.  
3. From the following table, choose the combination of equipment and services applicable to your  
home or office setting. Then look up the recommended fax setup. Step-by-step instructions are  
included for each case in the sections that follow.  
NOTE: If your home or office setup is not described in this section, set up the device as you  
would a regular analog phone. Make sure you use the phone cord supplied in the box to connect  
one end to your telephone wall jack and the other end to the port labeled 1-LINE on the back of  
the device. If you use another phone cord, you might experience problems sending and receiving  
faxes.  
You might need to connect the supplied phone cord to the adapter provided for your country/  
region.  
Other equipment or services sharing your fax line  
DSL PBX Distinct Voice Computer Answering Voice  
Recommended fax  
setup  
ive ring calls  
service  
dial-up  
modem  
machine  
mail  
service  
Case A: Separate fax  
line (no voice calls  
received)  
Case B: Set up the  
device with DSL  
Case C: Set up the  
device with a PBX  
phone system or an  
ISDN line  
Case D: Fax with a  
distinctive ring  
service on the same  
line  
Case E: Shared  
voice/fax line  
Case F: Shared  
voice/fax line with  
voice mail  
Case G: Fax line  
shared with computer  
modem (no voice  
calls received)  
Case H: Shared  
voice/fax line with  
computer modem  
Case I: Shared voice/  
fax line with  
answering machine  
176  
Additional fax setup  
(continued)  
Other equipment or services sharing your fax line  
Recommended fax  
setup  
DSL  
PBX Distinct Voice Computer Answering Voice  
ive ring calls  
dial-up  
machine  
mail  
service  
modem  
service  
Case J: Shared  
voice/fax line with  
computer modem  
and answering  
machine  
Case K: Shared  
voice/fax line with  
computer dial-up  
modem and voice  
mail  
Case A: Separate fax line (no voice calls received)  
If you have a separate phone line on which you receive no voice calls, and you have no other  
equipment connected on this phone line, set up the device as described in this section.  
Back view of the device  
1
2
Telephone wall jack  
Use the phone cord supplied in the box with the device to connect to the  
1-LINE port  
You might need to connect the supplied phone cord to the adapter  
provided for your country/region.  
To set up the device with a separate fax line  
1. Using the phone cord supplied in the box with the device, connect one end to your telephone  
wall jack, then connect the other end to the port labeled 1-LINE on the back of the device.  
NOTE: You might need to connect the supplied phone cord to the adapter provided for  
your country/region.  
If you do not use the supplied cord to connect from the telephone wall jack to the device,  
you might not be able to fax successfully. This special phone cord is different from the phone  
cords you might already have in your home or office.  
2. Turn on the Auto Answer setting.  
Set up faxing (parallel phone systems)  
177  
   
Appendix C  
3. (Optional) Change the Rings to Answer setting to the lowest setting (two rings).  
4. Run a fax test.  
When the phone rings, the device answers automatically after the number of rings you set in the  
Rings to Answer setting. The device begins emitting fax reception tones to the sending fax machine  
and receives the fax.  
Case B: Set up the device with DSL  
If you have a DSL service through your telephone company, and do not connect any equipment to  
the device, use the instructions in this section to connect a DSL filter between the telephone wall  
jack and the device. The DSL filter removes the digital signal that can interfere with the device, so  
the device can communicate properly with the phone line. (DSL might be called ADSL in your country/  
region.)  
NOTE: If you have a DSL line and you do not connect the DSL filter, you will not be able to  
send and receive faxes with the device.  
Back view of the device  
1
2
3
Telephone wall jack  
DSL (or ADSL) filter and cord supplied by your DSL provider  
Use the phone cord supplied in the box with the device to connect to the  
1-LINE port  
You might need to connect the supplied phone cord to the adapter  
provided for your country/region.  
To set up the device with DSL  
1. Obtain a DSL filter from your DSL provider.  
2. Using the phone cord supplied in the box with the device, connect one end to the open port on  
the DSL filter, and then connect the other end to the port labeled 1-LINE on the back of the  
device.  
NOTE: You might need to connect the supplied phone cord to the adapter provided for  
your country/region.  
If you do not use the supplied cord to connect from the DSL filter to the device, you might  
not be able to fax successfully. This special phone cord is different from the phone cords  
you might already have in your home or office.  
As only one phone cord is supplied, you might need to obtain additional phone cords for this  
setup.  
178  
Additional fax setup  
   
3. Connect an additional phone cord from the DSL filter to the telephone wall jack.  
4. Run a fax test.  
If you encounter problems setting up the device with optional equipment, contact your local service  
provider or vendor for further assistance.  
Case C: Set up the device with a PBX phone system or an ISDN line  
If you are using either a PBX phone system or an ISDN converter/terminal adapter, make sure you  
do the following:  
•
If you are using either a PBX or an ISDN converter/terminal adaptor, connect the device to the  
port that is designated for fax and phone use. Also, make sure that the terminal adapter is set  
to the correct switch type for your country/region, if possible.  
NOTE: Some ISDN systems allow you to configure the ports for specific phone equipment.  
For example, you might have assigned one port for telephone and Group 3 fax and another  
port for multiple purposes. If you have problems when connected to the fax/phone port of  
your ISDN converter, try using the port designated for multiple purposes; it might be labeled  
"multi-combi" or something similar.  
•
If you are using a PBX phone system, set the call waiting tone to "off."  
NOTE: Many digital PBX systems include a call-waiting tone that is set to "on" by default.  
The call waiting tone will interfere with any fax transmission, and you will not be able to send  
or receive faxes with the device. Refer to the documentation that came with your PBX phone  
system for instructions on how to turn off the call-waiting tone.  
•
•
If you are using a PBX phone system, dial the number for an outside line before dialing the fax  
number.  
Make sure you use the supplied cord to connect from the telephone wall jack to the device. If  
you do not, you might not be able to fax successfully. This special phone cord is different from  
the phone cords you might already have in your home or office. If the supplied phone cord is  
too short, you can purchase a coupler from your local electronics store and extend it.  
You might need to connect the supplied phone cord to the adapter provided for your country/  
region.  
If you encounter problems setting up the device with optional equipment, contact your local service  
provider or vendor for further assistance.  
Case D: Fax with a distinctive ring service on the same line  
If you subscribe to a distinctive ring service (through your telephone company) that allows you to  
have multiple phone numbers on one phone line, each with a different ring pattern, set up the device  
as described in this section.  
Back view of the device  
Set up faxing (parallel phone systems)  
179  
       
Appendix C  
1
2
Telephone wall jack  
Use the phone cord supplied in the box with the device to connect to the  
1-LINE port  
You might need to connect the supplied phone cord to the adapter  
provided for your country/region.  
To set up the device with a distinctive ring service  
1. Using the phone cord supplied in the box with the device, connect one end to your telephone  
wall jack, then connect the other end to the port labeled 1-LINE on the back of the device.  
NOTE: You might need to connect the supplied phone cord to the adapter provided for  
your country/region.  
If you do not use the supplied cord to connect from the telephone wall jack to the device,  
you might not be able to fax successfully. This special phone cord is different from the phone  
cords you might already have in your home or office.  
2. Turn on the Auto Answer setting.  
3. Change the Distinctive Ring setting to match the pattern that the telephone company assigned  
to your fax number.  
NOTE: By default, the device is set to answer all ring patterns. If you do not set the  
Distinctive Ring to match the ring pattern assigned to your fax number, the device might  
answer both voice calls and fax calls or it might not answer at all.  
4. (Optional) Change the Rings to Answer setting to the lowest setting (two rings).  
5. Run a fax test.  
The device automatically answers incoming calls that have the ring pattern you selected (Distinctive  
Ring setting) after the number of rings you selected (Rings to Answer setting). The device begins  
emitting fax reception tones to the sending fax machine and receives the fax.  
If you encounter problems setting up the device with optional equipment, contact your local service  
provider or vendor for further assistance.  
Case E: Shared voice/fax line  
If you receive both voice calls and fax calls at the same phone number, and you have no other office  
equipment (or voice mail) on this phone line, set up the device as described in this section.  
Back view of the device  
180  
Additional fax setup  
   
1
2
Telephone wall jack  
Use the phone cord supplied in the box with the device to connect to the  
1-LINE port  
You might need to connect the supplied phone cord to the adapter  
provided for your country/region.  
3
Telephone (optional)  
To set up the device with a shared voice/fax line  
1. Using the phone cord supplied in the box with the device, connect one end to your telephone  
wall jack, then connect the other end to the port labeled 1-LINE on the back of the device.  
NOTE: You might need to connect the supplied phone cord to the adapter provided for  
your country/region.  
If you do not use the supplied cord to connect from the telephone wall jack to the device,  
you might not be able to fax successfully. This special phone cord is different from the phone  
cords you might already have in your home or office.  
2. Do one of the following:  
•
If you have a parallel-type phone system, remove the white plug from the port labeled 2-  
EXT on the back of the device, and then connect a phone to this port.  
•
If you have a serial-type phone system, you might plug your phone directly on top of the  
device cable which has a wall plug attached to it.  
3. Now you need to decide how you want the device to answer calls, automatically or manually:  
•
If you set up the device to answer calls automatically, it answers all incoming calls and  
receives faxes. The device will not be able to distinguish between fax and voice calls in this  
case; if you suspect the call is a voice call, you will need to answer it before the device  
answers the call. To set up the device to answer calls automatically, turn on the Auto  
Answer setting.  
•
If you set up the device to answer faxes manually, you must be available to respond in  
person to incoming fax calls or the device cannot receive faxes. To set up the device to  
answer calls manually, turn off the Auto Answer setting.  
4. Run a fax test.  
If you pick up the phone before the device answers the call and hear fax tones from a sending fax  
machine, you will need to answer the fax call manually.  
If you encounter problems setting up the device with optional equipment, contact your local service  
provider or vendor for further assistance.  
Case F: Shared voice/fax line with voice mail  
If you receive both voice calls and fax calls at the same phone number, and you also subscribe to  
a voice mail service through your telephone company, set up the device as described in this section.  
NOTE: You cannot receive faxes automatically if you have a voice mail service at the same  
phone number you use for fax calls. You must receive faxes manually; this means you must be  
available to respond in person to incoming fax calls. If you want to receive faxes automatically  
instead, contact your telephone company to subscribe to a distinctive ring service, or to obtain  
a separate phone line for faxing.  
Set up faxing (parallel phone systems)  
181  
   
Appendix C  
Back view of the device  
1
2
Telephone wall jack  
Use the phone cord supplied in the box with the device to connect to the  
"1-LINE" port  
You might need to connect the supplied phone cord to the adapter  
provided for your country/region.  
To set up the device with voice mail  
1. Using the phone cord supplied in the box with the device, connect one end to your telephone  
wall jack, then connect the other end to the port labeled 1-LINE on the back of the device.  
You might need to connect the supplied phone cord to the adapter provided for your country/  
region.  
NOTE: You might need to connect the supplied phone cord to the adapter provided for  
your country/region.  
If you do not use the supplied cord to connect from the telephone wall jack to the device,  
you might not be able to fax successfully. This special phone cord is different from the phone  
cords you might already have in your home or office.  
2. Turn off the Auto Answer setting.  
3. Run a fax test.  
You must be available to respond in person to incoming fax calls, or the device cannot receive faxes.  
You must initiate the manual fax before voicemail picks up the line.  
If you encounter problems setting up the device with optional equipment, contact your local service  
provider or vendor for further assistance.  
Case G: Fax line shared with computer modem (no voice calls received)  
If you have a fax line on which you receive no voice calls, and you also have a computer modem  
connected on this line, set up the device as described in this section.  
NOTE: If you have a computer dial-up modem, your computer dial-up modem shares the phone  
line with the device. You will not be able to use both your modem and the device simultaneously.  
For example, you cannot use the device for faxing while you are using your computer dial-up  
modem to send an e-mail or access the Internet.  
•
•
Set up the device with a computer dial-up modem  
Set up the device with a computer DSL/ADSL modem  
182  
Additional fax setup  
   
Set up the device with a computer dial-up modem  
If you are using the same phone line for sending faxes and for a computer dial-up modem, follow  
these directions for setting up the device.  
Back view of the device  
1
2
Telephone wall jack  
Use the phone cord supplied in the box with the device to connect to the  
"1-LINE" port  
You might need to connect the supplied phone cord to the adapter  
provided for your country/region.  
3
Computer with modem  
To set up the device with a computer dial-up modem  
1. Remove the white plug from the port labeled 2-EXT on the back of the device.  
2. Find the phone cord that connects from the back of your computer (your computer dial-up  
modem) to a telephone wall jack. Disconnect the cord from the telephone wall jack and plug it  
into the port labeled 2-EXT on the back of the device.  
3. Using the phone cord supplied in the box with the device, connect one end to your telephone  
wall jack, then connect the other end to the port labeled 1-LINE on the back of the device.  
NOTE: You might need to connect the supplied phone cord to the adapter provided for  
your country/region.  
If you do not use the supplied cord to connect from the telephone wall jack to the device,  
you might not be able to fax successfully. This special phone cord is different from the phone  
cords you might already have in your home or office.  
4. If your modem software is set to receive faxes to your computer automatically, turn off that  
setting.  
NOTE: If you do not turn off the automatic fax reception setting in your modem software,  
the device will not be able to receive faxes.  
5. Turn on the Auto Answer setting.  
6. (Optional) Change the Rings to Answer setting to the lowest setting (two rings).  
7. Run a fax test.  
When the phone rings, the device automatically answers after the number of rings you set in the  
Rings to Answer setting. The device begins emitting fax reception tones to the sending fax machine  
and receives the fax.  
If you encounter problems setting up the device with optional equipment, contact your local service  
provider or vendor for further assistance.  
Set up faxing (parallel phone systems)  
183  
 
Appendix C  
Set up the device with a computer DSL/ADSL modem  
If you have a DSL line and use that phone line to send faxes, follow these instructions to set up your  
fax.  
1
2
3
Telephone wall jack  
Parallel splitter  
DSL/ADSL filter  
Connect one end of the phone jack that was supplied with the device to  
connect to the 1-LINE port on the back of the device. Connect the other  
end of the cord to the DSL/ADSL filter.  
You might need to connect the supplied phone cord to the adapter  
provided for your country/region.  
4
5
Computer  
Computer DSL/ADSL modem  
NOTE: You will need to purchase a parallel splitter. A parallel splitter has one RJ-11 port on  
the front and two RJ-11 ports on the back. Do not use a 2–line phone splitter, a serial splitter,  
or a parallel splitter which has two RJ-11 ports on the front and a plug on the back.  
To set up the device with a computer DSL/ADSL modem  
1. Obtain a DSL filter from your DSL provider.  
2. Using the phone cord provided in the box with the device, connect one end to the DSL filter, and  
then connect the other end to the port labeled 1-LINE on the back of the device.  
NOTE: You might need to connect the supplied phone cord to the adapter provided for  
your country/region.  
If you do not use the supplied cord to connect from the DSL filter to the back of the device,  
you might not be able to fax successfully. This special phone cord is different from the phone  
cords you might already have in your home or office.  
3. Connect the DSL filter to the parallel splitter.  
184  
Additional fax setup  
 
4. Connect the DSL modem to the parallel splitter.  
5. Connect the parallel splitter to the wall jack.  
6. Run a fax test.  
When the phone rings, the device automatically answers after the number of rings you set in the  
Rings to Answer setting. The device begins emitting fax reception tones to the sending fax machine  
and receives the fax.  
If you encounter problems setting up the device with optional equipment, contact your local service  
provider or vendor for further assistance.  
Case H: Shared voice/fax line with computer modem  
There are two different ways to set up the device with your computer based on the number of phone  
ports on your computer. Before you begin, check your computer to see if it has one or two phone  
ports.  
NOTE: If your computer has only one phone port, you will need to purchase a parallel splitter  
(also called a coupler), as shown below. (A parallel splitter has one RJ-11 port on the front and  
two RJ-11 ports on the back. Do not use a two-line phone splitter, a serial splitter, or a parallel  
splitter which has two RJ-11 ports on the front and a plug on the back.)  
•
•
Shared voice/fax with computer dial-up modem  
Shared voice/fax with computer DSL/ADSL modem  
Shared voice/fax with computer dial-up modem  
If you use your phone line for both fax and telephone calls, use these instructions to set up your fax.  
There are two different ways to set up the device with your computer based on the number of phone  
ports on your computer. Before you begin, check your computer to see if it has one or two phone  
ports.  
NOTE: If your computer has only one phone port, you will need to purchase a parallel splitter  
(also called a coupler), as shown below. (A parallel splitter has one RJ-11 port on the front and  
two RJ-11 ports on the back. Do not use a two-line phone splitter, a serial splitter, or a parallel  
splitter which has two RJ-11 ports on the front and a plug on the back.)  
Example of a parallel splitter  
To set up the product on the same phone line as a computer with two phone ports  
Back view of the product  
Set up faxing (parallel phone systems)  
185  
     
Appendix C  
1
2
Telephone wall jack  
Use the phone cord supplied in the box with the device to connect to the 1-  
LINE port.  
You might need to connect the supplied phone cord to the adapter provided  
for your country/region.  
3
4
Computer with modem  
Telephone  
1. Remove the white plug from the port labeled 2-EXT on the back of the product.  
2. Find the phone cord that connects from the back of your computer (your computer dial-up  
modem) to a telephone wall jack. Disconnect the cord from the telephone wall jack and plug it  
into the port labeled 2-EXT on the back of the product.  
3. Connect a phone to the "OUT" port on the back of your computer dial-up modem.  
4. Using the phone cord supplied in the box with the product, connect one end to your telephone  
wall jack, then connect the other end to the port labeled 1-LINE on the back of the product.  
NOTE: You might need to connect the supplied phone cord to the adapter provided for  
your country/region.  
If you do not use the supplied cord to connect from the telephone wall jack to the device,  
you might not be able to fax successfully. This special phone cord is different from the phone  
cords you might already have in your home or office.  
5. If your modem software is set to receive faxes to your computer automatically, turn off that  
setting.  
NOTE: If you do not turn off the automatic fax reception setting in your modem software,  
the HP product will not be able to receive faxes.  
6. Now you need to decide how you want the product to answer calls, automatically or manually:  
•
If you set up the product to answer calls automatically, it answers all incoming calls and  
receives faxes. The HP All-in-One will not be able to distinguish between fax and voice calls  
in this case; if you suspect the call is a voice call, you will need to answer it before the product  
answers the call. To set up the product to answer calls automatically, turn on the Auto  
Answersetting.  
•
If you set up the product to answer faxes manually, you must be available to respond in  
person to incoming fax calls or the product cannot receive faxes. To set up the product to  
answer calls manually, turn off the Auto Answersetting.  
7. Run a fax test.  
If you pick up the phone before the device answers the call and hear fax tones from a sending fax  
machine, you will need to answer the fax call manually.  
If you use your phone line for voice, fax, and your computer dial-up modem, follow these directions  
to set up your fax.  
If you encounter problems setting up the device with optional equipment, contact your local service  
provider or vendor for further assistance.  
186  
Additional fax setup  
Shared voice/fax with computer DSL/ADSL modem  
Use these instructions if your computer has a DSL/ADSL modem  
1
2
3
4
Telephone wall jack  
Parallel splitter  
DSL/ADSL filter  
Phone cord supplied with the device  
You might need to connect the supplied phone cord to the adapter  
provided for your country/region.  
5
6
7
DSL/ADSL modem  
Computer  
Telephone  
NOTE: You will need to purchase a parallel splitter. A parallel splitter has one RJ-11 port on  
the front and two RJ-11 ports on the back. Do not use a 2–line phone splitter, a serial splitter,  
or a parallel splitter which has two RJ-11 ports on the front and a plug on the back.  
Set up faxing (parallel phone systems)  
187  
 
Appendix C  
To set up the device with a computer DSL/ADSL modem  
1. Obtain a DSL filter from your DSL provider.  
NOTE: Phones in other parts of the home/office sharing the same phone number with DSL  
service will need to be connected to additional DSL filters, otherwise you will experience  
noise when making voice calls.  
2. Using the phone cord supplied in the box with the devices, connect one end to the DSL filter,  
then connect the other end to the port labeled 1-LINE on the back of the device.  
NOTE: You might need to connect the supplied phone cord to the adapter provided for  
your country/region.  
If you do not use the supplied cord to connect from the DSL filter to the device, you might  
not be able to fax successfully. This special phone cord is different from phone cords you  
might already have in your home or office.  
3. If you have a parallel-type phone system, remove the white plug from the port labeled 2-EXT on  
the back of the device, and then connect a phone to this port.  
4. Connect the DSL filter to the parallel splitter.  
5. Connect the DSL modem to the parallel splitter.  
6. Connect the parallel splitter to the wall jack.  
7. Run a fax test.  
When the phone rings, the device automatically answers after the number of rings you set in the  
Rings to Answer setting. The device begins emitting fax reception tones to the sending fax machine  
and receives the fax.  
If you encounter problems setting up the device with optional equipment, contact your local service  
provider or vendor for further assistance.  
Case I: Shared voice/fax line with answering machine  
If you receive both voice calls and fax calls at the same phone number, and you also have an  
answering machine that answers voice calls at this phone number, set up the device as described  
in this section.  
Back view of the device  
1
2
Telephone wall jack  
Use the phone cord provided to connect to the 1-LINE port on the back of  
the device  
You might need to connect the supplied phone cord to the adapter provided  
for your country/region.  
188  
Additional fax setup  
   
(continued)  
3
Answering machine  
Telephone (optional)  
4
To set up the device with a shared voice/fax line with answering machine  
1. Remove the white plug from the port labeled 2-EXT on the back of the device.  
2. Unplug your answering machine from the telephone wall jack, and connect it to the port labeled  
2-EXT on the back of the device.  
NOTE: If you do not connect your answering machine directly to the device, fax tones from  
a sending fax machine might be recorded on your answering machine, and you probably  
will not be able to receive faxes with the device.  
3. Using the phone cord supplied in the box with the device, connect one end to your telephone  
wall jack, then connect the other end to the port labeled 1-LINE on the back of the device.  
NOTE: You might need to connect the supplied phone cord to the adapter provided for  
your country/region.  
If you do not use the supplied cord to connect from the telephone wall jack to the device,  
you might not be able to fax successfully. This special phone cord is different from the phone  
cords you might already have in your home or office.  
4. (Optional) If your answering machine does not have a built-in phone, for convenience you might  
want to connect a phone to the back of your answering machine at the "OUT" port.  
NOTE: If your answering machine does not let you connect an external phone, you can  
purchase and use a parallel splitter (also known as a coupler) to connect both the answering  
machine and telephone to the device. You can use standard phone cords for these  
connections.  
5. Turn on the Auto Answer setting.  
6. Set your answering machine to answer after a low number of rings.  
7. Change the Rings to Answer setting on the device to the maximum number of rings supported  
by your device. (The maximum number of rings varies by country/region.)  
8. Run a fax test.  
When the phone rings, your answering machine answers after the number of rings you have set,  
and then plays your recorded greeting. The device monitors the call during this time, "listening" for  
fax tones. If incoming fax tones are detected, the device emits fax reception tones and receives the  
fax; if there are no fax tones, the device stops monitoring the line and your answering machine can  
record a voice message.  
If you encounter problems setting up the device with optional equipment, contact your local service  
provider or vendor for further assistance.  
Case J: Shared voice/fax line with computer modem and answering machine  
If you receive both voice calls and fax calls at the same phone number, and you also have a computer  
modem and answering machine connected on this phone line, set up the HP device as described  
in this section.  
NOTE: Since your computer dial-up modem shares the phone line with the HP device, you  
cannot use both your modem and the device simultaneously. For example, you cannot use the  
HP device for faxing while you are using your computer dial-up modem to send an e-mail or  
access the Internet.  
•
•
Shared voice/fax line with computer dial-up modem and answering machine  
Shared voice/fax line with computer DSL/ADSL modem and answering machine  
Set up faxing (parallel phone systems)  
189  
   
Appendix C  
Shared voice/fax line with computer dial-up modem and answering machine  
There are two different ways to set up the product with your computer based on the number of phone  
ports on your computer. Before you begin, check your computer to see if it has one or two phone  
ports  
NOTE: If your computer has only one phone port, you will need to purchase a parallel splitter  
(also called a coupler), as shown below. (A parallel splitter has one RJ-11 port on the front and  
two RJ-11 ports on the back. Do not use a two-line phone splitter, a serial splitter, or a parallel  
splitter which has two RJ-11 ports on the front and a plug on the back.)  
Example of a parallel splitter  
To set up the product on the same phone line as a computer with two phone ports  
Back view of the product  
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Telephone wall jack  
"IN" phone port on your computer  
"OUT" phone port on your computer  
Telephone (optional)  
Answering machine  
Computer with modem  
Use the phone cord supplied in the box with the device to connect to the 1-  
LINE port.  
You might need to connect the supplied phone cord to the adapter provided  
for your country/region.  
190  
Additional fax setup  
 
1. Remove the white plug from the port labeled 2-EXT on the back of the product.  
2. Find the phone cord that connects from the back of your computer (your computer dial-up  
modem) to a telephone wall jack. Disconnect the cord from the telephone wall jack and plug it  
into the port labeled 2-EXT on the back of the product.  
3. Unplug your answering machine from the telephone wall jack, and connect it to the port labeled  
"OUT" on the back of the computer (the computer dial-up modem).  
4. Using the phone cord supplied in the box with the product, connect one end to your telephone  
wall jack, then connect the other end to the port labeled 1-LINE on the back of the product.  
NOTE: You might need to connect the supplied phone cord to the adapter provided for  
your country/region.  
If you do not use the supplied cord to connect from the telephone wall jack to the device,  
you might not be able to fax successfully. This special phone cord is different from the phone  
cords you might already have in your home or office.  
5. (Optional) If your answering machine does not have a built-in phone, for convenience you might  
want to connect a phone to the back of your answering machine at the "OUT" port.  
NOTE: If your answering machine does not let you connect an external phone, you can  
purchase and use a parallel splitter (also known as a coupler) to connect both the answering  
machine and telephone to the product. You can use standard phone cords for these  
connections.  
6. If your modem software is set to receive faxes to your computer automatically, turn off that  
setting.  
NOTE: If you do not turn off the automatic fax reception setting in your modem software,  
the HP product will not be able to receive faxes.  
7. Turn on the Auto Answer setting.  
8. Set your answering machine to answer after a low number of rings.  
9. Change the Rings to Answer setting on the product to the maximum number of rings supported  
by the product. (The maximum number of rings varies by country/region.)  
10. Run a fax test.  
When the phone rings, your answering machine will answer after the number of rings you have set,  
and then play your recorded greeting. The product monitors the call during this time, "listening" for  
fax tones. If incoming fax tones are detected, the product will emit fax reception tones and receive  
the fax; if there are no fax tones, the product stops monitoring the line and your answering machine  
can record a voice message.  
If you encounter problems setting up the device with optional equipment, contact your local service  
provider or vendor for further assistance.  
Set up faxing (parallel phone systems)  
191  
Appendix C  
Shared voice/fax line with computer DSL/ADSL modem and answering machine  
1
2
3
4
Telephone wall jack  
Parallel splitter  
DSL/ADSL filter  
Phone cord provided with the device connected to the 1-LINE port on the  
back of the device  
You might need to connect the supplied phone cord to the adapter  
provided for your country/region.  
5
6
7
8
DSL/ADSL modem  
Computer  
Answering machine  
Telephone (optional)  
NOTE: You will need to purchase a parallel splitter. A parallel splitter has one RJ-11 port on  
the front and two RJ-11 ports on the back. Do not use a 2–line phone splitter, a serial splitter,  
or a parallel splitter which has two RJ-11 ports on the front and a plug on the back.  
192  
Additional fax setup  
 
To set up the device with a computer DSL/ADSL modem  
1. Obtain a DSL/ADSL filter from your DSL/ADSL provider.  
NOTE: Phones in other parts of the home/office sharing the same phone number with DSL/  
ADSL service will need to be connected to additional DSL/ADSL filters, otherwise you will  
experience noise when making voice calls.  
2. Using the phone cord supplied in the box with the device, connect one end to the DSL/ADSL  
filter, then connect the other end to the port labeled 1-LINE on the back of the device.  
NOTE: You might need to connect the supplied phone cord to the adapter provided for  
your country/region.  
If you do not use the supplied cord to connect from the DSL/ADSL filter to the device, you  
might not be able to fax successfully. This special phone cord is different from the phone  
cords you might already have in your home or office.  
3. Connect the DSL/ADSL filter to the splitter.  
4. Unplug the answering machine from the telephone wall jack, and connect it to the port labeled  
2-EXT on the back of the device.  
NOTE: If you do not connect your answering machine directly to the device, fax tones from  
a sending fax machine might be recorded on your answering machine, and you probably  
will not be able to receive faxes with the device.  
5. Connect the DSL modem to the parallel splitter.  
6. Connect the parallel splitter to the wall jack.  
7. Set your answering machine to answer after a low number of rings.  
8. Change your Rings to Answer setting on the device to the maximum number of rings supported  
by the device.  
NOTE: The maximum number of rings varies by country/region.  
9. Run a fax test.  
When the phone rings, your answering machine will answer after the number of rings you have set,  
and then play your recorded greeting. The device monitors the call during this time, “listening” for  
fax tones. If incoming fax tones are detected, the device will emit fax reception tones and receive  
the fax; if there are no fax tones, the device stops monitoring the line and your answering machine  
can record a voice message.  
If you use the same phone line for telephone, fax, and have a computer DSL modem, follow these  
instructions to set up your fax.  
If you encounter problems setting up the device with optional equipment, contact your local service  
provider or vendor for further assistance.  
Case K: Shared voice/fax line with computer dial-up modem and voice mail  
If you receive both voice calls and fax calls at the same phone number, use a computer dial-up  
modem on the same phone line, and subscribe to a voice mail service through your telephone  
company, set up the device as described in this section.  
NOTE: You cannot receive faxes automatically if you have a voice mail service at the same  
phone number you use for fax calls. You must receive faxes manually; this means you must be  
available to respond in person to incoming fax calls. If you want to receive faxes automatically  
instead, contact your telephone company to subscribe to a distinctive ring service, or to obtain  
a separate phone line for faxing.  
Set up faxing (parallel phone systems)  
193  
   
Appendix C  
Since your computer dial-up modem shares the phone line with the device, you cannot use both  
your modem and the device simultaneously. For example, you cannot use the device for faxing if  
you are using your computer dial-up modem to send an e-mail or access the Internet.  
There are two different ways to set up the device with your computer based on the number of phone  
ports on your computer. Before you begin, check your computer to see if it has one or two phone  
ports.  
•
If your computer has only one phone port, you will need to purchase a parallel splitter (also called  
a coupler), as shown below. (A parallel splitter has one RJ-11 port on the front and two RJ-11  
ports on the back. Do not use a two-line phone splitter, a serial splitter, or a parallel splitter which  
has two RJ-11 ports on the front and a plug on the back.)  
Example of a parallel splitter  
•
If your computer has two phone ports, set up the device as described below.  
Back view of the device  
1
2
Telephone wall jack  
Use the phone cord supplied in the box with the device to connect to the  
1-LINE port  
You might need to connect the supplied phone cord to the adapter  
provided for your country/region.  
3
4
5
Parallel splitter  
Computer with modem  
Telephone  
To set up the device on the same phone line as a computer with two phone ports  
1. Remove the white plug from the port labeled 2-EXT on the back of the device.  
2. Find the phone cord that connects from the back of your computer (your computer dial-up  
modem) to a telephone wall jack. Disconnect the cord from the telephone wall jack and plug it  
into the port labeled 2-EXT on the back of the device.  
3. Connect a phone to the "OUT" port on the back of your computer dial-up modem.  
194  
Additional fax setup  
4. Using the phone cord supplied in the box with the device, connect one end to your telephone  
wall jack, then connect the other end to the port labeled 1-LINE on the back of the device.  
NOTE: You might need to connect the supplied phone cord to the adapter provided for  
your country/region.  
If you do not use the supplied cord to connect from the telephone wall jack to the device,  
you might not be able to fax successfully. This special phone cord is different from the phone  
cords you might already have in your home or office.  
5. If your modem software is set to receive faxes to your computer automatically, turn off that  
setting.  
NOTE: If you do not turn off the automatic fax reception setting in your modem software,  
the device will not be able to receive faxes.  
6. Turn off the Auto Answer setting.  
7. Run a fax test.  
You must be available to respond in person to incoming fax calls, or the device cannot receive faxes.  
If you encounter problems setting up the device with optional equipment, contact your local service  
provider or vendor for further assistance.  
Serial-type fax setup  
For information on setting up the device for faxing using a serial-type phone system, see the Fax  
Configuration Web site for your country/region.  
Austria  
www.hp.com/at/faxconfig  
www.hp.com/de/faxconfig  
www.hp.com/ch/fr/faxconfig  
www.hp.com/ch/de/faxconfig  
www.hp.com/uk/faxconfig  
www.hp.fi/faxconfig  
Germany  
Switzerland (French)  
Switzerland (German)  
United Kingdom  
Finland  
Denmark  
www.hp.dk/faxconfig  
Sweden  
www.hp.se/faxconfig  
Norway  
www.hp.no/faxconfig  
Netherlands  
Belgium (Dutch)  
Belguim (French)  
Portugal  
www.hp.nl/faxconfig  
www.hp.be/nl/faxconfig  
www.hp.be/fr/faxconfig  
www.hp.pt/faxconfig  
Spain  
www.hp.es/faxconfig  
France  
www.hp.com/fr/faxconfig  
www.hp.com/ie/faxconfig  
www.hp.com/it/faxconfig  
Ireland  
Italy  
Serial-type fax setup  
195  
 
Appendix C  
Test fax setup  
You can test your fax setup to check the status of the device and to make sure it is set up properly  
for faxing. Perform this test after you have completed setting up the device for faxing. The test does  
the following:  
•
•
•
•
•
•
Tests the fax hardware  
Verifies the correct type of phone cord is connected to the device  
Checks that the phone cord is plugged into the correct port  
Checks for a dial tone  
Checks for an active phone line  
Tests the status of your phone line connection  
The device prints a report with the results of the test. If the test fails, review the report for information  
on how to fix the problem and rerun the test.  
To test fax setup via the device control panel  
1. Set up the device for faxing according to your particular home or office setup instructions.  
2. Make sure the ink cartridges are installed, and that full-size paper is loaded in the input tray  
before starting the test.  
3. From the device control panel, press Setup.  
4. Select Tools, and then select Run Fax Test.  
The device displays the status of the test on the display and prints a report.  
5. Review the report.  
•
If the test passes and you are still having problems faxing, check the fax settings listed in  
the report to verify the settings are correct. A blank or incorrect fax setting can cause  
problems faxing.  
•
If the test fails, review the report for more information on how to fix any problems found.  
196  
Additional fax setup  
   
D Network setup (some models  
only)  
You can manage network settings for the device through the device control panel as described in  
the next section. Additional advanced settings are available in the embedded Web server, a  
configuration and status tool you access from your Web browser using an existing network  
connection to the device. For more information, see Embedded Web server (some models only).  
This section contains the following topics:  
•
•
•
•
Change basic network settings  
Change advanced network settings  
Set up the device for wireless communication (some models only)  
Uninstall and reinstall the software  
Change basic network settings  
The control-panel options enable you to set up and manage a wireless connection and to perform  
a variety of network management tasks. This includes viewing the network settings, restoring the  
network defaults, turning the wireless radio on and off, and changing the network settings.  
This section contains the following topics:  
•
•
View and print network settings  
Turn the wireless radio on and off (some models only)  
View and print network settings  
You can display a summary of the network settings on the device control panel or the Network  
Toolbox. You can print a more detailed network configuration page. The network configuration page  
lists all of the important network settings such as the IP address, link speed, DNS, and mDNS. For  
information on the network settings, see Understand the network configuration page (some models  
only).  
1. Press the Setup button.  
2. Press the arrow keys until Print Report is highlighted, and then press OK.  
3. Press the arrow keys unitl Network Settings is highlighted, and then press OK.  
Turn the wireless radio on and off (some models only)  
The wireless radio is on by default, as indicated by the blue light on the front of the device. In order  
to stay connected to a wireless network, the radio must stay on. However, if your device is connected  
to a wired network or you have a USB connection, the radio is not used. In this case you might want  
to turn the radio off.  
1. Press the Setup button.  
2. Press the arrow keys until Network is highlighted, and then press OK.  
3. Select Wireless Radio, and then select Yes to turn the radio on, or No to turn the radio off.  
Change advanced network settings  
The advanced network settings are provided for your convenience. However, unless you are an  
advanced user, you should not change any of these settings. The advanced settings include Link  
Speed, IP Settings, and Default Gateway.  
Network setup (some models only)  
197  
                 
Appendix D  
This section contains the following topics:  
•
•
•
Set link speed  
To View IP settings  
To Change IP settings  
Set link speed  
You can change the speed at which data is transmitted over the network. The default is  
Automatic.  
1. Press the Setup button.  
2. Press the arrow keys until Network is highlighted, then press OK.  
3. Select Advanced Setup, then select Link Speed.  
4. Press the number next to the link speed that matches your network hardware:  
•
•
•
•
•
1. Automatic  
2. 10-Full  
3. 10-Half  
4. 100-Full  
5. 100-Half  
To View IP settings  
To view the IP address of the device:  
•
Print the network configuration page. For more information, see Understand the network  
configuration page (some models only).  
•
Or, open the Network Toolbox (Windows), click the Network Settings tab, click the Wired or  
Wireless tab (depending on the current connection), and then click IP Settings.  
To Change IP settings  
The default IP setting for the IP settings is Automatic, which sets the IP settings automatically.  
However, if you are an advanced user, you might want to manually change, such as the IP address,  
subnet mask, or the default gateway.  
CAUTION: Be careful when manually assigning an IP address. If you enter an invalid IP  
address during the installation, your network components will not be able to connect with the  
device.  
1. Press the Setup button.  
2. Press the arrow keys until Network is highlighted, and then press OK.  
3. Select Advanced Setup, select IP Settings, and then select Manual IP Settings.  
4. Press the number next to the IP setting:  
•
•
•
1. IP Address  
2. Subnet Mask  
3. Default Gateway  
5. Enter your changes, and then press OK.  
198  
Network setup (some models only)  
         
Set up the device for wireless communication (some models only)  
You may set up the device for wireless communication using one of the following ways:  
Setup method  
Infrastructure  
wireless  
Ad hoc wireless  
communication*  
communication  
USB cable  
For more information, see To set up wireless  
communication using the installer (Mac OS X) or To  
set up wireless communication using the installer  
(Windows).  
Device control panel  
* An ad hoc network can be set up using the Wireless Connection Utility on the HP software CD.  
NOTE: If you encounter problems, see Solve wireless problems (some models only).  
To use the device with any wireless connection, you must run the installation program at least  
once from the HP software CD and create a wireless connection.  
Make sure the device is not connected to the network using a network cable.  
The sending device must have built-in 802.11 capabilities or an 802.11 wireless card installed.  
The device and the computers that use it must be on the same subnet.  
Before installing the device software, you may wish to find out the settings of your network. Obtain  
the information from your system administrators, or complete the following tasks:  
•
Obtain your network's network name or Service Set Identifier (SSID) and communication mode  
(infrastructure or ad hoc) from the configuration utility for the network's wireless access point  
(WAP) or the computer's network card.  
•
•
Find out the type of encryption your network uses, such as Wired Equivalent Privacy (WEP).  
Find out the security password or encryption key of the wireless device.  
This section contains the following topics:  
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Understand 802.11 wireless network settings  
To set up wireless communication using the device control panel with wireless setup wizard  
To set up wireless communication using the installer (Windows)  
To set up wireless communication using the installer (Mac OS X)  
Connect the device using an ad hoc wireless network connection  
To turn off wireless communication  
To print a wireless test page  
Reset wireless settings  
Change the connection method  
Guidelines for ensuring wireless network security  
Guidelines for reducing interference on a wireless network  
Understand 802.11 wireless network settings  
Network name (SSID)  
By default, the device looks for the wireless network name or SSID named "hpsetup." Your network  
may have a different SSID.  
Communication mode  
Set up the device for wireless communication (some models only)  
199  
       
Appendix D  
There are two communication mode options:  
•
Ad hoc: On an ad hoc network, the device is set to ad hoc communication mode and  
communicates directly with other wireless devices without the use of a WAP.  
All devices on the ad hoc network must:  
◦
◦
◦
◦
◦
Be 802.11 compatible  
Have ad hoc as the communication mode  
Have the same network name (SSID)  
Be on the same subnet and same channel  
Have the same 802.11 security settings  
•
Infrastructure (recommended): On an infrastructure network, the device is set to infrastructure  
communication mode and communicates with other devices on the network, whether the devices  
are wired or wireless, through a WAP. WAPs commonly act as routers or gateways on small  
networks.  
Security settings  
NOTE: For more information on wireless security, visit www.weca.net/opensection/pdf/  
whitepaper_wi-fi_security4-29-03.pdf.  
•
Network authentication: The device's factory default setting is 'Open,' which does not require  
security for authorization or encryption. The other possible values are 'OpenThenShared,'  
'Shared,' and 'WPA-PSK' (Wi-Fi® Protected Access Pre-Shared Key).  
WPA increases the level of over-the-air data protection and access control on existing and future  
Wi-Fi networks. It addresses all known weaknesses of WEP, the original native security  
mechanism in the 802.11 standard.  
WPA2 is the second generation of WPA security; it provides enterprise and consumer Wi-Fi  
users with a high level of assurance that only authorized users can access their wireless  
networks.  
•
Data encryption:  
◦
Wired Equivalent Privacy (WEP) provides security by encrypting data sent over radio waves  
from one wireless device to another wireless device. Devices on a WEP-enabled network  
use WEP keys to encode data. If your network uses WEP, you must know the WEP key(s)  
it uses.  
◦
◦
WPA uses the Temporal Key Integrity Protocol (TKIP) for encryption and employs 802.1X  
authentication with one of the standard Extensible Authentication Protocol (EAP) types  
available today.  
WPA2 provides a new encryption scheme, the Advanced Encryption Standard (AES). AES  
is defined in counter cipher-block chaining mode (CCM) and supports the Independent  
Basic Service Set (IBSS) to enable security between client workstations operating in ad hoc  
mode.  
To set up wireless communication using the device control panel with wireless setup  
wizard  
The Wireless Setup Wizard provides an easy way to set up and manage a wireless connection to  
your device.  
NOTE: To use this method, you must have a wireless network set up and running.  
1. Set up the device hardware (see the getting started guide or the setup poster that came with  
your device).  
2. On the device control panel, press the Setup button.  
3. Press an arrow button to move to Wireless Menu, and then press OK.  
4. Press an arrow button to move to Setup Wizard, and then press OK.  
5. Follow the display instructions to complete the setup.  
200  
Network setup (some models only)  
       
NOTE: If you cannot find the network name (SSID) and WPA key or WEP passphrase, contact  
your network administrator or the person who set up the wireless network..  
To set up wireless communication using the installer (Windows)  
NOTE: For this method, you will need to have a wireless network set up and running. You will  
also need a USB cable. Do not attach the USB cable until prompted by the installer.  
1. Save any open documents. Close any applications that are running on your computer.  
2. Insert the HP software CD into the CD drive. The CD menu runs automatically. If the CD menu  
does not start automatically, double-click the setup icon on the HP Software CD.  
3. On the CD menu, click Install Network/Wireless Device, and then follow the onscreen  
instructions.  
NOTE: If the firewall software on your computer displays any messages during the  
installation, select the “always permit/allow“ option in the messages. Selecting this option  
allows the software to install successfully on your computer.  
4. When prompted, temporarily connect the USB wireless setup cable.  
5. Follow the onscreen instructions to complete the installation.  
NOTE: If you cannot find the network name (SSID) and WPA key or WEP passphrase,  
contact your network administrator or the person who set up the wireless network.  
6. Disconnect the USB wireless setup cable when prompted.  
To set up wireless communication using the installer (Mac OS X)  
1. Connect a USB wireless setup cable to the port on the back of the HP device and then to any  
USB port on the computer.  
2. Place the HP software CD into the computer.  
3. Double-click the HP Installer icon on the HP Software CD, and then follow the onscreen  
instructions.  
NOTE: If you cannot find the network name (SSID) and WPA key or WEP passphrase,  
contact your network administrator or the person who set up the wireless network..  
4. Disconnect the USB wireless setup cable when prompted.  
Connect the device using an ad hoc wireless network connection  
Method 1  
1. Turn on wireless in your computer and in the device.  
2. On your computer, connect to the network name (SSID) “hpsetup“. (This network name is the  
default, ad hoc network created by the HP device.)  
NOTE: If your HP device was previously configured for a different network, you can restore  
the network defaults to enable the device to use “hpsetup“. To restore the network defaults  
complete the following steps:  
Reset the administrator password and network settings: Select Setup, select  
Network, and then select Restore Network Defaults. For more information, see General  
troubleshooting tips and resources.  
Set up the device for wireless communication (some models only)  
201  
         
Appendix D  
To turn off wireless communication  
•
Device control panel: Press Setup, then select Wireless, then select Wireless ON/OFF, and  
then select either On or Off.  
•
Press the wireless button on the front of the device.  
To print a wireless test page  
Print the wireless test page for information about the device's wireless connection. The wireless test  
page provides information about the device's status, MAC address, and IP address. If the device is  
connected to a network, the test page displays details about the network settings.  
▲
Device control panel: Press Setup, select Print Report, select Wireless Test, and then press  
OK.  
Reset wireless settings  
Reset network configuration settings  
If the device is still unable to communicate with the network, reset the device’s network settings.  
•
•
•
Press Setup. Press an arrow button to move to Network, and then press OK.  
Press an arrow button to move to Reset Wireless, and then press OK.  
Print the wireless configuration page and verify that the network settings have been reset. For  
more information, see Understand the network configuration page (some models only).  
By default, the network name (SSID) is “hpsetup” and the communication mode is “ad hoc.”  
Change the connection method  
If you have installed the software and connected your HP device using a USB or Ethernet cable, you  
can change to a wireless connection any time you want.  
Change from a USB connection to a wireless connection (Windows)  
1. Select Start, Programs, HP, select your device, and then select Change Connection  
Method.  
2. Press Add a Device.  
3. Follow the onscreen instructions and remove the USB cable when prompted.  
Change from a USB connection to a wireless connection (Mac OS X)  
1. Click the HP Device Manager icon on the Dock or in the Hewlett Packard folder in the  
Applications folder.  
2. From the Information and Settings list, select Network Printer Setup Utility.  
3. Follow the onscreen instructions to configure the network settings.  
Change from an Ethernet connection to a wireless connection  
NOTE: For Ethernet-enabled HP devices only.  
1. Open the embedded Web server (EWS). For more information, see Embedded Web server  
(some models only).  
2. Click the Networking tab, and then click Wireless (802.11) in the left pane.  
3. On the Wireless Setup tab, press Start Wizard.  
4. Follow the onscreen instructions to change from an Ethernet connection to a wireless  
connection.  
5. After you finish changing the settings, disconnect the Ethernet cable.  
202  
Network setup (some models only)  
             
Guidelines for ensuring wireless network security  
This section contains the following topics:  
•
•
To add hardware addresses to a WAP  
Other guidelines  
To add hardware addresses to a WAP  
MAC filtering is a security feature in which a WAP is configured with a list of MAC addresses (also  
called "hardware addresses") of devices that are allowed to gain access to the network through the  
WAP.  
If the WAP does not have the hardware address of a device attempting to access the network, the  
WAP denies the device access to the network.  
If the WAP filters MAC addresses, then the device's MAC address must be added to the WAP's list  
of accepted MAC addresses.  
1. Print the network configuration page. For information on the network configuration page, see  
Understand the network configuration page (some models only).  
2. Open the WAP's configuration utility, and add the device's hardware address to the list of  
accepted MAC addresses.  
Other guidelines  
To keep the wireless network secure, follow these guidelines:  
•
•
Use a password with at least 20 random characters. You can use up to 63 characters in a WPA  
password.  
Avoid any common words or phrases, easy sequences of characters (such as all 1s), and  
personally-identifiable information for passwords. Always use random strings composed of  
uppercase and lowercase letters, numbers, and if allowed, special characters such as  
punctuation.  
•
•
Change the password periodically.  
Change the default password provided by the manufacturer for administrator access to the  
access point or wireless router. Some routers let you change the administrator name as well.  
•
•
Turn off administrative access over wireless if possible. If you do this, you need to connect to  
the router with a wired Ethernet connection when you want to make configuration changes.  
Turn off remote administrative access over the Internet on your router, if possible. You can use  
Remote Desktop to make an encrypted connection to a computer running behind your router  
and make configuration changes from the local computer you are accessing over the Internet.  
•
To avoid accidentally connecting to another party's wireless network, turn off the setting to  
automatically connect to non-preferred networks. This is disabled by default in Windows XP.  
Guidelines for reducing interference on a wireless network  
The following tips will help reduce the chances for interference in a wireless network:  
•
Keep the wireless devices away from large metal objects, such as filing cabinets, and other  
electromagnetic devices, such as microwaves and cordless telephones, as these objects can  
disrupt radio signals.  
•
•
•
Keep the wireless devices away from large masonry structures and other building structures as  
these objects can absorb radio waves and lower signal strength.  
For an infrastructure network, position the WAP in a central location in line of sight with the  
wireless devices on the network.  
Keep all wireless devices on the network within range of one another.  
Uninstall and reinstall the software  
If your installation is incomplete, or if you connected the USB cable to the computer before prompted  
by the software installation screen, you might need to uninstall and then reinstall the software. Do  
Uninstall and reinstall the software  
203  
             
Appendix D  
not simply delete the device application files from your computer. Make sure to remove them properly  
using the uninstall utility provided when you installed the software that came with the device.  
There are three methods to uninstall the software on a Windows computer, and one method to  
uninstall on a Macintosh computer.  
To uninstall from a Windows computer, method 1  
1. Disconnect the device from your computer. Do not connect it to your computer until after you  
have reinstalled the software.  
2. On the Windows taskbar, click Start, select Programs or All Programs, select the product  
name, and then click Uninstall.  
3. Follow the onscreen instructions.  
4. If you are asked whether you would like to remove shared files, click No.  
Other programs that use these files might not work properly if the files are deleted.  
5. Restart your computer.  
6. To reinstall the software, insert the HP Software CD into your computer's CD drive, follow the  
onscreen instructions.  
7. Connect the device when the software prompts you to connect it to the computer.  
8. Press the Power button to turn the device on.  
After connecting and turning on the device, you might have to wait several minutes for all of the  
Plug and Play events to complete.  
9. Follow the onscreen instructions.  
When the software installation is complete, the HP Digital Imaging Monitor icon appears in the  
Windows system tray.  
To uninstall from a Windows computer, method 2  
NOTE: Use this method if Uninstall is not available in the Windows Start menu.  
1. On the Windows taskbar, click Start, select Settings, select Control Panel, and then click Add/  
Remove Programs.  
- Or -  
Click Start, click Control Panel, and then double-click Programs and Features.  
2. Select the product name, and then click Change/Remove or Uninstall/Change.  
Follow the onscreen instructions.  
3. Disconnect the device from your computer.  
4. Restart your computer.  
NOTE: It is important that you disconnect the device before restarting your computer. Do  
not connect the device to your computer until after you have reinstalled the software.  
5. Insert the HP Software CD into your computer's CD drive and then start the Setup program.  
6. Follow the onscreen instructions.  
To uninstall from a Windows computer, method 3  
NOTE: Use this method if Uninstall is not available in the Windows Start menu.  
1. Insert the HP Software CD into your computer's CD drive, and then start the Setup program.  
2. Disconnect the device from your computer.  
3. Select Uninstall and follow the onscreen directions.  
204  
Network setup (some models only)  
 
4. Restart your computer.  
NOTE: It is important that you disconnect the device before restarting your computer. Do  
not connect the device to your computer until after you have reinstalled the software.  
5. Start the Setup program for the device again.  
6. Select Install.  
7. Follow the onscreen instructions.  
To uninstall from a Macintosh computer, method 1  
1. Launch the HP Utility. For instructions, see Open the HP Utility.  
2. Click the Application icon on the toolbar.  
3. Double click HP Uninstaller.  
Follow the onscreen instructions.  
4. After the software is uninstalled, restart your computer.  
5. To reinstall the software, insert the HP Software CD into your computer's CD drive.  
6. On the desktop, open the CD, and then double-click HP Installer.  
7. Follow the onscreen instructions.  
To uninstall from a Macintosh computer, method 2  
1. Open the Finder.  
2. Double-click Applications.  
3. Double-click HP Uninstaller.  
4. Select your device, and then double-click Uninstall.  
Uninstall and reinstall the software  
205  
 
E Device management tools  
This section contains the following topics:  
•
•
•
•
Toolbox (Windows)  
Use the HP Solution Center (Windows)  
HP Utility (Mac OS X)  
Embedded Web server (some models only)  
Toolbox (Windows)  
The Toolbox provides maintenance information about the device.  
NOTE: The Toolbox can be installed from the HP Software CD by selecting the full installation  
option if the computer meets the system requirements.  
Open the Toolbox  
•
•
•
From the HP Solution Center, click the Settings menu, point to Print Settings, and then click  
Printer Toolbox.  
Right-click the HP Digital Imaging Monitor in the taskbar, point to Printer Model Name and then  
click Display Printer Toolbox.  
From the printer preferences, click the Features tab, and then click Printer Services.  
Network Toolbox (some models only)  
The Network Toolbox allows you to view and change some network settings. You can change the  
IP address, perform tests, and print reports.  
NOTE: The Network Toolbox is only available if you have connected the product using a wired  
(Ethernet) network.  
To open the Network Toolbox  
1. Open the Toolbox  
2. Click the Network Settings tab.  
3. Click the Change Settings... button.  
Use the HP Solution Center (Windows)  
On a Windows computer, the HP Solution Center is the entry point for the HP software. Use the  
HP Solution Center to change print settings, order supplies, and access the onscreen Help.  
The features available in the HP Solution Center vary depending on the devices you have installed.  
The HP Solution Center is customized to show icons that are associated with the selected device.  
If the selected device is not equipped with a particular feature, then the icon for that feature does  
not appear in the HP Solution Center.  
Open the Solution Center using one of these methods:  
Double-click the Solution Center icon in the desktop.  
- Or -  
Double-click the Digital Imaging Monitor icon in the taskbar.  
HP Utility (Mac OS X)  
The HP Utility contains tools to configure print settings, calibrate the device, order supplies online,  
and find Web site support information.  
206  
Device management tools  
                 
NOTE: On a Macintosh computer, the features available in the HP Utility vary depending on  
the selected device.  
Ink level warnings and indicators provide estimates for planning purposes only. When you  
receive an ink alert message, consider having a replacement cartridge available to avoid  
possible printing delays. You do not need to replace cartridges until print quality becomes  
unacceptable.  
TIP: When the HP Utility is opened, you can gain access to the Dock menu shortcuts by  
selecting and holding the mouse button over the appropriate icon for the HP Utility in the Dock.  
Open the HP Utility  
To open the HP Utility  
▲
Click the HP Utility icon in the Dock.  
NOTE: If the icon does not appear in the Dock, click the Spotlight icon on the right side of  
the menu bar, type HP Utilityin the box, and then click the HP Utility entry.  
Embedded Web server (some models only)  
When the device is connected to a network, you can use the embedded Web server to view status  
information, change settings, and manage it from your computer.  
NOTE: For a list of system requirements for the embedded Web server, see Embedded Web  
server specifications (some models only).  
Some settings might be restricted by the requirement for a password.  
You can open and use the embedded Web server without being connected to the Internet;  
however, some features will not be available.  
The embedded Web server (EWS) places very small text files (cookies) on your hard drive when  
you are browsing. These files let the EWS recognize your computer the next time you visit. For  
example, if you have configured the EWS language, a cookie helps remember which language you  
have selected so that the next time you access the EWS, the pages are displayed in that language.  
Though some cookies are cleared at the end of each session (such as the cookie that stores the  
selected language), others (such as the cookie that stores customer-specific preferences) are stored  
on the computer until you clear them manually.  
You can configure your browser to accept all cookies, or you can configure it to alert you every time  
a cookie is offered, which allows you to decide which cookies to accept or refuse. You can also use  
your browser to remove unwanted cookies.  
NOTE: Depending on your device, if you chose to disable cookies, you will disable one or more  
of the following features:  
•
•
•
•
Automatically refreshing the existing page  
Starting where you left the application (especially useful when using setup wizards)  
Preventing other users from modifying the same settings while you are making changes  
Remembering the EWS browser language setting  
For information about how to change your privacy and cookie settings and how to view or delete  
cookies, see the documentation available with your Web browser.  
To open the embedded Web server  
NOTE: The device must be on a network and must have an IP address.  
Embedded Web server (some models only)  
207  
       
Appendix E  
You can open the embedded Web server by using these methods:  
•
Web browser: In a supported Web browser on your computer, type the IP address or hostname  
that has been assigned to the device.  
For example, if the IP address is 123.123.123.123, type the following address into the Web  
browser: http://123.123.123.123.  
The IP address and hostname for the device are listed on the status report. For more information,  
see Understand the network configuration page (some models only).  
After opening the embedded Web server, you can bookmark it so that you can return to it quickly.  
•
•
Windows taskbar: Right-click the HP Digital Imaging Monitor icon, point to the device you wish  
to view, and then click Network Settings (EWS).  
Windows Vista: In the Network list of devices, right-click the device icon and then select View  
device webpage.  
208  
Device management tools  
F Errors (Windows)  
This list represents some of the errors you might see on your computer screen (Windows) and how  
to fix the errors.  
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Fax Memory Full  
Device Disconnected  
Ink Alert  
Cartridge Problem  
Paper Mismatch  
The cartridge cradle cannot move  
Paper Jam  
Paper Jam  
The printer is out of paper  
Printer Offline  
Printer Paused  
Document failed to print  
General printer error  
Align cartridge  
Fax Memory Full  
If Backup Fax Reception or HP Digital Fax (Fax to PC or Fax to Mac) is enabled and the product  
has a problem (such as a paper jam), the product saves incoming faxes to memory until the problem  
is resolved. However, the product’s memory might fill up with faxes that have not been printed yet  
or transferred to the computer.  
To solve this problem, resolve any problems with the product.  
For more information, see Solve fax problems.  
Device Disconnected  
The computer cannot communicate with the product because one of the following events has  
occurred:  
•
•
The product has been turned off.  
The cable connecting the product - such as a USB cable or a network (Ethernet) cable - has  
been disconnected.  
•
If the product is connected to a wireless network, the wireless connection has been broken.  
To solve this problem, try the following solutions:  
•
Make sure the product is turned on and that the  
(Power) light is on.  
•
•
Make sure the power cord and other cables are working and are firmly connected to the product.  
Make sure the power cord is connected firmly to a functioning, alternating current (AC) power  
outlet.  
•
•
If the product is connected to a network, make sure the network is functioning properly. For more  
information, see Solve wired (Ethernet) network problems (some models only).  
If the product is connected to a wireless network, make sure the wireless network is functioning  
properly. For more information, see Solve wireless problems (some models only).  
Ink Alert  
The ink cartridge identified in the message is low on ink.  
Errors (Windows)  
209  
       
Appendix F  
Ink level warnings and indicators provide estimates for planning purposes only. When you receive  
a low-ink warning message, consider having a replacement cartridge available to avoid possible  
printing delays. You do not need to replace the ink cartridges until print quality becomes  
unacceptable.  
For information about replacing ink cartridges, see Replace the ink cartridges.  
For information about ordering ink cartridges, see HP supplies and accessories.  
For information about recycling used ink supplies, see HP inkjet supplies recycling program.  
NOTE: Ink from the cartridges is used in the printing process in a number of different ways,  
including in the initialization process, which prepares the device and cartridges for printing. In  
addition, some residual ink is left in the cartridge after it is used. For more information see  
www.hp.com/go/inkusage.  
Cartridge Problem  
The ink cartridge identified in the message is missing, damaged, or inserted into the wrong slot in  
the product.  
To solve this problem, try the following solutions. Solutions are listed in order, with the most likely  
solution first. If the first solution does not solve the problem, continue trying the remaining solutions  
until the issue is resolved.  
Choose your error  
•
•
•
•
Solution 1: Install the ink cartridges correctly  
Solution 2: Turn the product off and on  
Solution 3: Clean the electrical contacts  
Solution 4: Replace the ink cartridge  
Solution 1: Install the ink cartridges correctly  
Make sure all of the ink cartridges are properly installed:  
1. Make sure the product is turned on.  
CAUTION: If the product is turned off when you open the front access door to access the  
ink cartridges, the product cannot release the cartridges for changing. You might damage  
the product if the ink cartridges are not docked safely when you try to remove them.  
2. Open the front access door.  
The print carriage moves to the far right side of the product.  
210  
Errors (Windows)  
   
3. Wait until the print carriage is idle and silent, and then lightly press down on the ink cartridge to  
release it.  
4. Pull the ink cartridge toward you, out of its slot.  
CAUTION: Do not touch the copper-colored contacts or ink nozzles. Doing so can result  
in clogs, ink failure, and bad electrical connections.  
5. Hold the ink cartridge with the HP logo on top, and reinsert the ink cartridge. Make sure you  
push the ink cartridge in firmly until it snaps into place.  
6. Close the front access door and check if the error message has gone away.  
If the problem persists, try the next solution.  
Cartridge Problem  
211  
Appendix F  
Solution 2: Turn the product off and on  
Turn off the product, and then turn it on again.  
If the problem persists, try the next solution.  
Solution 3: Clean the electrical contacts  
Clean the electrical contacts on the ink cartridge. For more information, see Clean the ink cartridge  
contacts.  
If the problem persists, try the next solution.  
Solution 4: Replace the ink cartridge  
Replace the indicated ink cartridge. For more information, see HP supplies and accessories.  
NOTE: If your cartridge is still under warranty, contact HP support for service or replacement.  
For more information about ink cartridge warranty, see Ink cartridge warranty information.  
If the problem persists after you replace the cartridge, contact HP support. For more information,  
see HP support.  
Paper Mismatch  
The paper size or type selected in the printer driver does not match the paper loaded in the product.  
To solve this problem, try one of the following:  
•
•
Load the correct paper in the product, and then press OK. For more information, see Load media  
Press the (Cancel) button on the product’s control panel, select a different paper size in the  
printer driver, and then print the document again.  
The cartridge cradle cannot move  
Something is blocking the ink cartridge cradle (the part of the product that holds the ink cartridges).  
To clear the obstruction, press the  
product for jams.  
(Power) button to turn off the product, and then check the  
For more information, see Clear jams.  
Paper Jam  
Paper has become jammed in the product.  
Before you try to clear the jam, check the following:  
•
Make sure that you have loaded paper that meets specifications and is not wrinkled, folded, or  
damaged. For more information, see Media specifications.  
•
•
Make sure that the product is clean. For more information, see Maintain the device.  
Make sure that the trays are loaded correctly and are not too full. For more information, see  
Load media.  
For instructions on clearing jams, as well as more information about how to avoid jams, see Clear  
jams.  
Paper Jam  
Paper has become jammed in the automatic document feeder (ADF).  
212  
Errors (Windows)  
             
Before you try to clear the jam, check the following:  
•
Make sure that you have loaded paper that meets specifications and that is not wrinkled, folded,  
or damaged. For more information, see Media specifications.  
•
•
Make sure that the product is clean. For more information, see Maintain the device.  
Make sure that the ADF is loaded correctly and is not too full. For more information, see Load  
an original in the automatic document feeder (ADF).  
NOTE: Do not load photos in the ADF; this might cause damage to your photos.  
For instructions on clearing jams, as well as more information about how to avoid jams, see Clear  
jams.  
The printer is out of paper  
The default tray is empty. Load more paper, and then press OK.  
For more information, see Load media.  
Printer Offline  
The product is currently offline. While offline, the product cannot be used.  
To change the product's status, complete the following steps.  
1. Click Start, point to Settings, and then click Printers or Printers and Faxes.  
- Or -  
Click Start, click Control Panel, and then double-click Printers.  
2. If the printers listed in the dialog box are not being displayed in Details view, click the View  
menu, and then click Details.  
3. If the product is Offline, right-click the product, and click Use Printer Online.  
4. Try using the product again.  
Printer Paused  
The product is currently paused. While paused, new jobs are added to the queue but are not printed.  
To change the product's status, complete the following steps.  
1. Click Start, point to Settings, and then click Printers or Printers and Faxes.  
- Or -  
Click Start, click Control Panel, and then double-click Printers.  
2. If the printers listed in the dialog box are not being displayed in Details view, click the View  
menu, and then click Details.  
3. If the product is Paused, right-click the product, and click Resume Printing.  
4. Try using the product again.  
Document failed to print  
The product could not print the document because a problem occurred in the printing system.  
For information about solving printing problems, see Solve printing problems.  
General printer error  
There was a problem with the product.  
General printer error  
213  
         
Appendix F  
Usually, you can resolve such problems by completing the following steps:  
1.  
Press the  
(Power) button to turn off the product.  
2. Unplug the power cord, and then plug in the power cord again.  
3.  
Press the  
(Power) button to turn on the product.  
If this problem persists, write down the error code provided in the message, and then contact HP  
support. For more information about contacting HP support, see HP support.  
Align cartridge  
The product prompts you to align ink cartridges every time you install or replace an ink cartridge.  
You can also align the ink cartridges at any time from the product’s control panel or by using the HP  
software installed with the product. Aligning the ink cartridges ensures high-quality output.  
NOTE: When you remove and reinstall the same ink cartridge, the product remembers the  
alignment values for that ink cartridge and does not prompt you to align the ink cartridge.  
If the alignment process fails, make sure you have loaded unused, plain white paper into the input  
tray. If you have colored paper loaded in the input tray when you align the ink cartridges, the  
alignment will fail.  
If the alignment process fails repeatedly, you might have a defective sensor or ink cartridge. Contact  
HP support. Go to www.hp.com/support. If prompted, choose your country/region, and then click  
Contact HP for information on calling for technical support.  
For more information, see Align the ink cartridges.  
214  
Errors (Windows)  
 
Index  
black and white pages  
copy 36  
(parallel phone  
systems) 189  
shared with fax and voice  
line (parallel phone  
systems) 185  
shared with fax and voice  
mail (parallel phone  
systems) 193  
Symbols/Numerics  
(ADF) automatic document  
feeder  
fax 38  
black dots or streaks,  
troubleshoot  
copies 94  
scan 99  
blank pages, troubleshoot  
copy 93  
print 75  
scan 98  
blocked fax numbers  
set up 47  
broadcast faxing  
send 42  
clean 22  
feeding problems,  
troubleshoot 22  
A
Configure  
accessibility 3, 9  
accessories  
firewall 118  
confirmation reports, fax 55  
connection type  
change 202  
connectors, locating 11  
control panel  
Printer Status Report 123  
Self-Test Report 124  
warranty 129  
acoustic emissions 139  
ADF (automatic document  
feeder)  
buttons, control panel 12  
buttons 12  
lights 12  
messages 14  
capacity 19  
C
cancel  
scheduled fax 42  
Cancel button 13  
capacity  
ADF 19  
tray 135  
cards  
load originals 19  
ADSL, fax setup with  
parallel phone systems 178  
after the support period 73  
align ink cartridges 65  
answer ring pattern  
change 52  
parallel phone systems 179  
answering machine  
fax tones recorded 110  
set up with fax (parallel  
phone systems) 188  
set up with fax and  
modem 189  
copy  
quality 94  
settings 36  
specifications 137  
troubleshoot 92  
Copy B&W function  
indicator 13  
Copy Color function  
indicator 13  
sizes supported 134  
tray supporting 135  
clean  
copy settings  
copy 37  
automatic document  
feeder 22  
exterior 22  
ink cartridge contacts 88  
ink cartridge ink nozzle  
area 89  
correct port test, fax 101  
critical error messages 15  
custom-sized media  
sizes supported 135  
custom-sized paper  
Mac OS 31  
print on 30  
customer support  
electronic 70  
automatic document feeder  
(ADF)  
capacity 19  
clean 22  
feeding problems,  
troubleshoot 22  
ink cartridges 67  
scanner glass 21  
clear  
fax logs 57  
load originals 19  
automatic fax reduction 47  
available 120  
cut-off pages, troubleshoot 76  
color copy 36  
colored text, and OCR 35  
computer modem  
shared with fax (parallel  
phone systems) 182  
shared with fax and  
answering machine  
D
dark images, troubleshoot  
copies 94  
scans 98  
Declaration of Conformity  
(DOC) 148  
B
Back button 12  
backup fax 44  
baud rate 53  
215  
 
default settings  
environmental sustainability  
program 151  
line condition test,  
failed 104  
copy 37  
deleting faxes from memory 45  
device control panel  
locating 10  
error correction mode 42  
error messages  
log, clear 57  
log, print 56  
manual receive 43  
modem and answering  
machine, shared with  
(parallel phone  
device control panel 14  
unable to activate TWAIN  
source 97  
network settings 197  
scan from 34  
send faxes 39  
error reports, fax 56  
error-correction mode, fax 52  
event log 124  
EWS. See embedded Web  
server  
dial tone test, failure 103  
dial type, setting 53  
dial-up modem  
systems) 189  
modem and voice line,  
shared with (parallel  
phone systems) 185  
modem and voice mail,  
shared with (parallel  
phone systems) 193  
modem, shared with (parallel  
phone systems) 182  
monitor dialing 40, 42  
paper size 46  
parallel phone systems 174  
PBX system, set up (parallel  
phone systems) 179  
phone cord connection test,  
failed 101  
phone cord too short 110  
phone cord type test,  
failed 102  
poll to receive 45  
print last transaction  
details 57  
receive 43  
receive, troubleshoot 105,  
107  
redial options 53  
reduction 47  
reports 55  
reprint 45  
rings to answer 51  
schedule 41  
send 38  
send, troubleshoot 105, 107,  
109  
separate line setup (parallel  
phone systems) 177  
settings, change 50  
setup types 175  
shared phone line setup  
(parallel phone  
shared with fax (parallel  
phone systems) 182  
shared with fax and  
answering machine  
(parallel phone sy  
anstems) 189  
shared with fax and voice  
line (parallel phone  
systems) 185  
F
faded copies 93  
faded stripes on copies,  
troubleshoot 94  
fax  
answer mode 51  
answering machine and  
modem, shared with  
(parallel phone  
shared with fax and voice  
mail (parallel phone  
systems) 193  
systems) 189  
distinctive ringing  
change 52  
parallel phone systems 179  
DOC 148  
dots or streaks, troubleshoot  
copies 94  
dots, troubleshoot  
scan 99  
answering machine  
troubleshoot 110  
answering machine, set up  
(parallel phone  
systems) 188  
auto answer 51  
backup fax 44  
blocking numbers 47  
confirmation reports 55  
deleting from memory 45  
dial tone test, failed 103  
dial type, setting 53  
distinctive ringing setup  
(parallel phone  
systems) 179  
distinctive ringing, change  
pattern 52  
DSL, set up (parallel phone  
systems) 178  
error correction mode 42  
error reports 56  
error-correction mode 52  
Fax to Mac 49  
Fax to PC 49  
driver  
warranty 129  
DSL, fax setup with  
parallel phone systems 178  
duty cycle 131  
E
ECM. See error correction mode  
edit  
text in OCR program 35  
electrical specifications 139  
embedded Web server  
about 207  
opening 207  
system requirements 133  
troubleshoot, cannot be  
opened 120  
forwarding 46  
header 51  
systems) 180  
envelopes  
sound volume 54  
specifications 138  
speed 53  
sizes supported 134  
tray supporting 135  
environmental  
Internet Protocol, over 54  
ISDN line, set up (parallel  
phone systems) 179  
test failed 99  
specifications 139  
216  
Index  
test setup 196  
troubleshoot 99  
voice mail, set up (parallel  
phone systems) 181  
wall jack test, failed 100  
Fax B&W function indicator 13  
Fax Color function indicator 13  
Fax to Mac  
handle 61  
locating 11  
M
Mac OS  
order online 172  
part names 61  
replace 61  
supported 131, 172  
test 124  
custom-sized paper 31  
Print borderless 32  
Print photos 29  
print settings 26  
two-sided 33  
tips 59  
Mac OS X  
activate 49  
warranty 129  
HP Utility 206  
modify 49  
Fax to PC  
yields 131  
ink levels, check 60  
installation  
uninstall software 205  
wireless communication  
setup 201  
activate 49  
modify 49  
Firewall  
troubleshoot 121  
Internet Protocol  
fax, using 54  
main tray  
media supported 136  
maintenance  
configure 118  
firewalls, troubleshoot 75  
FoIP 54  
forwarding faxes 46  
IP address  
align ink cartridges 65  
check ink levels 60  
clean ink cartridges 67  
replace ink cartridges 61  
checking for device 120  
IP settings 198  
ISDN line, set up with fax  
parallel phone systems 179  
manual faxing  
G
receive 43  
send 39, 40  
margins  
setting, specifications 136  
media  
glass, scanner  
clean 21  
J
jams  
load originals 18  
locating 10  
grainy or white bands on copies,  
troubleshoot 95  
graphics  
clear 125  
media to avoid 18  
paper 126, 127  
junk fax mode 47  
ADF capacity 19  
clear jams 125  
HP, order 173  
load tray 19  
print on custom-sized 30  
selecting 17  
incompletely filled on  
copies 94  
look different from original  
scan 98  
K
keypad, device control panel  
locating 12  
skewed pages 92  
specifications 133  
supported sizes 133  
troubleshoot feeding 91  
types and weights  
supported 135  
H
L
hardware, fax setup test 100  
header, fax 51  
language, printer 131  
left navigation button 12  
light images, troubleshoot  
copies 94  
Help button 12  
Hewlett-Packard Company  
notices 3  
HP Solution Center 206  
HP Utility (Mac OS X)  
opening 206  
memory  
scans 98  
deleting faxes 45  
reprint faxes 45  
save faxes 44  
lights, control panel 12  
line condition test, fax 104  
lines  
copies, troubleshoot 94  
scans, troubleshoot 98  
link speed, setting 198  
load  
missing or incorrect information,  
troubleshoot 76  
model number 123, 124  
modem  
humidity specifications 139  
I
ink cartridge door, locating 11  
ink cartridge latch, locating 11  
ink cartridges  
shared with fax (parallel  
phone systems) 182  
shared with fax and  
answering machine  
(parallel phone  
tray 20  
load media 20  
log, fax  
align 65  
check ink levels 60  
clean 67  
clean contacts 88  
clean ink nozzle area 89  
print 56  
systems) 189  
217  
shared with fax and voice  
line (parallel phone  
parallel phone systems  
answering machine  
setup 188  
Print borderless  
Mac OS 32  
systems) 185  
Windows 32  
shared with fax and voice  
mail (parallel phone  
systems) 193  
countries/regions with 174  
distinctive ringing setup 179  
DSL setup 178  
Print brochures  
print 26  
print driver  
monitor dialing 40, 42  
multi-feeds, troubleshoot 92  
ISDN setup 179  
warranty 129  
modem and answering  
machine setup 189  
modem and voice mail  
setup 193  
modem setup 182  
modem shared with voice  
line setup 185  
PBX setup 179  
separate line setup 177  
setup types 175  
Print envelope 27  
Print envelopes  
Mac OS 27  
N
Print photos  
network port  
Mac OS 29  
Windows 29, 30  
print quality  
troubleshoot 77  
print-carriage access door,  
locating 11  
address 112  
networks  
advanced settings 197  
connector illustration 11  
firewalls, troubleshoot 75  
IP settings 198  
link speed 198  
operating systems  
supported 132  
protocols supported 133  
settings, change 197  
system requirements 133  
view and printsettings 197  
wireless communication  
setup 199  
shared line setup 180  
PBX system, set up with fax  
parallel phone systems 179  
PCL 3 support 131  
phone cord  
printer driver  
warranty 129  
Printer Status Report  
information on 122  
print 124  
processor specifications 131  
product control panel  
scan 34  
connected to correct port  
test failed 101  
correct type test failed 102  
extend 110  
pulse dialing 53  
phone line, answer ring  
pattern 52  
phone support 70  
phone support period  
period for support 71  
phone, fax from  
receive 43  
send, 39  
photo media  
sizes supported 134  
poll to receive fax 45  
ports, specifications 131  
power  
specifications 139  
troubleshoot 74  
power input, locating 11  
power on button 13  
print  
wireless settings 124, 199  
noise information 139  
Q
quality, troubleshoot  
copy 94  
O
OCR  
print 77  
scan 97  
edit scanned documents 35  
troubleshoot 97  
OK button 12  
On button 13  
operating environment  
specifications 139  
operating systems  
supported 132  
originals  
R
radio interference  
reducing 203  
regulatory information 145  
radio, turn off 197  
rear access panel  
clear jams 125  
illustration 11  
scan 34  
output tray  
receive faxes  
locating 10  
auto answer mode 51  
automatically 43  
blocking numbers 47  
forwarding 46  
manually 43  
polling 45  
fax logs 56  
fax reports 55  
faxes 45  
last fax details 57  
Printer Status Report 124  
slow 75  
P
pages per month (duty  
cycle) 131  
paper  
rings to answer 51  
troubleshoot 105, 107  
recycle  
jams 126, 127  
size, set for fax 46  
paper-feed problems,  
troubleshoot 91  
troubleshoot 74  
print cartridges 151  
218  
Index  
redial options, setting 53  
reduce fax 47  
regulatory information 140, 145  
regulatory model number 147  
replace ink cartridges 61  
report  
serial phone systems  
countries/regions with 174  
setup types 175  
skew, troubleshoot  
copy 94  
print 92  
scan 98  
slow print, troubleshoot 75  
software  
settings  
copy 36  
network 197  
wireless test 202  
reports  
speed, fax 53  
volume, fax 54  
setup  
OCR 35  
uninstall from Mac OS  
X 205  
uninstall from Windows 204  
warranty 129  
confirmation, fax 55  
error, fax 56  
fax test failed 99  
answering machine (parallel  
phone systems) 188  
answering machine and  
modem (parallel phone  
systems) 189  
computer modem (parallel  
phone systems) 182  
computer modem and  
answering machine  
(parallel phone  
reprint  
Solution Center 206  
sound pressure 139  
specifications  
faxes from memory 45  
right navigation button 12  
rings to answer 51  
acoustic emissions 139  
electrical 139  
media 133  
network protocols 133  
operating environment 139  
physical 131  
S
save  
faxes in memory 44  
scan  
systems) 189  
computer modem and voice  
line (parallel phone  
systems) 185  
computer modem and voice  
mail (parallel phone  
systems) 193  
distinctive ringing 52  
distinctive ringing (parallel  
phone systems) 179  
DSL (parallel phone  
systems) 178  
fax scenarios 175  
fax, with parallel phone  
systems 174  
ISDN line (parallel phone  
systems) 179  
PBX system (parallel phone  
systems) 179  
separate fax line (parallel  
phone systems) 177  
shared phone line (parallel  
phone systems) 180  
test fax 196  
processor and memory 131  
storage environment 139  
system requirements 132  
speed  
troubleshoot for scanner 96  
troubleshoot print 75  
speed dial  
send fax 38  
Start button 13  
status  
error messages 97  
from device control  
panel 34  
OCR 35  
quality 97  
scan specifications 139  
send to a computer 34  
slow 96  
troubleshoot 95  
Scan function indicator 13  
scanner glass  
clean 21  
load originals 18  
locating 10  
schedule fax 41  
security  
messages 14  
network configuration  
page 124  
Printer Status Report 123  
Self-Test Report 124  
storage environment  
specifications 139  
streaks, troubleshoot  
copies 94  
wireless  
communication 203  
wireless settings 200  
send faxes  
scan 99  
stripes on scans,  
troubleshoot 98  
subscriber identification  
code 51  
basic fax 38  
manually 39  
memory, from 41  
monitor dialing 40, 42  
schedule 41  
voice mail (parallel phone  
systems) 181  
supplies  
voice mail and computer  
modem (parallel phone  
systems) 193  
order online 172  
Printer Status Report 123  
Self-Test Report 124  
yields 131  
troubleshoot 105, 107, 109  
send scans  
for OCR 35  
Setup button 12  
size  
to a computer 34  
troubleshoot 95  
serial number 123, 124  
support 69  
system requirements 132  
scans, troubleshoot 99  
troubleshoot copy 94  
219  
blank pages printed 75  
control-panel messages 14  
copy 92  
T
U
technical information  
copy specifications 137  
fax specifications 138  
scan specifications 139  
telephone line, answer ring  
pattern 52  
uninstall software  
Mac OS X 205  
Windows 204  
USB connection  
port, locating 10, 11  
specifications 131  
copy quality 94  
cut-off pages, incorrect text  
or graphics placement 76  
embedded Web server 120  
fax 99  
fax dial tone test failed 103  
fax hardware test failed 100  
fax line test failed 104  
fax phone cord connection  
test failed 101  
fax phone cord type test  
failed 102  
fax tests 99  
fax wall jack test, failed 100  
firewalls 75  
installation 121  
jams, paper 127  
media not picked up from  
tray 91  
missing or incorrect  
information 76  
multiple pages are  
picked 92  
network configuration  
page 124  
nothing prints 74  
paper-feed problems 91  
power 74  
print 74  
print quality 77  
telephone wall jack, fax 100  
telephone, fax from  
receive 43  
V
vertical stripes on copies,  
troubleshoot 94  
view  
send 39  
temperature specifications 139  
tests, fax  
network settings 197  
voice mail  
dial tone, failed 103  
failed 99  
fax line condition 104  
fax phone cord type test  
failed 102  
hardware, failed 100  
port connection, failed 101  
setup 196  
set up with fax (parallel  
phone systems) 181  
set up with fax and computer  
modem (parallel phone  
systems) 193  
voltage specifications 139  
volume  
telephone wall jack 100  
text  
fax sounds 54  
cannot be edited after scan,  
troubleshoot 97  
incompletely filled on  
copies 94  
missing from scan,  
troubleshoot 96  
splotchy on copies 95  
troubleshoot 76  
W
wall jack test, fax 100  
warning messages 14  
warranty 129  
Web page  
print 28  
Web sites  
accessibility information 3, 9  
customer support 70  
environmental  
unclear on copies,  
troubleshoot 94  
Printer Status Report 122  
receive faxes 105, 107  
scan 95  
unclear scans 99  
tone dialing 53  
Toolbox (Windows)  
about 206  
programs 151  
order supplies and  
accessories 172  
supply yield data sheet 131  
wireless security 200  
white bands or stripes,  
troubleshoot  
scan quality 97  
send faxes 105, 107, 109  
skewed copies 94  
skewed pages 92  
slow print 75  
opening 206  
tray  
capacity 135  
media sizes supported 133  
media types and weights  
supported 135  
copies 94, 95  
scans 98  
tips 73  
troubleshooting  
Windows  
general network  
troubleshooting 111  
wired network 111  
wireless problems 112  
TWAIN  
trays  
borderless 32  
capacities 135  
clear jams 125  
load media 19  
locating 10  
HP Solution Center 206  
print brochures 26  
Print photos 29, 30  
print settings 25  
set up wireless  
unable to activate source 97  
two-sided  
media sizes supported 133  
paper guides illustration 10  
troubleshoot feeding 91  
troubleshoot  
communication 201  
system requirements 132  
Mac OS 33  
Windows 33  
answering machines 110  
220  
Index  
two-sided 33  
uninstall software 204  
wireless communication  
advanced wireless  
troubleshooting 113  
basic wireless  
troubleshooting 112  
Ethernet setup 201  
radio, turn off 197  
reducing interference 203  
regulatory information 145  
security 203  
set up 199  
set up on Mac OS X 201  
settings 199  
turn off 202  
wizard 200  
wireless test report  
print 202  
221  
222  
© 2010 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P.  
www.hp.com/support  

Admiral AAW 08CR1FHU User Manual
Bushnell Battery Charger PP1060 User Manual
Carrier 42GW User Manual
Chief Manufacturing Pit Boss 638699 User Manual
Crane Merchandising Systems Beverage Dispenser 675 User Manual
Friedrich Air Conditioner SH14 User Manual
Honda Automobiles Plusone Console 4521020B User Manual
HP Hewlett Packard CC431A User Manual
HP Hewlett Packard HP LaserJet CP5000 CP5525DN Laser Printer CE708A#201 User Manual
HP Hewlett Packard HP PHOTOSMART 2600 User Manual